Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
IP #862
For the full report or City Council agenda ' tackets and/or lanning Commission agenda packets. PROJECT NO. 862 2009 Lighted Field Improvement Res 2010 -24 01/25/10 Res of agreement for New Hope Athletic field complex with Hennepin County for a Youth Sports Program grant Item 8.2 01/25/10 Motion to authorize preparation of plans and specifications for New Hope Athletic Field improvements (project no. 862) Res.10 -59 04/12/10 Resolution approving plans and specifications and authorizing seeking of quotes for New Hope Athletic Field complex improvement project (project no. 862) Res. 10 -81 05/24/10 Resolution awarding bid of $80,670 to Urban Companies for athletic field improvements (improvement project no. 862) Res, 201.0 -121 8/23/10 Resolution approving change order no. 1 for Athletic Field improvements (improvement project no. 862) Res. 11 -59 4/11/11 Resolution authorizing the purchase and appropriation of funds in the amount of $1,928.27 for a drinking fountain for Lighted Field from Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. (improvement project #862) Res. 11 -133 9/26/11 Resolution approving final pay request to Urban Companies for New Hope Athletic Field for $5,308.50 (project no. 862) COUNCIL V'Ra Request for Action Originating Department Approved for Agenda Agenda Section Development and Parks and Recreation January 25, 2010 Plannin Item No. By: Shari French, P &R Director I By: Kirk McDonald, City Manager 8.1 Resolution of Agreement for New Hope Athletic field Complex between city of New Hope and Hennepin County for a Youth Sports Program grant Requested Action Staff recommends that the City Council approve the Agreement for New Hope Athletic Field Complex between the city and Hennepin County for a Youth Sports Program capital grant for improvements to the New Hope Athletic Field, specifically the softball /football field, located at 49th & Ensign avenues. Background Hennepin County sought grant applications from local units of government interested in developing facilities for amateur sports or recreation. Legislation authorizing the building of the new Twins stadium allows Hennepin County to grant up to $2 million dollars each grant cycle to Hennepin County communities to assist with developing these facilities. The purpose of these grants is to allow municipalities, park districts or school districts to create, expand or improve sport or recreational facilities to enhance opportunities for athletics and recreation. Last fall, staff recommended seeking a grant to complete this project due to the fact that projects receiving a grant needed to be "shovel ready" within the next 6 -9 months. This project is currently included in the 2010 CIP. Some preliminary engineering work had already been completed for such a project when it was considered back in 2006 but the project was put off at that time for future consideration. The improvements to the New Hope Athletic Field complex will include replacement of the softball /football field irrigation system (the current system dates back to 1974 and needs a lot of repairs each year), infield grading and drainage improvements, and installation of bituminous trail improvements. Total cost of the project is estimated by the engineers to be $97,891.20 with the grant awarded being one half of that amount or $48,945. Motion by Second by L14414 . To: °- ^ I: \RFA \P &R \Hennepin Cty grant apps \R - accept Henn Cty sports grant Jan 2010.docx Request for action January 25, 2010 Page 2 During the application process, staff worked with Armstrong /Cooper Youth Football Association and with Cooper High School both of whom were supportive of this project and provided statements of endorsement for the grant. Funding The Park Infrastructure Fund CIP has this project listed for consideration for 2010. Attachments Resolution Grant award letter and grant and invoice processing guidelines Grant agreement Grant recipients Newspaper article I: \RFA \P &R \Hennepin Cty grant apps \R - accept Henn Cty sports grant Jan 2010.docx City of New Hope Resolution No. 2010 - 24 Resolution of Agreement for New Hope Athletic field Complex between city of New Hope and Hennepin County for a Youth Sports Program grant WHEREAS, Hennepin County, via its Hennepin Youth Sports Program, provides for capital funds to assist local government units of Hennepin County for the development of sport or recreation facilities, and WHEREAS, the city of New Hope desires to improve the football /softball field at the New Hope Athletic Field complex for the purpose of benefiting youth athletics; and WHEREAS, the city of New Hope has been chosen to receive a Youth Sports Program grant for the New Hope Athletic Field Complex project in the amount of $48,945.00. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE city of New Hope: I. The estimate of the total construction cost of improving the New Hope Athletic Field complex shall be $97,891.20 and the city of New Hope is receiving $48,945.60 from the Hennepin County Legacy Grant program and will assume responsibility for a match requirement of $48,945.60. II. The city of New Hope agrees to own, assume one hundred (100) percent of operation costs for the New Hope Athletic Field complex, and will operate the complex for its intended purpose for the functional life of the facility, which is estimated to be 30 years. III. The city of New Hope agrees to enter into this necessary and required agreement with Hennepin County for the specific purpose of improving this sport facility and long -term program direction. IV. That the city of New Hope City Manager and /or his designee is authorized and directed to execute said application and serve as official liaison with Hennepin County or its authorized representative. Adopted by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Hennepin County, Minnesota, this 25th day of January, 2010. a Attest: City Clerk Mayor I: \RFA \P &R \Hennepin Cty grant apps \R - accept Henn Cty sports grant Jan 2010.docx /VNASC January 18, 2010 TO: Hennepin Youth Sports Program Grant Recipient FR: Lynda Lynch Fiscal Coordinato Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission You were recently informed of the Hennepin County Commissioner's decision to fund your project's grant request as part of the Hennepin Youth Sports Program. On behalf of the Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission (MASC), we would like to congratulate you on your grant award. The MASC will be working with Hennepin County in the administration of these grants. Our role will be to provide administrative support and to assist in the securing of the proper grant documentations and approving grant reimbursement requests. As an official grant recipient, enclosed you will find the following documentation for your review and /or completion. 1. Hennepin Youth Sports Program Grant Agreement (Execute) 2. Grant Agreement & Invoice Processing Guidelines (Review) 3. Grant Recipient Reimbursement Request Letter (Sample) We would also like to encourage grant recipients to continue to monitor the MASC website for current and future grant program information and updates ( http: / /Nvww.mnsports.org/grant program.htm Thank you again for your participation in the Hennepin Youth Sports Program and we look forward to working with you. If you have any questions or need additional information, please feel free to contact: Lynda Lynch Mark Erickson Steve Olson 763 - 785 -5631 763 - 785 -5662 763 -785 -3639 SPORTS MINNESOTA AMATEUR I I � 1700 105th Avenue NE Blaine, Minnesota 55449- 4500. 763-785-5630 7 3 7 -5 � , � 5 -5630 •fax 763 - 785 -5699 • tdd 800 - 627 -3529 toll free 800 - 500 -8766 • e -mail masc @citilink.com • www.masc.state.mn.us An Equal Opportunity Employer m , � ��� � �N b 14113 Y ryl ,41 lt=1 t ic 131 a m piNdfll ��� � January 18, 2010 TO: Hennepin Youth Sports Program Grant Recipient FR: Lynda Lynch Fiscal Coordinato Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission You were recently informed of the Hennepin County Commissioner's decision to fund your project's grant request as part of the Hennepin Youth Sports Program. On behalf of the Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission (MASC), we would like to congratulate you on your grant award. The MASC will be working with Hennepin County in the administration of these grants. Our role will be to provide administrative support and to assist in the securing of the proper grant documentations and approving grant reimbursement requests. As an official grant recipient, enclosed you will find the following documentation for your review and /or completion. 1. Hennepin Youth Sports Program Grant Agreement (Execute) 2. Grant Agreement & Invoice Processing Guidelines (Review) 3. Grant Recipient Reimbursement Request Letter (Sample) We would also like to encourage grant recipients to continue to monitor the MASC website for current and future grant program information and updates ( http: / /Nvww.mnsports.org/grant program.htm Thank you again for your participation in the Hennepin Youth Sports Program and we look forward to working with you. If you have any questions or need additional information, please feel free to contact: Lynda Lynch Mark Erickson Steve Olson 763 - 785 -5631 763 - 785 -5662 763 -785 -3639 SPORTS MINNESOTA AMATEUR I I � 1700 105th Avenue NE Blaine, Minnesota 55449- 4500. 763-785-5630 7 3 7 -5 � , � 5 -5630 •fax 763 - 785 -5699 • tdd 800 - 627 -3529 toll free 800 - 500 -8766 • e -mail masc @citilink.com • www.masc.state.mn.us An Equal Opportunity Employer ENNEPIN YOUTH SPORTS GRANT PROGRAM Grant & Invoice Processing Guidelines • The Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission will provide administrative assistance and oversight and will serve as liaison with the Hennepin County Commissioner's office and designated staff. • Hennepin County will be the official signature on all grant agreements. • Hennepin County will process final grant payment requests as reviewed and approved by the Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission. • Hennepin County will maintain the official grant records (agreements, financial transactions, etc.) for the Hennepin youth Sports Grant Program. • Obtain official signature on four (4) copies of the grant agreement and forward to: Lynda Lynch Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission 1700-105 th Avenue NE Blaine MN 55449 • School Districts must obtain the signature of the superintendent on grant agreements. Government units and statutory cities must obtain the appropriate officials with signature authority. • A final copy of the executed grant agreement will be mailed to the grant recipients. "I • For invoicing, grant applicant must expend funds for the total grant award amount before submittal for grant reimbursement amount and must certify that the project has been completed. Grant applicant must provide a copy of the project's official Certificate of Occupancy. • Grant recipient must submit a formal written grant reimbursement request on the appropriate official letterhead and signed by appropriate official (this will serve as an invoice — see attached sample). • Grant recipient will submit, along with the above referenced formal letter of request, copies of paid invoices that equal or exceed the grant award amount. • Grant invoicing requests should be mailed to Lynda Lynch at the above address. • Payment requests will be processed within 45 days of receipt of formal written request. (Submitted on Grant Recipient's Official Letterhead) (Date) Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission Attn: Lynda Lynch 1700105 th Avenue NE Blaine MN 55449 Dear Ms. Lynch: Please accept this letter as our formal request to receive the Hennepin Youth Sports Program grant funds in the amount of $ for. (Prof ect Name as noted on Contract). This letter also serves as official notification of our acknowledgement and adherence of the language and provisions of the executed grant agreement A100 (include contract number). Per your request and attached for your review are copies of paid invoices totaling $ These paid invoices equal or exceed our project's grant award. In addition, to demonstrate the project has been completed and documented as such, a copy of the Certificate of Occupancy is enclosed for your records. I trust the documentation provided is sufficient for your purposes. Please feel free to contact me if you need additional information or have any questions. Sincerely, (Authorized /Official Signature) HENNEPIN YOUTH SPORTS GRANT RECIPIENTS $345,000 to St. Anthony -New Brighton Public $150,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Schools for lighting for two fields and spectator Recreation Board for the East Phillips Park seating for St. Anthony Village Central Park Soccer and Baseball Field $50,000 to Rogers for locker rooms for the Rogers Activity Center $45,000 to Minnetonka Public Schools for "Green, Fit and Fun" Recreational Facility $10,000 to Corcoran for two tee -ball fields at the Corcoran Community Park tee -ball field $130,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for the Bottineau Park Soccer and Baseball Field $115,000 to Wayzata for an outdoor rink, portable board system, replacement of lighting and new sidewalk for the Klapprich Park rehabilitation $240,000 to Richfield for four ball fields at the Lincoln Athletic Complex $235,488 to Bloomington for tournament baseball field improvements to Red Haddox Baseball Field $225,000 to Brooklyn Park to convert a baseball to soccer field at Edinbrook School Athletic Field $225,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for a multipurpose field at Stewart Park Soccer Field $210,000 to Brooklyn Park to convert a baseball to a soccer field at Zanewood School Park $100,000 to Medina for a concessions building, restrooms, storage, ball field and fencing for the Field House $75,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for Van Cleve Park Baseball Field $48,945 to New Hope for a football and softball field at the New Hope Athletic Field $44,000 to Rogers for baseball and softball fields for the Rogers High School ball field completion $40,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for irrigation at the Armatage Park Soccer and Baseball Field $187,500 to the Hopkins- Minnetonka Joint Recreation Program for a playground for the Shady Oak Beach Community Play Area From the Dec. 15, 2009, meeting of the Hennepin County Board of Commissioners. Agendas, meeting minutes, resolutions and video streaming of meetings are available. The board awarded the first Hennepin Youth Sports Program capital grants, after reviewing recommendations from the Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission, Atotal of 38 projects applied for funding to build, repair, renovate or expand current facilities. Based on evaluation criteria, 18 projects totaling $2.47 million will receive funding. Criteria determining the awards included: * Demonstrated ability Ln pet on the timeline (one year) w Match ratio * 5ustoinabiULy * Environmental improvements * Need for the facility, population and number ofpeople served 0 Partnerships New projects receiving funding are: 0 $345,000 to St. Anthony-New Brighton Public Schools for UghUng for two fields and spectator seating for St. Anthony Village Central Park. m $SO,OD0to Rogers for locker rooms for the Rogers Activity Center. 0 $45,000 to Minnetonka Public Schools for "Green, Fit and Fun" Recreational Facility. 0 $10,000 to Corcoran for two tee-ball fields at the Corcoran Community Park tee-ball field. 0 $240,000 to Richfield for four ball fields at the Lincoln Athletic Complex. w $235,488 to E#oom|nQton for tournament baseball field improvements to Red Maddox Baseball Field. p $225,000 to Brooklyn Pork to convert o baseball to soccer field at Edinbrmnk School Athletic Field. 0 $225,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for multipurpose field at Stewart Park Soccer Field. * $2I8,000 to Brooklyn Park to convert baseball to a soccer field atZanewuod School Park. w $1,87,500 to the Hopkins-Minnetonka Joint Recreation Program for a playground for the Shady Oak Beach Community Play Area. # $150,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for the East Phillips Park Soccer and Baseball Field. * $130,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for the Bottineau Park Soccer and Baseball From Hennepin County Board web site; 12/24/09 44= & $115,D00LoWoyzataforanoutdborhnk,portabbboardsystem,rep|acementof|ighdngandnew sidewalk for the Klapprich Park rehabilitation. * $100.000 to Medina fora concessions building, restnooms, storage, ball field and fencing for the Field House. * $75,000 to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for Van Cleve Park Baseball Field. 0 $48,945to New Hope for a football and softball field at the New Hope Athletic Field. 0 $44,000 to Rogers for baseball and softbad fields for the Rogers High School ball field completion. w $40,8U0to the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board for irrigation at the Annetsge Park Soccer and Baseball Field. Funding for the grants comes from the Twins ballpark sales tax, Part of those revenues also made possible the expansion of library hours - "Ballpark Sundays" - which have enabled an additional 13 county libraries tobe open on Sundays yeaprnund. From Hennepin County Board web site; 12/24/09 Grant Application Recommendations The MASC grant administration staff recommends that all projects above the line are suitable for funding. Rank # Name Points Recommended 1 5 New Hope field 86 $ 48,945 $ 48,945 2 35 Medina field house 84 $ 100,000 $ 100,000 3 3 Brook Park soccer 83 $ 210,000 $ 210,000 4 34 Corcoran tee -ball 81 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 5 2 Brook Park soccer 80 $ 225,000 $ 225,000 6 22 Richfield baseball 79 $ 300,000 $ 240,000 7 37 Rogers base /softball 79 $ 44,000 $ 44,000 8 17 MPRB -Van Cleve 78 $ 75,000 $ 75,000 9 36 Rogers locker rooms 78 $ 50,000 $ 50,000 10 33 Mtka playground 78 $ 45,000 $ 45,000 11 15 MPRB - Stewart 77 $ 225,000 $ 225,000 12 16 MPRB - East Phillips 77 $ 150,000 $ 150,000 13 10 St. Anthony lights 77 $ 345,000 $ 345,000 15 8 Honeywell baseball 76 $ 400,000 16 19 Bloomington baseball 75 $ 294,360 $ 235,488 17 9 MPRB - Bottineau 74 $ 130,000 $ 130,000 18 13 MPRB - Armatage 74 $ 40,000 $ 40,000 14 12 SLP baseball * 72 $ 400,000 19 18 Bloomington HS turfs 70 $ 400,000 20 20 EP dugouts /score 68 $ 100,000 21 7 MPRB - Shingle Creek 67 $ 150,000 22 28 Hockey boards 67 $ 115,000 $ 115,000 24 30 Shady Oak playground 65 $ 187,500 $ 187,500 25 6 Robbinsdale MS 63 $ 400,000 26 1 Brook Cen HS 62 $ 400,000 23 21 EP skate park 62 $ 100,000 27 26 Spring Park baseball 59 $ 171,680 28 32 Mtka tennis 57 $ 200,000 29 24 Deephaven playground 57 $ 75,000 30 38 MPS hardwood 55 $ 276,000 31 4 Brook Park disc golf 55 $ 25,000 32 29 Hopkins base /softball 55 $ 38,500 33 23 Rope Tow 55 $ 40,000 34 31 Mtka restrooms 53 $ 250,000 35 25 Deephaven tennis 52 $ 37,500 36 27 Wayzata skate park 47 $ 315,000 37 14 El Colegio Charter NA $ 240,500 38 11 WISE Charter NA $ 154,000 $ 6,767,985 $ 2,475,933 * As this project will not start until 2011, it is recommended to be considered in the next grant cycle. • I I 0 I-H rial rA =L tLj r-ql .9 CD 0 42 00 0 o 2: u 00 Q u ga. 0 A 2 as m 2 9Q v z 00 O s 0 0 4-4 0 4--4 0 v 4z g U u C> 00 C> C> 60% 0 C> CD C� N 06 It O , It N 0% fA foil 0 - 0 m - 5:4 > 0 0 0 0 0 -0 0 4 -0 0 - 12 2 v 0 0 O 0 0 . 0 15 .2 - 2 R .0 0 2 u w o 0 rb y c 0 n boo 1 , U z �a E.6 m 0 —4 I cn A kn .9 CD w to N A-a r ra 6' 6' E' O U N W N N N M N ,.O -0 o N Y x 0 rA Id p � � a� � w ca .� �~ a g U ; ai U U � o a s -o a� Y p U Z O 1 (� ;1 � O U c O U a O t�, p rte' 4.4 y N tU . Cd to C�i1 j ' t] •^� ¢ U u S. N ✓ "C 04 y o " O a' O 1 ° a y O A m N w np O o 'a� y; O O v s .41 u O� o Lea a�� U¢�t�1<CA �aE� uZ Qw�a.�wa�� as s� zs 0 c`1 w o Z w o as o w 0 w a 0 0 0 y.{ O . <f y cd {Ytj Y C%� 0 0 o a a o 0 r kn o a o N \ 46q 614 6's 0 � O CDm O d� N C:> ice• d 94 -y b4 M 6R d3 b4 N b9 b9 O O O O b + O N to z z z Y rij Y LCT M-i Y Ill.11 cl , V tg 0 �a�yyj `i••i Q� IV IZ4 ;j H rn r 1 H in v rig W C' �W a v , o O 0 O o ej xw aa{nw r'nC? Zp' dv�r� c�Gt. Wtn4� �aa� .--1 r+ H e-1 r••1 .-1 T N t�6 C" 0 4 N N W tci CC3 U � C y Cj F =f r, a 0 .r v co �F R� .n to v) to kn �o do �a Z M p O N v q� 0 0 O 4-r ej 1� co O ° o 5 o U x pa 2 g � o ti ti UW Cd N '^ 4 o A p+ N � y 4 .�i tS N 10 A w a u A A 4-1 4 * 1 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 mo a o 00 U A l �'�' ' ' t o A F+ ' p .V W rA U U V U F A U U U U x� O Q O \0 O O O O O O O "j• c O O O O O O O O V'1 O O C O O O O O O O O M C� O O d t M ttnn It 64 .•� 6R a\ 64 64 69 64 69 64 O O O O O O Q C r- en m fA 6�4 64 .-� 64 r• 64 M b9 603 G0} 64 6 b4 y > > > > > Z Z w a v, - 00 oo N ° o -a 7-i P4 cn c rA cc to ° O ° a� Z .� O a F� U� w rrS w r' O , En s Cl, Q A O Frs G�CA, aGot aUc N -y N N N en N d N ill N [ N Oo N ON N W, as m Q. N 0 N Cd a v CIO SON v � C j C3 !r-1 F O C.} N 1 cc3 v N O to 0. M 00 b4 to 00 efi M M fig H as 0 N r N W d a,CO o ° >, A� o 00 U 04 ° ao o o o d - 0 0 ° ° o q 4a � y � U . a p bA A � y �• A A 54 0 wQ O ° - U 0 °,� 0 . O t" 4.+ 0 4w 0O w O 4.4 O y- 00 p �O t;l AF CIO :R t {, r!O Z.} U U U U on O O p r+ Q O 4 O O M M 0 O &g 3 3 Vs 6R to Q O Q �o O O O O Q C) ° .-� c . , o o rr c- ell d 0 9 0 o � a p 4 a a z z zz z z z z z z 'd y Cd 9 N c N d Ou "CS O Lt:, 8 " 1 q r y "C w �y V ,N Cts lr�M y b y In rnUd � irs H W ww H� U UH w rV M M M v N O to 0. M 00 b4 to 00 efi M M fig H as 0 N r COUNCIL Request for Action Originating Department Approved for Agenda Agenda Section Development and Parks and Recreation May 24, 2010 Plannin Item No. By: Shari French, P &R Director By: Kirk McDonald, City Manager 8 . 3 Resolution awarding bid of $80,670 to Urban Companies for Athletic Field improvements (improvement project no. 862) Requested Action Staff recommends that the City Council approve the low bid received for improvements to the New Hope Athletic Field, specifically the softball /football field, located at 49 & Ensign avenues. Staff further recommends that Council approve the alternate to replace the drinking fountain at this field which brings the total bid to $80,670. The city engineer is checking references on the low bidder and will have further information at the council meeting. Background Hennepin County awarded the city of New Hope a Youth Sports Grant late last fall to help fund this project. Legislation authorizing the building of the new Twins stadium allows Hennepin County to grant up to $2 million dollars each grant cycle to Hennepin County communities to assist with developing these facilities. The purpose of these grants is to allow municipalities, park districts or school districts to create, expand or improve sport or recreational facilities to enhance opportunities for athletics and recreation. The improvements to the New Hope Athletic Field complex, located at 49th & Ensign avenues, will include replacement of the softball /football field irrigation system, infield grading and drainage improvements, and installation of bituminous trail improvements. Total cost of the project, which included all soft costs, was estimated by the engineers to be $97,891.20 with the grant awarded being one half of that amount or $48,945. During the application process, staff worked with Armstrong /Cooper Youth Football Association and with Cooper High School both of whom were supportive of this project and provided statements of endorsement for the grant. Motion by Second by To: C 1: \ RFA\P&R\ Hennepin Cty grant apps \R -862 bid approval.docx Request for action May 24, 2010 Page 2 At the April 12, 2010 meeting, the City Council approved plans and specs and authorized advertisement for bids for this project. Two bids were received and include: Name of company Total base bid Alternate Total Urban Companies $75,920.00 $4,750 $80,670.00 Peterson Companies, Inc. $90,362.70 $2,837 $93,199.70 The alternate is for installation of a new drinking fountain at the park. Staff recommends approving the alternate bid which would bring the construction total to $80,670. Staff has checked with the grant people and they report that the alternate can be added to the project for County reimbursement (50 %) as long as the amount to be covered by the grant does not exceed the award of $48,945 which also includes soft costs. The engineer's estimate was $82,000 before any soft costs. Funding Funding not covered by the grant is available in the Park Infrastructure Fund which is levy funded each year. The fund was established in 2001 by City Council action. The 2010 CIP lists $98,000 for the project with half of that to be covered by the grant. Attachments Resolution Letter from the city engineer Bid tab Site plan I: \RFA \P &R \Hennepin Cty grant apps \R -862 bid approval.docx City of New Hope Resolution No. 2010 - _1 Resolution awarding bid of $80,670 for Athletic Field improvements to Urban Companies (Improvement project no. 862) WHEREAS, the city of New Hope prepares a five year Capital Improvement Program (CIP) as a guiding document for equipment acquisition and improvement projects to assist with the preparation of each annual operating budget; and WHEREAS, the CIP is not formally adopted as a budget document, nor does it authorize the acquisition of the individual equipment and /or projects listed therein; and WHEREAS, the funds for the park portion of this work have been provided within the Park Infrastructure Fund; and WHEREAS, Hennepin County will reimburse the city for up to $48,945 through its Hennepin Youth Sports grant program. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Minnesota that the appropriation of $80,670 from the Park Infrastructure Fund for payment to Urban Companies is authorized and the 2010 Parks operating Fund budget is hereby amended. Adopted by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Hennepin County, Minnesota, this 24th day of May, 2010. 9 �C--4d Mayor Attest: -c City Clerk I: \RFA \P &R \Hennepin Cty grant apps \R -862 bid approval.docx 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636 -4600 Fax 651 -636 -1311 www.bonestroo.com May 17, 2010 Honorable Mayor and City Council City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Re: Athletic Field Improvements Project City Project No. 862 Project No. 000034- 10223 -0 Bid Results Dear Honorable Mayor and City Council: Bids were opened for the Project stated above on Thursday, May 13, 2010. Transmitted herewith is a copy of the Bid Tabulation for your information and file. Copies will also be distributed to each Bidder once the Project has been awarded. There were a total of two Bids. The following summarizes the results of the Bids received: s'ontractor Total Base Bid Aitemate —No. —1 Bid Summary Low Urban Companies LLC $75,920.00 $4,750.00 $80,670.00 #2 Peterson Companies, $90,362.70 $2,837.00 $93,199.70 Inc. The low Bidder on the Project was Urban Companies, LLC with a Total Base Bid Amount plus Alternate No. 1 of $80,670. This compares to the Engineer's Estimate of $82,000. These Bids have been reviewed and found to be in order. If the City Council wishes to award the Project to the low Bidder, then Urban Companies LLC should be awarded the Project on the Bid Summary Amount of $80,670. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (651) 604 -938. Sincerely, BONESTROO Jason P. Quisberg, P.E. Enclosure O Z 2 92 0 • • 4i ti A Z AL z 888 8 888888 " * s i 5 R R KVh I U 4f, 12 v 1 S g g g.6 6m 4 g 66 i g vn- 4ft m LU En U- uj u 0 Z Z : z LU 9- gae 0 Z AMUR UJ R p 5 z to Z E Hin 6M Q- uj L) V, U W UNMI? V 8 0 (A cr 0 A E E I 3 Z 1-3 9 P lz 0 cW RAISE IRRIGATION CONTROLS TO SURFACE cr 0 REPLACE EXISTING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 49TH AVENUE N SITE PLAN CITY OF NEW HOPE FIGURE: 1 BonestrDo 49TH AVENUE LIGHTED BALLFIELDS IMPROVEMENTS 3406181FOl.DWG DATE: OCTOBER 2009 COMM: 000034-06181-0 JENSEN SONDRALL & PERSELLIN, P.A. Attorneys At Law AMANDA M. FURTH GORDON L. JENSEN' ADAM J. KAUFMAN MELANIE P.PERSELLIN STEPHEN M. RINGQUIST STEVEN A.SONDRALL Real Property Law Specialist Certified By The Minnesota State Bar Association 'Admitted in Iowa 8525 EDINBROOK CROSSING, STE. 201 BROOKLYN PARK, MINNESOTA 55443 -1968 TELEPHONE (763) 424 -8811 $ TELEFAX (763) 493 -5193 writer's e-mail - sas@jspattorneys.com August 5, 2010 Valerie Leone City Clerk City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope, MN 55428 personal delivery Re: Athletic Field Improvements City Project N.: 862 Our File No.: 99.10030 Dear Val: Enclosed please find four copies of the contract, an insurance certificate and performance and payment bonds for the referenced project received from Urban Companies, LLC. All are in order from a legal standpoint. Please call me if you have any questions. Very truly yours, Steven A. Sondrall, City Attorney, City of New Hope Enclosures cc: Guy Johnson, Public Works Director Jason Quisberg, City Engineer P:;Attorney \SAS \l Client Files \2 City of New Hope \99 -10030 (Public Works general) \Leone lit 2010 Athletic Field Imp,(862).doc August 9, 2010 Mr. Greg Urban Urban Companies, LLC 3781 Labore Road Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 SUBJECT: Athletic Field Improvements - Project No. 862 At its meeting of May 24, 2010, the New Hope City Council approved the contract with your company for project no. 862 for $80,670. Enclosed please find two fully executed contract documents. One copy should be transmitted to your bonding company. Also enclosed is a Withholding Affidavit for Contractors/IC -134 form (we cannot make final payment to contractors until this is approved by the Minnesota Department of Revenue and submitted to our office per Minnesota Statute 290.97). Please contact Jason Quisberg, City Engineer, at 651- 604 -4938 if you have any questions regarding the project. Sincerely, Valerie Leone City Clerk, CMC Enclosures — Contract, IC -134 cc: Jason Quisberg, City Engineer Guy Johnson, Director of Public Works 4401 Xylon Avenue North + New Hope, Minnesota 55428 -4898 + www. ci.new- hope.mn.us City Hall: 763- 531 -5100 + Police (non - emergency): 763- 531 -5170 + Public Works: 763- 592 -6777 + TDD: 763- 531 -5109 City Hall Fax: 763- 531 -5136 + Police Fax: 763 - 531 -5174 + Public Works Fax: 763- 592 -6776 Bond No.: 1000851645 l � �� Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): 'Urban Companies, LLC 3781 LaBore Rd. Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 OWNER (Name and Address): City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Ave. N. New Hope, MN 55428 SURETY (Name and Address of 'Principal Place of Business): American Contractors Indemnity Company 601 S Figueroa St., Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 CONTRACT Effective Date of Agreement: May 25, 2010 Amount: $80,670.00 Description (Name and Location Irrigation and Drainage Improvements to the Existing Athletic Field- New Hope, MN BOND Bond Number: 1000851645 Date (Not earlier than Effective Date of . Agreement): July 16, 2010 Amount: $80,670.00 Modifications to this Bond Form: Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Urban Companies LLC (Seal) American Contractors Indemnity Company (Seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Col al By: By: Signature re (Attac o r of Attorney) Gregory J Urban , ,eremy ',rawly Print Name Print Name Note: Provide execution by additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary. EJCDC C-610 (Performance Bond) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 3 Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner for the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 1. If Contractor performs the Contract, Surety and Contractor have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 2.1. 2. If there is no Owner Default, Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 2.1 Owner has notified Contractor and Surety, at the addresses described in Paragraph 9 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to be held not later than 15 days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If Owner, Contractor and Surety agree, Contractor shall be allowed a reasonnhle time to perform the Contract, but such an agreement shall not - waive Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 2.2 Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated Contractor's fight to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after Contractor and Surety have received notice as provided in Paragraph 2.1; and 2.3 Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to: 1. Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract; or 2. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 to perform the Contract. 3. When Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 2, Surety shall. promptly, and at Surety's expense, take one of the following actions: 3.1 Arrange for Contractor, with consent of Owner, to perform and complete the Contract; or 32 Undortakt; to porrurin and oomplot* the Contract itself, through its agents or through indopondf;nt contractors; or 3.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and Contractor selected with Owner's er's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Contract, and pay to Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 5 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor Default; or 3.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances, I. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to Owner; or 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons therefor. 4. If Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 3 with reasonable promptness, Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond IS days after receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner, If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 3.4, and Owner refuses the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. 5. After Owner has terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract, and if Surety elects to act under Paragraph 3.1, 3,2, or 3.3 above, then the responsibilities of Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract, and the responsibilities of Owner to Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner under the Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Contract, Surety is obligated without duplication for: F3CDCC-610 (PerfarmanCOUnd) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Paget af3 5.1 The responsibilities of Contractor for correction of defective Work and completion of the Contract; 5.2 Additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of Surety under Paragraph 3; and 5.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non- performance of Contractor. 6. Surety shall not be liable to Owner or others for obligation-, of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations, No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, or successors. 7. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. S. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located and shall be instituted within two years after. Contractor Default or within two years after Contractor ceased working or within 'two years after Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this puagraph are void or prohibited by law, the winirtmin period of lituitution available, to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 9. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 1.0. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 11. Definitions, 11.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Conti-act after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by Owner in settlement of insurance or other Claims for damages to which Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments inade to or on behalf of Contractor under the Contract. 11.2 Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page, 'including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 11.3 Contractor Default: Failure of Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to eornply with the terms of the Contract. 11.4 Owner Default.- Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor Araived, to pay Contractor as requited by the Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. FOR INFORMATION ONLY — (Nape, Address and Telephone) Surety Agency or Broker:American Contractors Indemnity Company 601 S Figueroa St., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, CA 90017 Owner's Rep ETCDC 0-610 (Performance Bond) ]Prepared by (be CogIncors Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 3 of 3 E ygi@ WL MA�fgg2cc MContraetor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): Urban Companies, LLC 3781 LaBore Rd. Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 SURETY (Name and.Address of Principal Place of Business): American Contractors Indemnity Company 601 S Figueroa St., Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 OWNER (Name and Address): City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Ave. N. New Hope, MN 55428 CONTRACT Effective Date of Agreement: May 25, 201 Aniount:$80,670.00 Description (Name and Location): Irrigation and Drainage Improvements to the Existing Athletic Field- New Hope, MN BOND Bond Number: 1000851645 Date (Not earlier than Effective Date of Agreement): July 16, 2010 Amount; $80,670.00 Modifications to this Bond Form: Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRYNCIPAL SURFITY __ Companies, LLC - (Seal) American Contractors Indemnity Company (Seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and gp*"Oeal _ By; —A & By: Signature- Gregory J. Urban Print Name Aftornev-ln-Fact of Attorney) Title William J. Nemec, Attorney-In-Fact Print Name Note: Provide execution by additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary. ESCDC 0-615 Payment Bond Prepared by the Fagineers.Toint Contract Dnennienfiq Cnmnifttte. Page 1 of 3 1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment famished by Claimants, for use in the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect to Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due- Claimants, and 2,2 Defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless Owner from all claims, demands, lions, or suits alleging non - payment by Contractor by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials, or equipment for use in the perfDrinance of the Contract, provided Owner has promptly notified Contractor a Surety (at the addresses described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, lions, or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to Contractor and Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3, With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4, 1. Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with Contractor have given notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made utider this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor: 1. Have furnished written. notice to Contractor and seat a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, within 90 days after having last perfortned labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the patty to whom the materials or equipment were flimished or supplied, or for whom the labor was done or performod; and 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from CoAtractor, or not received within 30 days of famishing the above notice any communication from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated the claim will he paid directly or indirectly; and 3. NG( having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Rand and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to Contractor. 5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to Contractor or to Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6, When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at Surety's expense take, the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to that Claimant, with a copy to Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim; stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by Surety. 8. Amounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any performance bond., By Contractor ftimishing and Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. EXCDC 0-615 Payment Bond rrepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 00 9. S shall not be liable to Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the contract. Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 . Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. I. 1. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Paragraph 4,1 or Paragraph 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, Owner, or Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13. When this Bond has been fi-trnished to oomply with a statutory requirement in the location whore the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such. statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not as a common law bond, 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be. a potential beneficiary of this Bond, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15, Definitions 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor, or with a first-ti'er subcontractor of Contractor, to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the Work of Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where, the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page, including all. Contract Documents and changes thereto. 153 Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract, or to perform and complete or otherwise comply with the other terms thereof. FOR INFORMATION ONLY — (Naine, Address and Telephone) Surety Agency or BrokerAmerican Contractors Indemnity Company 601 S Figueroa St., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, CA 90017 q)yner's B �.l j E at ye rigineer or other (3l 0) 242-6262 !� rcs4 � lt_ _ (_ XJCDC C-615 Payment Bond Prepared by the Engineers Joint ContrRetDocoments Committee. Page 3 of 3 Acknowledgment of Surety State of Minnesota County of Ramsey On this 16 day of July, 2010 before me personally appeared Jeremy Crawford who acknowledged that he or she is the attorney in fact who is authorized to sign on behalf of American Contractors Indemnity Company (surety company), the foregoing instrument, and he thereupon duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same. ^,J� ,�gt"✓"+!wra/'�,hJk /. W�fsIWMNV�A. LISA M, JAB Notary Public - Minnesota cci a !ssion P-xpives Jan 31, 20 ----- --------- --- - - - - -- ------- - - - - -- Notary Pu is AC DATE (MWDDNYYY) Iko.� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE___,. 1 7/26/2010 PRODUCER (651)429 -3383 FAX: (651)424 -0843 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Beulke Insurance Agency, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 4782 Washington Avenue ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. White Bear Lake MN 55110 INSURED Urban Companies, LLC 3781 LaBore Road INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Owner Is Insurance Company 32700 INS,{ IRFR R. Auto Owners Ins. Co. 110984 INSURER D: IVadnais ,Heights MN 55110 INSURERE COVFIRA11. FS - THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OISUCH POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR DD'L NSRD TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DAT MM DD POLICY EXPIRATION DATE MM DD LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A I X X COMMERCIAL GENE L IABILITY CLAIMS MADE X ii OCCUR 064606- 0802173: 4/28/2010 4 28`2011 DAMAGE ORE TED ` PREMISES (Ea occ urrence $ 50,000 MED EXP(Any one iserson) !$ 5,00() PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 2 , 000 , 0 00 A POLICY PRO LOC A AUTOMOBILE X1 -1 LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS 735643600 4128/2010 4/2812011 CO BIKED COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea $ 11004,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED AUTOS NON - OWNED AUTOS ( 'PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EAACC $ ANY AUTO R $ AUTO ONLY: AGG EXCESS / UMBRELLA LIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 OCCUR CLAIMS MADE is B DEDUCTIBLE 46 -190- 435 -02 4/28/2010 4/2812011 $ X RETENTION $ 10,000 — $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER /EXECUTIVE ❑ OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? WC STATU- OTH- X T R IMI S E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1 (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under 08026791 4/28/2010 4/2812011 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1 $ 1 ,OTHER f i DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS /VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/ SPECIAL PROVISIONS City of New trope & Bonestroo Architects are listed as Additional Insureds as their interest may appear as respects operations performed by the named insured. Project: Athletic Field Improvements City of New Hope and Bonestroo Architects 4401 Xylon Ave No Minneapolis, NB 55042 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 1 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE B Schumacher /CO1 rns.vrcu to kAUUVIu 1) U 1988 -2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS025 (2w_oai) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD i I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Jason P. Quisberg Date: April 12, 2010 License # 44315 • • PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS © 2010 Bonestroo 1 00034 - 10223 -0 000105-1 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements Introductory Information 00 01 05 Certifications Page 0001 10 Table of Contents Procurement Requirements 00 11 13 Advertisement for Bids 0021 13 Instructions to Bidders 0041 10 Bid Form Contracting Requirements 00 52 10 Agreement Form 0061 13.13 Performance Bond 0061 13.16 Payment Bond 00 72 05 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (2002 Edition) 00 73 05 Supplementary Conditions SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP Division 01 - General Requirements 01 03 00 Alternates 01 1000 Summary 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 3300 Submittal Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 0157 13 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control 01 70 00 Execution Requirements Division 02 — Existing Conditions 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP Division 31 - Earthwork 31 23 00 Excavation and Fill Division 32 — Exterior Improvements 32 1123 Aggregate Base Courses 32 1203 Flexible Paving (Small Projects) MnDOT Spec. 2360/2350 Combined 32 13 14 Concrete Walks, Medians and Driveways 32 84 00 Plant Irrigation 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses TABLE OF CONTENTS 2010 Bonestroo 100034-10223-0 0001 10-1 Division 33 - Utilities 33 05 05 Trenching and Backfilling 3305 17 Adjust Miscellaneous Structures 33 1000 Water Utilities 33 12 12 Water Services 33 46 00 Subdrainage r • TABLE OF CONTENTS © 2010 Bonestroo 100034-10223-0 0001 10-2 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of New Hope, Minnesota, in the City Hall at 4401 Xylon Avenue North, until 10:30 A.M., CDT, Thursday, May 13, 2010, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the furnishing of all labor, materials, and all else necessary for the following: Athletic Field Improvements City Project No 862 In general, Work consists of the removal of an existing irrigation system and construction of a new irrigation system, including service throughout a 2 -acre athletic field. Other improvements include drain tile installation in softball infield and replacement of an existing bituminous trail. Bidding Documents may be purchased by credit card at www.bonestroo.com (follow the Plan Room link) for a fee of $40 (for a paper copy), or a fee of $20 (for a download digital copy). Bidders may purchase a paper copy of the Bidding Documents from the Issuing Office of Bonestroo, 2335 Highway 36 West, St. Paul, MN 55113, (651) 636 -4600 with a check for a fee of $40. Bidding Documents may be viewed at the office of the City of New Hope and at the Issuing Office. Direct inquiries to Engineer's Project Manager Jason Quisberg (651) 604 -4938. Bid Security in the amount of 5 percent of the amount of the Bid must accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Owner reserves the right to retain the deposits of the 3 lowest Bidders for a period not to exceed 60 days after the date and time set for the Opening of Bids. No Bids may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after the date and time set for the Opening of Bids. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive irregularities and informalities therein, and further reserves the right to award the Contract to the best interests of the Owner. Kirk McDonald, City Manager City of New Hope, Minnesota ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0011 13-1 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below: A. Issuing Office — The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the Bidding procedures are to be administered. ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation for Bids may be obtained from the Issuing Office. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license for any other use. 2.04 Neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from Bidder's use of electronic downloadable Bidding Documents (Electronic Bidding Documents). In addition to the above items, Bidders using Electronic Bidding Documents are solely responsible for use of such documents, including, but not limited to: A. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to go to the Bonestroo Plan Room, check for the presence of Bidding Documents (including Addendum), and download documents as they become available. Bidder shall regularly check the Bonestroo Plan Room for Addendum or other additions or revisions to the Bidding Documents through the Bid Opening date, whether or not Bidder has received email notice of Addendum from Bonestroo. B. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to verify the intended document size (sheet dimensions) and to verify proper colors (color, or black and white) of the Electronic Bidding Documents prior to reproduction. Bidder shall ensure that the Electronic Bidding Documents are reproduced to the correct and exact scale and correct colors. C. It is the responsibility of the Recipient of Electronic Bidding Documents from this site to check the electronic data for computer viruses or other harmful coding. D. Bidders are subject to the Terms of Use and Limitations on Use detailed in the Bonestroo Plan Room. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0021 13-1 ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work, within 5 days of Owner's request, Bidder shall submit written evidence such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments, and such other data as may be called for below: A. Evidence of Bidder's authority to do business in the state where the Project is located. B. Evidence of genuiness of Bid and lack of collusion in conjunction therewith. 3.02 Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder's representations and certifications. • • • • r• • r a_ • 4.01 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify 1. Those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site. 2. Those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.01.A will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.02 Underground Facilities A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner or others. 4.03 Hazardous Environmental Condition A. The Supplementary Conditions identify any reports and drawings known to Owner relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.03.A will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.04 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions, and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0021 13-2 appear in Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 4.05 On request, Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relative to excavation and utility locates. 4.06 Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. On request, Owner will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of contract documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such other work. 4.07 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; B. visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; C. become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; D. consider the information known to Bidder; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site - related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents; and (3) Bidder's safety precautions and programs; E. agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) Bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; F. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; G. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder; and H. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 0021 13-3 4.08 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by Engineer are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. 5.01 There will be no Pre -Bid Conference. ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS 6.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. • • 0 10 • 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addendum mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than 10 days prior to the date for Opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addendum will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addendum may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8 - BID SECURITY 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to Owner in an amount of 5 percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified check, bank money order, or a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. 8.02 The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required Contract Security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required Contract Security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Bidder to be in default, annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be Owner's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or 61 days after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 8.03 Bid Security of other Bidders whom Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be returned within 7 days after the Bid Opening. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 0021 13-4 ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES 9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved and the Work is to be Substantially Completed and ready for Final Payment are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND - OR-EQUAL - ITEMS 11.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or- equal" items. Whenever it is specified or described in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or "or- equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS 12.01 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, the apparent successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within 5 days after Bid Opening, submit to Owner a list of all such subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity if requested by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent successful Bidder to submit a substitute, in which case apparent successful Bidder shall submit an acceptable substitute, Bidder's Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and Owner may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the Contract award. 12.02 If apparent successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid Security of any Bidder. Any subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. 12.03 Contractor shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. 13.02 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid Item, Alternate, adjustment Bid Unit Price Bid Item, and Bid Unit Price Bid Item listed therein. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0021 13-5 13.03 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown. 13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown. 13.05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 13.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 13.07 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 13.08 All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures. 13.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the letters of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 13.10 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone and fax numbers for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 13.11 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder's state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Form. 13.12 Bidders shall indicate the total add or deduct to the Total Base Bid for each Alternate provided on the Bid Form. ARTICLE 14 - BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS 14.01 Unit Price with Alternates A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a Bid Unit Price basis for each Bid Item of Work listed in the Bid Form and include a separate price for each Alternate described in the Bidding Documents as provided on the Bid Form. The price for each Alternate will be the amount added to or deleted from the Base Bid if the Owner selects the Alternate. In the evaluation of Bids, Owner may select any combination of Alternates or Owner may choose not to accept any Alternate Bids. B. The total of all estimated prices will be the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each Bid Item and the corresponding Bid Unit Price. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of work and Bid Unit Prices will be resolved in favor of the Bid Unit Prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0021 13-6 D. Bidders may submit a Bid on proposed Substitute Items. The Deduct Price for each Substitute Item shall be the price deducted from the Total Base Bid, if accepted by the Owner. In the evaluation of Bids, Owner may select any combination of Substitute Items or may choose not to accept any Substitute Items. E. Bids will be compared on the basis of the "Adjusted Total Base Bid" and this amount will be the basis for determining the lowest Bidder. The sum of the Total Base Bid and any combination of Alternates and Substitute Items accepted by the Owner will determine the "Adjusted Total Base Bid." The Owner may choose to not accept any Alternates or Substitute Item Bids. 14.02 Allowances A. For cash allowances the Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for Contractor's overhead, costs, profit, and other expenses on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents, in accordance with Paragraph 11.023 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 15 - SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation for Bids and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid Security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED." A mailed Bid shall be addressed to Owner's office. 15.02 The Bid shall include the entire Document 00410, Bid Form. This includes all attachments listed in Article 7.01 of the Bid Form and /or all forms included with the Bid Form. The Contractor may remove or copy these sheets from the Project Manual. 15.03 The entire Project Manual should not be submitted with the Bid. ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the Opening of Bids. 16.02 Bids may be withdrawn after Bid Opening only in accordance with the law. ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF BIDS 17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation for Bids and, unless obviously non - responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major Alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the Project is awarded. ARTICLE 18 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0021 13-7 ARTICLE 19 - EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 If the Contract is awarded, award will be made on the basis of the lowest responsive, responsible, qualified Bidder determined by the Adjusted Total Base Bid. 19.02 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. Owner may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the successful Bidder. 19.03 More than 1 Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than 1 Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 19.04 In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such Alternates, Bid Unit Prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 19.05 In evaluating Bidders, Owner will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 19.06 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. As a condition of its Bid, Bidder is required to waive any and all claims of whatever nature against Owner, Engineer, and their employees and agents which arise out of or relate to such investigations and statements made as a result thereof, except for statements that can be shown by clear and convincing evidence to be intentionally false and made with actual malice. This waiver is not intended to restrict Bidder's rights to challenge a Contract pursuant to law. 19.07 If the Contract is to be awarded, Owner will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project. ARTICLE 20 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance. When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it shall be accompanied by such bonds. ARTICLE 21.01 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within 15 days thereafter, successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner. Within 10 days thereafter, Owner shall deliver 2 fully signed counterparts to successful Bidder with a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0021 13 -8 Am IF BIDDER: onestr®® DOCUMENT 00 41 10 BID FORM NEW HOPE ATHLETIC FIELD IMPROVEMENTS CITY PROJECT NO, 862 PROJECT NO. 000034 - 10223 -0 NEW HOPE, MINNESOTA 2010 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: CITY OF NEW HOPE CITY HALL 4401 XYLON AVENUE NORTH NEW HOPE, MN 55428 -4898 1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid Opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner. 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: A• Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged: Addendum Letter Addendum Date 5 112. B. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at, or contiguous to, the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at, or contiguous to, the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in SC -4.02, and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified in SC -4.06. 000034 - 10223 -0 © 2010 Bo-stw 0041 10-1 BID FORM 5J]1 Bidder will comp the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price(s): All opedficcash allowances are included in the price(s) set forth below and have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 11.03.B of the General Conditions Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and final payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based on actual quantities prov determined as provided in the Contract Documents. No Item Units Qty Unit Price Total Price 1 BASE BID: MOBILIZATION B 1$ �-�o C) $ 2SC90 TRAFFIC LS 1 � � � (� D $ Soo 3 REMOVE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM LS 1$ 0 $ � 4 REMOVE MANHOLE EA 1$ � /b(/ $ (�OQ 5 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 5Y 330$ $ / / �, �� 6 CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPE EA 2 $ $ 7 CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE 6u 1$ /) 0 ¢ C) o O IRRIGATION SYSTEM AND CONTROLS B 1 $ 2/ A00 $ -21 O8o 9 IRRIGATION BLOWOUT L5 1$ / $ /060 10 IRRIGATION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SERVICE LS 1$ [)��� $ 1508 11 4" DIP WATER MAIN, CLASS G2 LF 450$ ~ $ . <� 12 4' GATE VALVE AND BOX EA 3$ $ '/ 13 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS rl �-' / { u /} //~/� /-^�0 LB 580 $ $ 14 4' PERFORATED PVC DRAIN TILE, SCHEDULE5DR LF 600$ $ 15 26 RED BALL DIAMOND ROCK [Y 190$ 16 COMMON EXCAVATION Cy 90$ 000034-10223-0 CP 2010 Bomstroo 0041 10-3 BID FORM 6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be Substantially Completed and completed and ready for Final Payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. 6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified above, which shall be stated in the Agreement. 7.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required Bid Security in the form of 5 percent. 8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions. SUBMITTED on zzz 2010, If Bidder Is An Individual Name (typed or printed): By: Doing business as: (Individual's signature) Business Street Address (No P.O. Box #'s): Phone No.: Fax No.: (SEAL) 000034- 10223 -0 © 2010 Bonestrw 0041 10 -5 BID FORM TM AIA Document A310 _ 1970 :r:• r Bond No.: 1000839613 -31 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we (Here insert fart! name and address or legal title of Contractor) Urban Companies, LLC 3781 LaBore Rd. Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Here insert f dl name and address or legal title of Surety) American Contractors Indemnity Company 601 S Figueroa St., Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Ave. N. New Hope, MN 55428 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of 5% of Total Amount Bid Not to exceed: Four Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty & 00/100 Dollars ($4,950.00 ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assi jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Athletic Field Improvements, City Project No. 862- grading, (Here insert full name, address and descr_ipNion of project) landscaping, irrigation, New Hope, MM NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, Otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 12th day of May 2010 AIA Document A310Tm —1970. Copyright © 1963 and 1970 by The American Institute of Architects. A W� s= POVVE)R OF ATTORNM W-6 AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Contractors Indemnity Corrippy,,aCalifornia corporation, United State-& 171 C 0 A rporatiom- �i� kas co Maryland ecialty In "p 11 11 1 1 ll� I a �:l 1, i 0"I1,16i" these present , I T V Jeremy Crawford, Michael D. Williams, Willi J. emec, Panya Fukushima or Andrea J. Michael of Golden Valley, Minnesota its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, with full power and authority JwW�b stead iq�ect'�liilq and-de& aAl iffl-huds, recognizalll cc -ta46A'7_!p_ qtiffin�s name, place, 4nd 4d k- heini4arbiMs or contract�� �Iuty, _V,jlIlI e riders, ai�WQWA s of surety, Fr. In i bree Million** �Iij,i lil'i"I :, Dollars ($ A% [il exceed 1' I"' _2 This Power of Attorney shall expire' ithout further action on December 8�, Power of Attorney is gr"d under a by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Companies: supanc- am Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice-President, any Assistant Vice-President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full followin � i -C. President Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and sea] of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimileand any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile sea] shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to qW4FqM which it is attached, 1 1 1 0 VI W_I� �EOF, The Cci*Rhid'haW cksbd instrument tc�*p "li J ,,�, " T � fte - mrate seals to be_h�m goad M dj& A 5 fMune,2009. AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY CTO BE B y SEPU6,11% aniel P. Aguilar, Vice President State of California 91 go~ U-M SA s SS: lI 1j, _0 7: d Daniel P. Aguilar;�- M - s - ident o �Onlffi of June, 2009 ht tary public, mondIlf ezire .2 I " .,1 1; beforelne, ng a no p If' American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the -same in his authorized capacity, and that his signature on the instrume t the person(s), or the entity upon behalf oL-. w-b-4a the ted, executedAheIient—, pe � 1�1 PENALTY OF PERMRV!i� t& lwwof the State of lie S plbi AIli�lhfit t regoing paragraph WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notify Public tafifornia cal -vtTl� �ma ftw w I s i a 9-- 1 Indemnity a%-_ r, ManN J!Ki sistantSec taiy",,j t� 10IFS __ jffik A ty- urety Complady. WT-S, s um Company, do hereby i iailh I ve and foregoing is a true7M cd c __ of a Power of Attorner by said abo opy ins ert Companies, which is still in full force and effect, furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. in Wtness-WIlift I have hereunto sqtmyla fAaw pidan-d-Ofixed the seals of said Com an Q ie&glt siAngeles, California this 12th 201W Corporate Seals T TO 0 T OW9613-31 BondNo. _A WMRP UCJ 6 --j"u-nie jNjOw-g-Assistant Secretary 09 �A al THIS AGREEMENT is by and between the City of New Hope, Minnesota (hereinafter called Owner) and Urban Companies, LLC (hereinafter called Contractor). Owner and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: irrigation and drainage improvements to the existing athletic field. r 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Athletic Field Improvements for the City of New Hope, Minnesota, City Project Number 862. 3.01 The Project has been designed by Bonestroo (Engineer), who is to act as Owner's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and will have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 4.02 Dates for Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. The work will not begin until August 2, 2010. Scheduled use of the field extends through ]uly; disturbance of the athletic surfaces can not take place until scheduled activities cease. B. The Work will be Substantially Completed on or before September 20, 2010, and completed and ready for Final Payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions on or before October 15, 2010. 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay Owner $250 for each day that © AGREEMENT FORM 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 005210 -1 expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 for Milestones and Substantial Completion until the Work is Substantially Complete. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner $250 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 for completion and readiness for Final Payment until the Work is completed and ready for Final Payment. 5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds as follows: A. For all Work at the prices stated in Contractor's Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit. The Bid prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Agreement are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer as provided in Paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions. B. Original Contract Amount is based on Eighty- Thousand Six Hundred Seventy Dollars and No Cents ($80,670.00). 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment, monthly during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraphs 6.02.A1 and 6.02.A2 below. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established in Paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Bid Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided in the General Requirements: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions: a. 95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage). 2. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 100 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts as Engineer shall determine in accordance with Paragraph 14.0235 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of Engineer's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion, AGREEMENT FORM © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0052 10-2 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work, in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 7 — INTEREST 7.01 All moneys not paid when due, as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions, shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project. 8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data," and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data." E. Contractor considered the information known to Contractor, information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work, (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Documents; and (3) Contractor's safety precaution programs. F. Based on the information and observations referred to in Paragraph 8.01.E above, Contractor does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. AGREEMENT FORM © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0052 10-3 H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. t I • 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement. 2. Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and other Bonds. 3. General Conditions. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Specifications. 6. Drawings bearing the following general title: Athletic Field Improvements . 7. Addendum (1). 8. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Contractor's Bid Form. b. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 9. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Work Change Directives. c. Change Order(s). B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. 10.01 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. AGREEMENT FORM © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0052 10-4 10. 03 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents, 10.04 Severabi/ity A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor's Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: 1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non - competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non- competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. AGREEMENT FORM © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0052 10-5 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. Counterparts have been delivered to Owner and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or have been identified by Owner and Contractor or on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on 2010 (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). Address for giving notices: I CITY OF NEW HOPE Designated Representative: Name: el - V Al Title: U I I I Ur l'i L VV h U ft Address: 440! YVI nN All / ; LVI I rjV E NO. E1 U MN 55422 reSIN904 Me Urban Companies, LLC S1 t�l V-K V1 a/J-42 License No.: (Where Applicable) Designated Representative: Name: cti, Title: 0 LL/1 Address: " I- C-b C "-f a' j @ 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034-10223-0 AGREEMENT FORM 005210 -6 GENE CONDI OF TU Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by `:c sr. [b4 f � W Y tr rONii ti' The Associated General Contractors of America Knowledge for Greeting and Sustaining the Built Environment Construction Specifications Institute EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-1 Copyright 002002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191 -4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C -520 or C -525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C -001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C -800) (2002 Edition). EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright (D 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ................................................................................ ..............................6 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................ ..............................6 1.02 Terminology ............................................................................................................................... ..............................8 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................. ..............................9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .......................................................................... ............................... 9 2.02 Copies of Documents ................................................................................................................. ..............................9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................. ..............................9 2.04 Starting the Work ....................................................................................................................... ..............................9 2.05 Before Starting Construction ..................................................................................................... ..............................9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference ...................................................................................................... ..............................9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................. ..............................9 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ......................................... .............................10 3.01 Intent ......................................................................................................................................... .............................10 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................. .............................10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................... .............................10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ............................................................... ............................... 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................ ............................... 11 3.06 Electronic Data ......................................................................................................................... .............................11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................... .............................11 4.01 Availability of Lands ............................................................................................................... ............................... 11 4.02 Subsuf face and Physical Conditions ......................................................................................... .............................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................... .............................12 4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................................................................................. .............................13 4.05 Reference Points ....................................................................................................................... .............................13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ............................................................................ .............................13 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE ................................................................................................ .............................14 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ................................................................................. .............................14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................................................................................. .............................15 5.03 Certificates oflnsurance ........................................................................................................... .............................15 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance .............................................................................................. .............................15 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance ..................................................................................................... .............................16 5.06 Property Insurance ................................................................................................................... .............................16 5.07 Waiver of Rights ........................................................................................................................ .............................17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ....................................................................... .............................17 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace .......................................................... .............................17 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ........................................................ .............................18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................. .............................18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ............................................................................................. .............................18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours .............................................................................................................. .............................18 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment .......................................................................................... .............................18 6.04 Progress Schedule ..................................................................................................................... .............................18 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals .. .................................................................................................... .............................19 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .................................................................. .............................20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ......................................................................................................... .............................21 6.08 Permits... ................................................................................................................................................................ 21 6.09 Laws and Regulations ............................................................................................................... .............................21 6.10 Taxes ....................................................................................................................................... ............................... 22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas .................................................................................................... ............................... 22 6.12 Record Documents .................................................................................................................... .............................22 6.13 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................ .............................22 6.14 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................ .............................23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ............ ............................................................................... .............................23 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-3 6.16 Emergencies .............................................................................................................................. .............................23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples .................................................................................................... .............................23 6.18 Continuing the Work ................................................................................................................. .............................24 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee ....................................................................... .............................24 6.20 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................... .............................24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................................................. .............................25 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE ............................................................................................ .............................25 7.01 Related Work at Site .................................................................................................................. .............................25 7.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................. .............................26 7 .03 Legal Relationships ................................................................................................................... .............................26 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................... .............................26 8.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................................................................. .............................26 8.02 Replacement of Engineer .......................................................................................................... .............................26 8.03 Furnish Data ............................................................................................................................. .............................26 8.04 Pay When Due .......................................................................................................................... .............................26 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................. .............................26 8.06 Insurance .................................................................................................................................. .............................26 8.07 Change Orders .......................................................................................................................... .............................26 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................. .............................26 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities .................................................................................. .............................27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ................................................................... .............................27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ........................................................................................ .............................27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ........................................................ .............................27 9.01 Owner's Representative ............................................................................................................ .............................27 9.02 Visits to Site .............................................................................................................................. .............................27 9.03 Project Representative .............................................................................................................. .............................27 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work ................................................................................................. .............................27 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... .............................27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ........................................................................ .............................28 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work ......................................................................................... .............................28 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ...................... .............................28 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ........................................................ .............................28 ARTICLE10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS .............................................................................. .............................28 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work .............................................................................................. .............................28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work .......................................................................................... .............................29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders ..................................................................................................... .............................29 10.04 Notification to Surety ................................................................................................................ .............................29 10.05 Claims ....................................................................................................................................... .............................29 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ..................................... .............................30 11.01 Cost of the Work ....................................................................................................................... .............................30 11.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. ............................... 31 11.03 Unit Price Work ........................................................................................................................ .............................31 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ........................ .............................32 12.01 Change of Contract Price ......................................................................................................... .............................32 12.02 Change of Contract Times ........................................................................................................ .............................33 12.03 Delays ....................................................................................................................................... .............................33 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ....... 33 13.01 Notice of Defects ....................................................................................................................... .............................33 13.02 Access to Work .......................................................................................................................... .............................33 13.03 Tests and Inspections ................................................................................................................ .............................33 13.04 Uncovering Work ...................................................................................................................... .............................34 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work ........................................................................................................ .............................34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ .............................34 13.07 Correction Period ..................................................................................................................... .............................34 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work .................................................................................................. .............................35 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work ......................................................................................... .............................35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ................................................. .............................36 14.01 Schedule of Values .................................................................................................................... .............................36 14.02 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................... .............................36 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title ................................................................................................. .............................37 14.04 Substantial Completion ............................................................................................................. .............................37 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-4 14.05 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................... .............................38 14.06 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................ .............................38 14 .07 Final Payment ........................................................................................................................... .............................38 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ........................................................................................................ .............................39 14.09 Waiver of Claims ...................................................................................................................... .............................39 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION. ........................................................................................ 39 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ........................................................................................................ .............................39 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause .............................................................................................. .............................39 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience .................................................................................. .............................40 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ................................................................................. .............................40 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ................................................................................................... .............................41 16.01 Methods and Procedures .......................................................................................................... .............................41 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................................................................ .............................41 17.01 Giving Notice ............................................................................................................................ .............................41 17 .02 Computation of Times ............................................................................................................... .............................41 17 .03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................ .............................41 17 .04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................. .............................41 17 .05 Controlling Law ........................................................................................................................ .............................41 17.06 Headings ................................................................................................................................... .............................41 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-5 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda -- Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment - - The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos - - Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid- -The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder- -The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents - - The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements- -The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order - - A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim - - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract- -The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price- -The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times- -The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) com- plete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor- -The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work - - See Paragraph 11.0 LA for definition. 17. Drawings- -That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement - - The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer - - The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-6 20. Field Order - -A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements -- Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition - -The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 23. Hazardous Waste - -The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - -Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinanc- es, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25. Liens -- Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone - -A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 27. Notice of Award- -The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed - -A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Con- tract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29. Owner- -The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs -- Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum— Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non - Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 32. Progress Schedule - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project- -The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual - -The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material -- Source, special nucle- ar, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 36. Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 37. Resident Project Representative - -The autho- rized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples -- Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Schedule of Submittals - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 40. Schedule of Values - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 41. Shop Drawings - -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 42. Site- -Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 43. Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-7 administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 44. Subcontractor - -An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 45. Substantial Completion- -The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 46. Successful Bidder- -The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 47. Supplementary Conditions - -That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 48. Supplier - -A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- er, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 49. Underground Facilities - -All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 50. Unit Price Work - -Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 51. Work- -The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 52. Work Change Directive - -A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered ", "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's - recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-8 E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- ments, words or phrases which have a well -known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence oflnsurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times com- mence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten A. At least 10 days before submission of the first printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Application for Payment a conference attended by Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be at the cost of reproduction. held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 Proceed days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be A. The Contract Times will commence to run on made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement submitted to Engineer. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-9 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake respon- sibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambigu- ity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or applicable to the performance of the Work EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-10 (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in viola- tion of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or 3. Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60- day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring parry.. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability ofLands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connec- tion therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, explo- ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-12 c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Sup- plementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Under- ground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-13 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or re- vealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the conse- quences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.14 shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. 1. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds F. If after receipt of such written notice A. Contractor shall furnish performance and Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and resume such Work under such special conditions, then payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect area affected by such condition to be deleted from the until one year after the date when final payment becomes Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to due or until completion of the correction period specified EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-14 in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Compa- nies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.013, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.E and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates oflnsurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sus- tained: a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as addi- tional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-15 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insur- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims - made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all- risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifi- cally required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; Owner; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certifi- cates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accor- dance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-16 deductible amounts that are identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.13. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non - conformance with the Contract EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-17 Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.13. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Docu- ments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good disci- pline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-18 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjust- ments will comply with any provisions of the General Re- quirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or- equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or- Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or- equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or- equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substi- tute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified; 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will preju- dice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time; b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Docu- ments (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-19 c) whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in con- nection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; 4) and shall contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, B. Substitute Construction Methods or Proce- dures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13 Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or- equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reason- able objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall consti- tute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-20 or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities per- forming or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifica- tions and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcon- tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appro- priate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer„ and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applica- ble to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragr 10.05. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright c0 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-21 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equip- ment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the com- pletion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engi- neer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precau- tions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Draw- EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-22 ings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordi- nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protec- tion of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals , any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obliga under the Contrac Doc uments EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-23 with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submit- ted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of con- struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of cor- rected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- ity by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-24 arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employ- ee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner B. If professional design services or and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with certifications by a design professional related to systems, Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a materials or equipment are specifically required of reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and materials and equipment and the execution of such other Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the such services or certifications to be provided by a Work that may be required to properly connect or properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal otherwise make its several parts come together and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-25 shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D. L E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05, B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Condi- tions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibili- ties will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.O LA and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.0 LA shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur- ance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.13, EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-26 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undis- closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsi- bilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at inter- vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment , a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC C -100 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright c0 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.13. partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be respon- sible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the require- ments of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsi- bility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and A. Without invalidating the Contract and without Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the D. When functioning as interpreter and judge Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-28 promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.13. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropri- ate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.0l.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required. All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice. Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.13. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.13. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing parry shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-29 F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Mork A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.0I.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make pay- ments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the perfor- mance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equip- ment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.1)), provided such losses and damages have EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-30 resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor- neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs I LOLA and 11.01.13. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost -plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.0 LA and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and 'handling on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright cC 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-31 B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and signifi- cantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other parry to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.13.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.I and 11.0l.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.0l.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.0l.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.4, 11.0l.A.5, and 11.01.13; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a through 12.0l.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-32 by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplat- ed by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times , or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.13 shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-33 be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.1 LA is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-34 B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- moved and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications . D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take posses- sion of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provid- ed in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-35 payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- tion for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief. a. the Work has progressed to the point indicat- ed; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsi- bilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-36 inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- ment; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.1)) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnish- ing of the Work, b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to set -off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, , Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or correct- ed) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommen- dation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -37 Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following condi- tions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.13.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-38 under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicat- ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and, will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjust- ment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-39 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.13, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13 and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.0 LA, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.13, and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and bindiniz. The mediation will be EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-40 governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.13 shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regula- tions, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warran- ties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu- ments, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright OO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-41 SC -1.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 1.02.F: G. The Specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC -2.02 Owner shall furnish to Contractor 1 printed copy and 1 electronic (PDF) version of the Contract Documents. Additional printed copies may be obtained as directed in the Advertisement for Bids. Limitations of use of electronic and printed documents are described in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, and the Bonestroo Plan Room Terms of Use and Limitations on Use. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF • AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POI 1 JTS SC- 4.04.A Add the following new item immediately after Item 2.d: The subsurface utility information on the Drawings is utility quality level D. This quality level was determined according to the guidelines of CI /ASCE 38 -.2, entitled "Standard Guidelines for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data." ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE SC -5.01 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 5.01.C: D. Separate Performance and Payment Bonds should be submitted utilizing EJCDC Form C -610 and C -615 (2002 Edition) or a similar bond form if approved by Owner. SC- 5.03.6 Delete Paragraph 5.033 in its entirety and insert the following: B. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency from evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. C. By requiring such insurance and insurance limits herein, Owner does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. SC -5.04 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 5.04.B: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 007305-1 1. Worker's Compensation and related coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and A.2 of the General Conditions a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoreman's) Statutory c. Employer's Liability $1,000,000 2. Contractor's General Liability under Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General Conditions, which shall include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of Contractor a. General Aggregate $1,000,000 b. Products - Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 c. Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 d. Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $2,000,000 e. Property Damage liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverages where applicable. f. Excess or Umbrella Liability 1) General Aggregate $1,000,000 2) Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Umbrella excess liability shall be a combined single limit which shall provide excess liability insurance over Commercial General Liability, Comprehensive Automobile Liability, and Employers Liability. 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: a. Combined Single Limit - Bodily injury and property damage. All owned, non - owned, and hired vehicles. $1,000,000 4. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04.B.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: a. Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 b. Property Damage: Each Accident $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate $1,000,000 5. Additional types and amounts of insurance required by Owner a. Railroad Protective Liability Insurance a. Each Accident $2,000,000 b. Aggregate $6,000,000 6. The following persons or entities shall be included as additional insured on the Commercial Liability, Comprehensive Automobile Liability, and Umbrella Excess Liability. This coverage shall be primary and noncontributory: a. Owner b. Engineer SC- 5.06.A Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 5.06.A to read: A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the entire construction period a Builders Risk Property Insurance Policy in the amount of the full replacement cost of the entire Work at the Site. The insurance policy shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 5.06.A1 through 5.06.A7. A minimum deductible of $1,000 each claim shall apply to this insurance and the risk of loss of the applicable deductible shall be born by Contractor, subcontractor, or others suffering such loss. In addition, the provisions of Paragraphs 5.07, 5.09, and 5.10 shall apply with the exception that Contractor shall act as fiduciary for the insureds as their interest may appear and adjust the loss with the insurance company. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0073 05-2 SC- 5.06.A Add the following new item immediately after Item 5.06.A7: 8. The Builder's Risk Insurance required herein shall apply to projects involving construction of structures and buildings only. The requirements of this Section shall be waived on projects involving only underground utilities, grading, street improvements, and similar construction work but any damage or loss to property shall be at the sole responsibility of Contractor until final acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC -6.06 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.06.G: H. Pursuant to Minnesota Statute, Contractor shall be fully responsible to pay subcontractors, suppliers, and other entities within 10 days of the Contractor's receipt of payment for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor, supplier, or other entity. Contractor shall pay interest of 1 -1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor, supplier, or other entity on any amount not paid on time to the subcontractor, supplier, or other entity. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the Contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor, supplier, or other entity. A subcontractor, supplier, or other entity who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a Contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees included in bringing the action. SC- 6.08.A Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 6.08.A by replacing the words "the Supplementary Conditions" with the words "Division 01." SC- 6.19.A Delete the words "representation of" in the second sentence. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS SC- 10.053 Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 10.053 by replacing the words "30 days" with the words °10 days." Amend the third sentence of Paragraph 10.053 by replacing the words "60 days" with the words "30 days." ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK SC- 11.01.A.5.c Delete Paragraph 11.0l.A.5.c in its entirety and insert the following in its place: c. Construction Equipment and Machinery: 1. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 2. Costs for equipment and machinery owned by Contractor will be paid at a rate shown for such equipment in the [Use rate book appropriate for the Project]. An hourly rate will be computed by dividing the monthly rates by 176. These computed rates will include all operating costs. Costs will include the time the equipment or machinery is in use on the changed Work and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal when directly attributable to the changed Work. The cost of any such equipment or machinery, or parts thereof, shall SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 007305-3 cease to accrue when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the changed Work. Equipment or machinery with a value of less than $1,000 will be considered small tools. SC -11.03 Delete paragraph 11.03.D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: D. Payment for the Bid Items on a Unit Price basis under this Contract shall be on the basis of quantities actually used in the construction, regardless of the estimated quantities shown in the Bid Form. No revision to the Contract Unit Prices for the Bid Items shall be considered or allowed due to variations of the actual quantities from the estimated amounts. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SC- 13.07.A Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 13.07.A by striking out the words "one year" and inserting the words "two years." ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION SC- 14.0235 Add the following new item immediately after Item 14.0235d: e. Contractor's failure to make acceptable submittals in accordance with the accepted schedules. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION SC -16.01 Delete Paragraph 16.01.0 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: C. If the claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation, unless within that time period Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to demand arbitration of the claim, pursuant to Paragraph SC- 16.02, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the claim to another dispute resolution process. SC -16.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 16.01: 16.02 Arbitration A. All claims or counterclaims, disputes, or other matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of Final Payment as provided by Paragraph 14.09), including but not limited to those not resolved under the provisions of Paragraphs SC- 16.01.A and 16.013, but not including any claim in excess of $100,000, will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Dispute Resolutions Procedures of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, subject to the conditions and limitations of this Paragraph SC- 16.02. This agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. B. The demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the selected arbitrator or arbitration provider and a copy will be sent to SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 007305-4 Engineer for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the 30 -day period specified in Paragraph SC- 16.01.C, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim or other dispute or matter in question would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations. C. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder, or in any other manner any other individual or entity (including Engineer and Engineer's consultants and the officers, directors, partners, agents, employees, or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this Contract, unless: 1. in inclusions of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings. D. The award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be consistent with the agreement of the parties in writing and include: (i) a concise breakdown of the award; (ii) a written explanation of the award specifically citing the Contract Documents provisions deemed applicable and relied on in making the award. E. The award will be final. Judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to modification or appeal, subject to provisions of the Controlling Law relating to vacating or modifying an arbitral award. F. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators and any arbitration service shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 0073 05-5 1N PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section identifies each Alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work as part of that Alternate. Refer also to the Specifications and Drawings for information. B. Alternates may be accepted by the Owner in order and may be used to determine the low Bidder. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: Furnish the materials and labor necessary to install the drinking fountain service. Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION ALTERNATES © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 010300-1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Basic description of the Project and Work restrictions. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Project Name: Athletic Field Improvements for the City of New Hope, Minnesota, City Project No. 862. B. Description of Work: Project consists of the removal of the existing irrigation system and construction of a new irrigation system. Other improvements include drain tile installation in softball infield and replacement of the existing bituminous trail.' 1.04 COMPLETION DATES A. Substantial Completion: Set forth in the Agreement. B. Final Completion: Set forth in the Agreement. 1.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 1.06 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Use of Site 1. Contractor responsible for snow removal and disposal from the Owner's property if necessary to maintain access and working space during construction. 2. Keep existing driveways and entrances clear and available to the public and to the Owner. 3. If additional space is needed, obtain and pay for such space off Site. B. Access to Site 1. Construction access shall be from 49 Avenue. 2. Residents shall have access to all side streets and driveways between 7 P.M. to 7 A.M. 3. All parking shall be on Site. r� Not Used. SUMMARY © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223-0 011000-1 Not Used. SUMMARY © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034- 10223 -0 011000-2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for allowances, Alternates, pricing of Work, and request for payment procedures. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. This article identifies each Alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work as part of that Alternate. Refer also to the Specifications and Drawings for information. B. Alternates may be accepted by the Owner in any order and may be used to determine the award of Contract consistent with the Instructions to Bidders. C. Alternate No. 1 — Drinking Fountain Service — Add to Total Base Bid 1. In general the Work of this Alternate No. 1 consists of all costs to remove the existing drinking fountain, and provide a new drinking water service to the existing drinking fountain location with a concrete pad. 1.04 BID UNIT PRICES A. Provide access and assist Engineer in determining actual quantities of Bid Unit Price work. B. Provide documentation to substantiate Bid Unit Price work. C. If the Contractor delivers and places more of any material that is paid for on a Bid Unit Price basis than is required to perform the Work and thereby causes the materials to be wasted, the quantity wasted will be deducted from the final measurement for that Bid Item. 1.05 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Engineer will provide initial Application for Payment Form at the Preconstruction Conference. B. Submit 1 preliminary copy of progress payment application for review, consistent with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Submit 4 signed copies of Application for Payment to Engineer prior to the dates identified at the Preconstruction Conference. C. Attach the following supporting documentation, in addition to the requirements of General Conditions Article 14: PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 01 20 00 - 1 1. Documentation to substantiate Bid Unit Price work. 2. Updated construction schedule consistent with Section 0133 00. Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 012000-2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. General requirements for overall Project coordination. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 UTILITIES A. Notify Gopher State One Call before starting construction in a given area requesting utility locates in the Site. B. Project Utility Sources: Coordinate Work with the following utility owners. The following utilities are known to be on the Site and are shown on the Drawings in a general way: 1. Water: Owner. 2. Sanitary Sewer: Owner. 3. Storm Sewer: Owner. 4. Electric: Xcel Energy, Robert Torres; 763 - 493 -1671, fax: 763 - 493 -1501. 5. Gas: CenterPoint Energy, Alla Denisova; 612 - 321 -5077, fax: 612- 321 -5480. 6. Telephone: Qwest, Christy Allgood; 612- 381 -5563, fax: 612 - 381 -5571. 7. Cable TV: Comcast, Doug Zahn; 651 - 493 -5316, fax: 651- 493 -5116. C. Owner requires a 48 -hour notice for all utility interruptions. 1.04 PERMITS A. Apply for, obtain, and comply with other permits, licenses, and approvals which may be required for the Project. 1.05 SURVEYING AND CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION A. Provide Engineer a minimum of 48 -hour notice in advance of the need for establishing lines, grades, measurements, grade checks, and observation of Work. 1.06 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Administrative Requirements 1. Project Superintendent or persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate in the Project meetings shall have all required authority to commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the Project meetings. 2. Engineer will set the time, sites, and prepare the agenda for the meetings. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 013100-1 3. Engineer will prepare meeting minutes and distribute 1 copy to Contractor. Notify Engineer of inaccuracies or discrepancies in the meeting minutes within 5 calendar days of receipt of the minutes. 4. The attendance and cooperation of subcontractors and suppliers may be required. B. Preconstruction Conference 1. Provisions for the Preconstruction Conference are set forth in the General Conditions. 2. Requirements for preconstruction submittals are set forth in the General Conditions. Submittal procedures shall be consistent with Section 0133 00. C. Progress Meeting Procedures 1. Engineer will schedule construction progress meetings throughout the duration of the Project to assess the progress of the Work, identify and discuss Project related issues, and discuss near -term construction activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 013100-2 ��+��Ti7 ►` <�T�c��I�7 . r , PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. General procedures and requirements for submittals during the course of construction. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule submittals consistent with the Contractor's schedule of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit preliminary schedule and progress schedule consistent with the General Conditions. B. Prepare schedules on 11 inch by 17 inch sheets showing overall sequence of construction. Organize the schedule by work activity. Identify separate stages of each work activity: 1. List work items in chronological sequence. Show beginning and completion dates of each activity. Include all activities with an estimated duration of 3 days or longer. 2. Format schedule as a horizontal bar chart. Provide separate bars for each activity or trade. 3. Provide space for revisions and notations. 4. Identify interrelations between activities. 5. Include estimated times for preparation of submittals by Contractor, processing and review of submittals by Engineer, fabrication, delivery, installation, testing, start-up, instruction of Owner, and clean -up. C. As Work progresses, revise, update, and resubmit schedule as requested by Engineer. At a minimum, update schedule with each Application for Payment. Show all activities started or finished since previous schedule was submitted and show percentage of completion for each activity. r i ►� u'I :ZeI ►�C 1►>�OIii> M A. Before any Work at the Site is started, submit a typed list on 8.5 inch by 11 inch paper outlining 24 -hour on -call contacts for the Project. This list shall include the Contractor's safety SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 013300- 1 representative, key representatives from the Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. Include the following information for each contact: 1. Company name. 2. Contact person(s). 3. Local and mobile phone numbers. 4. Fax number. 3.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION A. Conform to the requirements of the General Conditions, except as modified herein. B. The minimum sheet size shall be 8.5 inches by 11 inches. Non - legible copies will not be reviewed. C. Submit a minimum of 3 copies of shop drawings, plus the quantity of copies the Contractor wants returned. Each copy shall contain the following information: 1. Date of submission and date of any previous submittals. 2. Project Title. 3. Names Of: Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer. 4. Identification of product and Specification Section number. 5. Identification of revisions from previous submittals. 6. A 4 inch by 4 inch blank space for the Engineer's stamp. D. Engineer's review will be in conformance with the requirements of the General Conditions, except as modified herein. E. Engineer will stamp shop drawings and indicate requirements for Contractor's review or resubmittal as follows: 1. "Approved" — Appears that items covered by the submittal will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and appears to be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. "Approved as Noted" — Appears that items covered by the submittal will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and appears to be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents, except as noted by Engineer. 3. "Revise and Resubmit" — Appears that items covered by the submittal will not, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and will not be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Work cannot proceed until the submittal is revised and resubmitted conforming to the resubmittal procedures described in the General Conditions. 4. "Rejected" — Work covered by the submittal is not complete or it appears that items covered by the submittal will not, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and will not be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall conform to the resubmittal procedures described in the General Conditions. F. Engineer will return reviewed submittals to Contractor by U.S. Postal Service general delivery. If Contractor wants Engineer to expedite return delivery, Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing and reimburse Owner for delivery plus 15- percent mark -up. 3.04 TEST REPORTS A. Submit 3 copies of all inspections, tests, and approvals required in the Specification. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 013300-2 3.05 IRRIGATION SYSTEM LAYOUT A. Submit preliminary layout to owner for review. B. Prepare layout on 11 inch by 17 inch sheets. C. After Work is complete revise, update, and submit record plans of Irrigation System layout. 3.06 MATERIAL AND SAFETY DATA SHEETS A. Furnish Owner with current copies of Material Safety Data Sheets for all chemicals and products on Site. • • • SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 013300-3 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Information required for conformance to regulatory requirements. 2. Quality assurance. 3. Procedures to measure and report the quality and performance of the Work. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Whenever reference is made to the Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications, such reference shall mean "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) and all subsequent revisions and supplements. The word "Engineer" is understood to refer to the Engineer for the Owner. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name for various specified tests for approval by Engineer. B. Laboratory test results or analysis. C. Manufacturer's certificates of quality control or performance. 1.05 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards of the region, except where more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. 1.06 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Conform to the requirements of the General Conditions, except as modified herein. B. Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring tests and inspections. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to obtain and handle samples at Site or source, transport samples to laboratory, facilitate tests and inspections for storing and curing of test samples. 1.07 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, submit 3 copies of Laboratory Report to Engineer. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 014000-1 B. Include: Date issued, Project title and number, name of inspector, date and time of sampling or inspection, identification of product and Specifications Section, location in the Project, type of inspection or test, date of test, results of tests, and conformance with Contract Documents. 1.08 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples and perform field tests. B. Provide qualified personnel. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. C. Ascertain compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. When requested by Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. 1.09 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop Work. 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. If requested by Engineer, submit manufacturer's certificate with shop drawings certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements executed by responsible officer. 1.11 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide qualified representative to observe field conditions; conditions of surfaces and installation; quality of workmanship; start -up of equipment; and test, adjust, and balance of equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. 4, 7 1 r 1 ,.. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 014000-2 • '' t 1 1 1 TiTIT, "I 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Temporary utilities and miscellaneous temporary facilities required during construction. B. Products furnished but not installed under this Section or products installed but not furnished under this Section. C. Related Sections 1. Section 3123 00 - Excavation and Fill. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. A Bid Item has been provided for Mobilization. Measurement is Lump Sum. This will be considered payment in full for all work and costs of this Bid Item. The amount of the Lump Sum Bid shall not exceed 5 percent of the Total Base Bid a. Partial payment of the Lump Sum Bid Item "Mobilization" will be made using a percentage based on the fo llowinq: A Bid Item has been provided for Traffic Control. Measurement is Lump Sum a. This shall be considered payment in full for all labor, equipment, and materials associated with the required Traffic Control devices for the entire Project. b. This Bid Item shall include but not be limited to furnishing, installing, and relocating the Traffic Control due to various road closures, daily maintenance, and ultimate removal of all such devices used over the duration of the Contract or as directed by the Engineer: c. Partial payment of the Lump Sum Item 'Traffic Control" will be made using a percentage based on the following: Cumulative Percent of Mobilization Item Paid First Partial Payment 50 Percent of original contract amount earned - 25 70 Percent of original contract amount earned - 50 90 Percent of original contract amount earned -100 100 A Bid Item has been provided for Traffic Control. Measurement is Lump Sum a. This shall be considered payment in full for all labor, equipment, and materials associated with the required Traffic Control devices for the entire Project. b. This Bid Item shall include but not be limited to furnishing, installing, and relocating the Traffic Control due to various road closures, daily maintenance, and ultimate removal of all such devices used over the duration of the Contract or as directed by the Engineer: c. Partial payment of the Lump Sum Item 'Traffic Control" will be made using a percentage based on the following: All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 015000-1 Cumulative Percent of Traffic Control Item Paid First Partial Payment 50 Percent of original Contract amount earned — 25 70 Percent of original Contract amount earned — 50 90 Percent of original Contract amount earned — 100 100 All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 015000-1 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.). B. The Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCD), including the Field Manual on Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts — Latest edition. C. Minnesota Department of Transportation Traffic Engineering Manual. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Staging Plan consistent with Section 0133 00, including the following information: 1. Sequence of construction and traffic control. 2. Streets closed or restricted during any stage of construction. 3. Provisions for routing any detoured traffic as permitted. 4. Specific signs, striping, and other traffic control devices to be utilized. Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MOBILIZATION A. Move personnel, equipment, materials, and all other items required to complete the Work at the Site. B. Establish Contractor offices, building, or other facilities necessary for Work on the Project. C. Temporarily hold or relocate utilities and any miscellaneous structures, such as signs, power poles, guy wires, and mailboxes disturbed. 3.02 SIGNS, MAILBOXES, ETC. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT A. Remove, store carefully, and replace all non -City or County owned signs, posts, etc. that may be within the Site as directed by Engineer. Owner will remove and replace Owner's signs. B. Remove existing mailboxes and posts, and temporarily install in locations determined by Engineer or as shown on Drawings. Replace mailboxes prior to Substantial Completion. Removal, temporary reinstallation, and replacement shall occur such that mail delivery is not interrupted. Mailboxes, posts, and appurtenances damaged during construction shall be replaced with new at no charge to Owner. 3.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide and maintain all temporary facilities, utilities, and controls as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the Work. Remove all temporary facilities, utilities, and controls as rapidly as progress will permit or as directed by Engineer. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 015000-2 B. Temporary Water for Construction 1. Use of new or existing hydrants is prohibited, except for testing and flushing of newly installed mains. 2. Obtain water for construction from locations designated by the Owner. C. Temporary Water for Construction 1. Obtain water for construction from Owner at a hydrant. Obtain a meter and backflow prevent or assembly from Owner. Return to Owner at completion. There is no charge for meter use during construction. 2. Owner will pay for the costs of the water. D. Temporary Electricity 1. Provide all necessary temporary electric service and temporary wiring needed for construction activities. Contractor shall pay for all temporary electricity. 2. Contractor may use permanent electric service after service is installed. Contractor shall pay for all electrical usage until Substantial Completion. After Substantial Completion, Owner will pay for electricity. 3.04 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. General 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all traffic control devices in accordance with the approved Construction Staging Plan. All traffic control devices and other protective measures shall conform to MMUTCD. 2. The Contractor will not be permitted to park vehicles as to obstruct a traffic control device. The parking of workers' vehicles will not be allowed within the Project limits, unless so approved by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor will not be permitted to store materials or equipment within 30 feet of through traffic, unless approved by the Engineer. If materials or equipment must be stored within 30 feet of through traffic, the Contractor shall provide barricades or barriers, as directed by the Engineer, to warn and protect traffic. 4. The Contractor shall conduct Work in a manner which will allow access to all properties within and adjacent to the Project by fire, police, and emergency vehicles. 5. The Contractor is responsible to maintain all unpaved surfaces. The surface shall be watered and bladed as directed by the Engineer. B. Construction Staging Plan 1. Within 10 days following the approval of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Construction Staging Plan. The Engineer may accept, reject, or suggest alterations to the plans. These plans shall reflect the following conditions: a. The Contractor shall provide a method of protecting traffic from open excavation areas. b. Minimum through -lane lane widths of 10 feet will be maintained at all times. c. 2 -way traffic (1 lane in each direction) will be maintained at all times. d. Provide access for emergency vehicles and busses to all residences at all times. e. The Contractor will re- establish access to all driveways at the end of each day. f. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain "ROAD WORK AHEAD" and "END ROAD WORK" signs in advance of and beyond each end of the construction limits. The Contractor shall also furnish, install, and maintain "ROAD WORK AHEAD" signs in advance of the construction limits on all intersecting roads and streets. g. The staging shall be undertaken to provide street access and local access to adjacent properties as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer may modify the requirements for traffic control as deemed necessary due to field conditions. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 015000-3 h. Contractor shall remove traffic control devices at the conclusion of the Work. C. Vehicle Warning Light 1. All Contractors', subcontractors', and suppliers' mobile equipment, which are working in the lane closure or within 15 feet of the lane closure, shall be equipped with operable warning lights which meet the appropriate requirements of the SAE Specifications. This would include any vehicle which enters the traveled roadway at any time. The SAE Specification requirements are as follows: a. 360 - Degree Rotating Lights - SAE Specification 3845. b. Flashing Lights - SAE Specification 3595. c. Flashing Strobe Lights - SAE Specification 31318. D. Temporary Lane Closures 1. Temporary Lane Closures shall conform to the following: a. A "short- term" lane closure or traffic restriction shall be one that is in -place only during the Contractor's work hours. b. Temporary "short- term" lane closures by the Contractor, consistent with time restrictions, will be permitted during those hours and at those locations approved by the Engineer. Requests for "short- term" lane closures shall be made at least 24 hours prior to such closures. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all traffic control devices required for these closures. No direct compensation will be made for temporary lane closures. c. Application of traffic control devices shall be in accordance with the Field Manual. d. Lane closures will not be permitted during inclement weather, nor any other time when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the lane closures will be a hazard to traffic. e. When a temporary lane closure is used by the Contractor, the closure shall be incidental work and no direct compensation will be made therefore. Traffic Control Devices 1. Daily inspect and insure that all traffic control devices required by the construction are in accordance with the MMUTCD. Any discrepancy between the actual devices in use and the required devices shall be immediately rectified. At least 1 nighttime inspection shall be made each week. 2. Respond to any request from the Engineer to improve or correct the usage of traffic control devices on or related to this Project within 1 hour of the time of notification. 3. Keep all traffic control signs and devices in a legible condition. This shall include but not be limited to removing grime and dust deposited on any device by traffic, natural causes, or when requested by Engineer. F. Failure to Complete The Work On Time 1. The Contractor will be subject to an hourly charge for failure to maintain the traffic control devices. Non - compliance charges, for each incident, will be assessed at a rate of $250 per hour for each hour or any portion thereof with which the Engineer determines that the Contractor has not complied. 2. The Contractor will be subject to an hourly charge for failure to remove temporary lane restrictions within the permitted hours, unless authorized by the Engineer. Non - compliance charges, for each incident, will be assessed at a rate of $500 per hour for each hour or any portion thereof with which the Engineer determines that the Contractor has not complied. WROWSTAPPAfirm TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 015000-4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Managing storm water runoff and other Project related water discharges to minimize sediment pollution during construction. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Bid Items have been provided for temporary measures to control soil erosion and sedimentation. Payment at the Bid Unit Price will be considered compensation in full for all Work necessary to complete the Bid Item in full, including installation, maintenance, sediment removal, repairs, and removals. 2. Measurement will be based upon the units as listed below for Bid Items removed, abandoned, or salvaged complete as specified. No measurement will be made of any removals that are not required. The actual quantity installed multiplied by the appropriate Bid Unit Price will be compensation in full for all Work and costs of the following Bid Items. 80- percent partial payment will be made upon installation and 20- percent payment will be made upon removal and restoration. a. Protection of Catch Basin, Non - Street: Measurement will be by each. 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. B. Related Sections 1. Section 3123 00 — Excavation and Fill. 2. Section 32 92 00 — Turf and Grasses. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2130 — Application of Water. 2. 2573 — Storm Water Management. 3. 2575 — Controlling Erosion and Establishing Vegetation. B. MPCA's NPDES General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor Prepared Schedules and Plans 1. Erosion Control Schedule: Conforming to MnDOT Spec. 1717.2D and submitted each week that construction is active. 2. Site plans in conformance with MnDOT Spec. 1717.2E a. Submitted when requested by the Engineer. b. Site plans prepared by Contractor will indicate Contractor operations, erosion and sediment control measures, and a schedule of starting and completion times. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 0157 13-1 B. Certification and Sampling 1. Furnish a manufacturer's certification stating that the material supplied conforms to the requirements of this Section. The certification shall include or have attached typical results of tests for the specified properties, representative of the materials supplied. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Erosion Control Supervisor: Provide an Erosion Control Supervisor to direct the erosion control operations and insure compliance with Federal, State, and Local ordinances and regulations. B. Certified Installers: Provide a certified installer to install or direct installation of erosion or sediment control practices. Certification shall be obtained through the University of Minnesota Erosion Control Inspector /Installer Certification program, or approved equal. 1.06 PERMITS A. Project does not disturb 1 or more acres of total land area and is not part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb 1 or more acres. Submission of the application for the MPCA's General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity is not required. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install sediment control measures prior to grading activities. B. Schedule and coordinate the Work so that permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs, such as basin construction, rip rap placement, and permanent seeding, are directly incorporated into the supplement permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs with temporary BMPs. Place temporary BMPs when permanent erosion control cannot be achieved. Coordinate construction operations so that erosion and sediment control measures (permanent or temporary) are installed and maintained concurrently with the rest of the Work of the Project. C. Coordinate and schedule the Work of subcontractors such that erosion and sediment control measures are fully executed for each operation and in a timely manner over the duration of the Project. Develop a chain of responsibility for all subcontractors and operators on the Project to ensure that permit provisions are adhered to. D. Infiltration areas and constructed infiltration systems should not be constructed until the contributing drainage area and /or adjacent construction has been completely stabilized. When this timing of construction is not possible, the Contractor shall insure sediment from exposed soil areas of the Project does not enter into the infiltration area or system. E. Stabilization timeframes shall conform to the NPDES General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity. F. Prior to Project shutdown for the winter or other periods of a week or more, the Site shall be adequately protected from erosion and offsite damage by covering exposed soils with mulch and establishing perimeter controls. G. If the Contractor fails to install erosion or sediment measures, the Engineer may withhold payment from related work until the control measures are undertaken by the Contractor. 1. When the Contractor fails to conduct the quality control program, does not conduct the inspection required in the NPDES permit, or fails to take action ordered by the Engineer to remedy erosion or sediment control problems, the Engineer shall issue a Written Order to the Contractor. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 015713-2 2. The Contractor shall respond within 24 hours with sufficient personnel, equipment, materials, and conduct the required Work or be subject to a $2,000 per calendar day deduction for noncompliance. H. Establish permanent turf in accordance with Section 32 92 00 to prevent excessive soil erosion. 2.01 MULCH: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3882. A. Type 1, clean grain straw only. Project specific, refer to MnDOT Spec. for options. B. Hydraulic soil stabilizer may be used in lieu of mulch with the approval of the Engineer. 2.02 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION A. Inlet protection for non -paved surfaces without curb or areas where vegetation will be established. The following methods are acceptable: 1. Conform to the details on the Drawings. 2. Silt fence ring, or approved equal: a. Place wire mesh cage in a circular or square confirmation to form a minimum 5 foot diameter zone of protection. b. Geotextile shall be monofilament / monofilament meeting the requirements of MnDOT Spec. Heavy Duty. c. Loose aggregate or a rock log(s) around perimeter of ring to anchor geotextile. 3. Sediment control inlet hat conforming to MnDOT Spec. 3891.3C: a. InfraSafe Sediment Control Barrier by Royal Enterprises (http://www.royalenterprises.net/). 4. Pop -up head conforming to MnDOT Spec. 3891.3E. 2.03 DUST CONTROL A. Water clear and free from suspended fine sediment. 2.04 TEMPORARY SEED A. Conform to Section 32 92 00. B. General — Sizing, configuration, capacity, and selection of dewatering sediment capture techniques shall be based on Site and flow conditions. The Contractor shall submit the means and methods for review by the Engineer. Sizing of the sediment capture systems will have to be adjusted such that the ultimate discharge water is not visibly different from the receiving water. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, permit requirements, orders and decrees pertaining to erosion /sediment control and stormwater discharge during the conduct of the Work. B. Take necessary precautions against damage to the Project by action of the elements. C. Implement the Project's NPDES Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and take necessary actions to prevent off Site damage resulting from Work conducted on the Project or Project related stormwater runoff. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 0157 13-3 D. Minimize the amount of disturbed land that is susceptible to erosion at any time. Delineate areas not to be disturbed. 1. Exclude vehicles and construction equipment from area not to be disturbed to preserve natural vegetation. 2. Maintain and preserve riparian and naturally vegetated buffer strips (10 feet minimum distance) along water courses. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary stormwater management and sediment control devices in conformance with the details, typical sections, and elevations shown on the Drawings. B. The location of temporary stormwater and sediment control devices may be adjusted from that shown on the Drawings to accommodate actual field conditions and increase the effectiveness of the installation. C. Mulch 1. For seeded Sites, apply at a rate of 2 tons per acre (4,500 kg /ha). 2. For unseeded Sites, apply at a rate of 2 to 3 tons per acre (4,500 to 6,700 kg /ha), covering the entire soil surface. 3. Distribute mulch evenly by hand or machine and cover the exposed area to a uniform depth. 4. Disk anchor in conformance to MnDOT Sect. 2575.3G. 5. Anchor mulch immediately to minimize loss by wind or water. D. Storm Drain Inlet Protection 1. Provide effective storm drain inlet protection over the life of the Project until all sources with potential for discharging to inlets have been paved or stabilized. 2. Place devices so that driving hazards or obstructions are not created. The devices must be cleaned out regularly and all devices must have an emergency overflow to reduce flooding potential. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2573.3M, NPDES permit, and as follows: 1. Inspect, maintain, and repair any washouts or accumulations of sediment that occur as a result of the grading or construction. Restoration consists of grade repair, turf re- establishment, and street sweeping of mud and debris tracked from the Site. 2. Inspection of all erosion and sediment control items will take place immediately after each runoff event and at least daily during prolonged rainfall. Any required repairs shall be made immediately. 3. The Contractor shall maintain the temporary sediment control devices until they are no longer necessary and are removed: a. Maintenance consists of keeping the devices functioning properly. b. The Contractor shall repair or replace plugged, torn, displaced, damaged, or non- functioning devices. 4. Upon final acceptance of the Project and establishment of permanent erosion control measures, the Contractor shall remove all temporary erosion control measures. 5. Temporary mulching and temporary seeding /mulching are very effective at controlling erosion. However, these are considered temporary measures. These measures may need to be re- established several times throughout the duration of the Work. B. Sediment Removal: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2573.3N 1. If an erosion control device has been reduced in capacity by 30 percent or more, the Contractor shall restore such features to their original condition. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 015713-4 C. Control dust blowing and movement on Site and roads as directed by Engineer to prevent exposure of soil surfaces, to reduce on and off Site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. rV r >> TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 0157 13-5 • • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Requirements for overall execution of the Work and closeout of the Contract for Final Payment. B. Measurement and Payment 1. All r Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items consistent with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Sections: 1. Record Documents. 2. Written Notification of Substantial Completion. 3. Executed Certificate of Substantial Completion. 4. Written Notification of Final Completion. 5. Spare Parts, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, instructions, schedules, warranties, guarantees, Bonds, certificates, certificates of inspection, and other documents. 6. Final Application for Payment, including accompanying documentation. 7. IC -134 Form. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. •, 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Acceptance of Conditions: By commencing Work, Contractor construes acceptance of the adjacent work as satisfactory to receive subsequent work. B. Existing Conditions: Before commencing Work, inspect work completed by others that is adjacent to Work. If adjacent conditions prevent completion of Work, Contractor will not commence Work until the conditions are corrected. C. Inspect each product immediately prior to installation. Remove damaged products from Site. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for installation of manufactured products to the extent that these instructions are applicable and more explicit or more stringent than requirements indicated in the Contract Documents. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 017000-1 B. Secure Work true to line and level, within recognized industry tolerances, with anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and rocking. Allow for expansion and movement of building. C. Install each element of work during weather conditions and Project status to ensure coordination of the Work. Isolate each element of work from incompatible work as necessary to prevent deterioration. D. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work indicated on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, maintenance, and repairs. E. Mount individual units of work at industry recognized standard - mounting heights for the particular application indicated, where mounting heights are not indicated. F. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction in finished areas, except as otherwise indicated. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Record installation details and prepare Record Documents consistent with the General Conditions. 3.03 EQUIPMENT VARIATIONS A. Contractors are advised that because of manufacturer's variations in equipment design changes from Drawings in piping arrangement and layout, electrical and control from Drawings in piping arrangement and layout, electrical and control circuitry, and related dimensions of equipment foundation and anchorage details, may be required for equipment installations. B. Equipment requiring minor deviations in the system layout, such as minor piping revisions, will be acceptable; however, the Contractor shall include all costs associated with the deviation in their Bid. Should the deviation require revisions in the design of the facility, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of any redesign. C. Electrical and mechanical piping, conduits, and ducts are shown schematically and shall be located by the Contractor to avoid any conflicts. Contractor shall coordinate work of all subcontractors and make minor relocations as necessary at no change to the Contract Price. 3.04 SITE MAINTENANCE A. Maintain stockpiles, excavations, access roads, and all other work areas free from dust. Employ dust abatement techniques whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs, or as directed by Engineer. Comply with local ordinances. B. Protect hazardous work areas and hazardous material storage areas. C. Protect trees, unless specifically indicated on Drawings. D. Clean access roads and haul routes with mechanical street sweeper. E. If Contractor fails to maintain Site, Engineer will provide Written Notice of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor will be given 12 hours from the Notice to clean Site. After the 12 -hour period, Owner may correct the defective Work consistent with Article 13.09 of the Conditions of the Contract. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 017000-2 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect Work in progress and adjoining Work during handling and installation. Apply protective covering on installed Work where it is required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration. B. Clean and perform maintenance as frequently as necessary throughout construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damage effects. 3.06 FINAL CLEANING A. Wash and polish all glass surfaces. B. Dust, vacuum, wash, and clean all spaces, duct work, light fixtures, equipment, electrical work, and all other components of the Work. Remove all stains, dust, and dirt. 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Complete all cutting, fitting, and patching as necessary to join the new Work to existing conditions. B. Remove or cut existing work only as necessary to join the new work to the existing construction or as required by the Contract Documents. C. Patch defective and incomplete surfaces caused or exposed by Work of the Project. D. Repair any damage to existing conditions and patch to match. E. Existing construction designated by the Contract Documents to remain that is loosened, cracked, or otherwise damaged or defaced beyond repair as a result of Work by the Contractor will be considered unsuitable for the use intended and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor. 3.08 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide any special tools, jigs, fixtures, and lifting tackle which are necessary for assembly, erection, operation, maintenance, and repair of equipment. B. Special tools and devices are those the design, purpose, and use of which are peculiar to the equipment furnished and which are not available from normal wholesale or retail outlets. Standard general purpose tools are not included in this requirement. 3.09 SPARE PARTS A. Required spare parts are listed under the individual Specification Sections. 3.10 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH MINNESOTA STATUTES 290.92 AND 290.97 A. Upon completion of the Project and prior to Final Payment, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall complete Minnesota Department of Revenue Revised Form IC -134. This form, Affidavit for Obtaining Final Settlement of Contract with the State of Minnesota and any of its Political or Governmental Subdivisions, is to be signed by a Department of Revenue representative and forwarded to the Owner. Copies of this form can be obtained by writing to the Minnesota Department of Revenue, Forms Section, Mail Station 1173, St. Paul, MN 55146 -1173 or by calling (651) 296-4444. END OF SECTION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 017000-3 a 0 a PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Complete or partial removal and disposal or salvage of at grade, above grade, and below grade structures and miscellaneous items. B. Related Sections 1. Section 3123 00 — Excavation and Fill. A. Measurement and Payment 1. Bid Items have been provided for removal items. Payment at the Bid Unit Price will be considered compensation in full for all Work necessary to complete the Bid Item in full, including removal, salvage, storage, disposal, and reinstallation. 2. Measurement will be based upon the units as listed below for items removed, abandoned, or salvaged complete as specified. No measurement will be made of any removals that are not required. The actual quantity removed multiplied by the appropriate Bid Unit Price will be compensation in full for all Work and costs of the following Bid Items: a. Sawing Bituminous Pavement: Will be incidental to the bituminous pavement removal. b. Remove Bituminous Pavement: Per square yard without regard to thickness. c. Remove Catch Basin or Manhole: Per each. d. Bulkheading and abandoning of existing pipe will be incidental. e. Salvage and reinstall signs and mailboxes will be incidental. 3. A Bid Item has been provided for Remove Existing Irrigation System. Measurement will be by the Lump Sum. Payment at the Bid Unit Price will be considered compensation in full for all work necessary to remove the existing irrigation system in its entirety. 4. A Bid Item has been provided for Remove Existing Drinking Fountain. Measurement will be by the Lump Sum. Payment at the Bid Unit Price will be considered compensation in full for all work necessary to remove the drinking fountain and all other apertures related to the existing drinking fountain. 5. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2104 — Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: To take away or eliminate from the Site by any method selected by the Contractor, including disposal of material. B. Salvage: To dismantle, disassemble, or remove carefully without damage so the item can be re- assembled, replaced, or reused in a workable condition equal to that existing before removal. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 024113-1 C. Abandon: To fill, bulkhead, or close off pipes and structures so that no settlement or flow can occur. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2104.3C, with the following modifications: 1. Dispose of all materials designated for removal outside the Site at locations selected by Contractor. 2. Stockpile or temporarily store materials designated for salvage at locations provided by Contractor. 1.06 SCHEDULING A. Prior to starting Work, submit for review by the Engineer and approval by the Owner, a schedule showing the commencement, order, and completion dates of the various parts of this Work. B. Fill holes or depressions resulting from removal or salvage immediately. C. Provide temporary surface restoration for traffic continuity where removal or salvage operations are completed within streets, driveways, or parking lots. Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Dispose of all items removed, except for those items identified to be salvaged or recycled. Said disposal shall be in accordance with all laws, regulations, statutes, etc. B. Perform removal work without damage to adjacent retained work. Where such Work is damaged, the Contractor shall patch, repair, or otherwise restore same to its original condition at no expense to the Owner. C. Remove debris from the work area as often as necessary, but no less than at least once at the end of each workday. Debris shall be placed in approved containers to prevent the spread of dust and dirt. D. Execute the Work in a careful and orderly manner with the least possible disturbance to the public and occupants of buildings. E. Fill holes resulting from removals consistent with Section 3123 00. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Meet with owners of signs to determine requirements for salvage, storage, and replacement. B. Develop plan acceptable to Engineer and postal service for maintaining mail service. Temporary relocations of mailboxes will be necessary. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0241 13-2 3.03 PROTECTION A. Take all necessary precautions to adequately protect personnel and public and private property in the areas of Work. All Site fencing shall be in place prior to the start of any removal work. B. All street signs, traffic control signs, guy wires, mailboxes, posts, wood fence, etc. which may interfere with construction shall be removed, stored safely, and replaced. C. Approved barriers or warning signs shall be provided as necessary. D. Provide and maintain temporary protection of existing structures designated to remain where removal work is being done, connections made, materials handled, or equipment moved. E. Do not close or obstruct walkways or roadways. Do not store or place materials in passageways or other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference. F. Take reasonable precautions to limit damage to existing turf. G. Holes or depressions created by removals shall not be left open for more than 1 day. Any hole within 10 feet of sidewalks shall be filled, suitably marked, or covered immediately. H. Avoid disturbance to any material beyond the limits required for new construction. 3.04 SAWING PAVEMENT A. Concrete Pavement: Saw along the removal line to a depth of 1/3 of the thickness of the concrete prior to breaking off the pavement. B. Bituminous Pavement: Saw along the removal line to a minimum depth of 3 inches prior to breaking off the pavement. 3.05 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT, PATH, DRIVEWAY A. Remove in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2104.36, except as modified below: 1. Saw cut bituminous pavement at the removal limits prior to that removal, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2. Prior to restoring trench areas, the edges of the trench shall be trimmed back to a vertical face on a straight line which is parallel with the centerline of the trench. B. When removing existing pathways and driveways, the Contractor shall not disturb any material beyond the limits required to form for new construction (assumed 12 inches maximum from the back of new work and 6 inches beyond the edge of new driveways). 3.06 REMOVE MANHOLES AND CATCHBASINS A. Remove casting and structure in its entirety. B. Knock holes in lower section of manhole and fill cavity with granular material. 3.07 REMOVE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. Disturbed area shall be minimized during removal of existing irrigation system. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0241 13-3 B. Dispose of materials off Site. C. Remove existing irrigation system in its entirety, including piping, controllers, valves, sprinkler heads, backflow preventers, valve boxes, communication circuitry, water meter, electrical service, and all other appurtenances related to the existing irrigation system. 3.08 REMOVE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN A. Disturbed area shall be minimized during removal of existing drinking fountain. B. Dispose of materials off Site. C. Remove existing irrigation system in its entirety including piping to the location shown on the Drawings. 3.09 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL A. Signs 1. In no case shall a traffic sign or street sign be removed or disturbed by Contractor without prior notification being given to Engineer and then only after satisfactory arrangements have been made for a temporary installation or its disposition. a. Street identification signage shall be maintained at all times due to its importance to the 911 Emergency Response System. b. Remove and salvage all posts, A -frame angle brackets, stringers, as well as the nuts, bolts, and washers. c. Exercise reasonable care against damage to in -place signs during storage and installation. d. Remove signs damaged during construction and replace with new signs. B. Fences 1. Salvage and store fence and post material where they are in conflict with the Work. 2. After completion of Work, reinstall fence to the condition existing prior to removal. 3. Install temporary snow fence or similar barrier at the end of the working day while the permanent fence is removed. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Salvaged items to be reinstalled shall be of the same shape, dimension, location, and quality of the original item prior to construction. B. Items damaged during removal or salvaging operations shall be replaced with new material of equal type and quality of the damaged item when it was new. 3.11 DISPOSING OF MATERIAL A. Dispose of all materials outside of the Site at disposal location selected by Contractor in compliance with state and local regulations. Burying of material and debris is not allowed within the Site. END OF SECTION SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Oc 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 0241 13-4 • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation and fill for roadways, foundations, channels, ponds, and other areas. B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 57 13 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. 2. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition. 3. Section 32 92 00 - Turf and Grasses. 4. Section 33 05 05 - Trenching and Backfilling. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Bid Items have been provided for various excavation materials, borrow materials, and salvage materials. Measurement and payment shall be at the Bid Unit Price consistent with MnDOT Spec. 2105.4 and 5, except as modified in the following. 2. A Bid Item has been provided for Common Excavation. Measurement will be by volume of material in its original position, based measurements performed by the Engineer at the time of construction. 3. A Bid Item has been provided for Select Topsoil Borrow (LV). Measurement will be by loose volume of material placed in cubic yards. All pulverizing, screening, hauling, placement, blading, grading, shaping, and compacting of Topsoil Borrow shall be incidental to this Bid Item. 4. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.). 1. 2105 - Excavation and Embankment. 2. 3149 - Granular Material. 3. 3877 - Topsoil Borrow. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items consistent with Section 0133 00: 1. Gradation tests for borrow materials. 2. Topsoil Borrow test indicating material content, organic content, and ph levels. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. The definitions of the different classifications of excavation and borrow material shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.2, or as modified herein: 1. Grading Grade: Bottom of the fully excavated design section as shown on the Drawings. EXCAVATION AND FILL © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 312300-1 2. Common Excavation: Excavation above the grading grade that has not been classified as another form of excavation in this Section. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Assist testing laboratory by excavating for density tests. Assist testing laboratory with obtaining material samples. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform excavation as soon as possible after irrigation and draintile construction. B. Complete subgrade for streets, driveways, walks, and parking lots immediately after trench backfill and compaction. C. Complete finish grading of turf areas within 5 calendar days after backfill. • •. 2.01 MATERIALS A. Common Borrow: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.282. 1. The material shall be a soil which is capable of attaining specified compaction levels, excluding soils which contain organics, contain debris or are potentially expansive (CH or MH per the Unified Soil Classification System). B. Aggregate Back-fill: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3149.2E. C. Select Topsoil Borrow: Conform to MnDOT Spec 3877, except as modified herein: 1. All material must be screened and pulverized. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3A, or modified herein: 1. Establish traffic control prior to excavations. 2. Establish the specified erosion control devices according to Section 0157 13 prior to all excavations. 3. Notify utility companies of progress schedule so they can accomplish relocations, removals, and holding of lines. 4. Perform removals consistent with Section 02 41 13. 5. Strip topsoil consistent with Section 31 10 00. 3.02 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3B, or as modified herein: 1. Engineer's approval is required of all areas where preparation works has been performed prior to the placement of the embankment or fill material. 3.03 EXCAVATION OPERATIONS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3C, or as modified herein EXCAVATION AND FILL © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 312300-2 1. Excavation of unstable material below grade shall be done under the direction of the Engineer as the subsurface conditions are disclosed. 2. Remove muck excavation material so as to minimize disruption to the bottom of the excavation. 3. Notify Engineer immediately of any large boulders or ledge rocks encountered so proper measurement or profile can be made for pay quantities. 4. No solid rock will be allowed within 12 inches of the subgrade. 5. Provide and maintain temporary drainage facilities until permanent facilities are completed. 6. After the roadway excavation is complete and prior to backfilling operations, notify the Engineer 24 hours in advance so all excavation areas can be cross - sectioned to determine quantities. 3.04 DISPOSITION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3D, or as modified herein: 1. No disposition of bituminous will be permitted within the Project limits. 3.05 PLACING EMBANKMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3E. 3.06 COMPACTING EMBANKMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3F, or as modified herein: 1. Compaction required for embankment materials shall conform to the Specified Density Method with the testing location and rates being determined by the Engineer. 2. Clayey or silty soil used as fill will need to be placed at a water content sufficient to attain compaction (near the `optimum water content" defined in ASTM D698). It is the Contractor's responsibility to moisture condition the soil (wet or dry) to a uniform condition. Some on Site soils will be wet (or could be dry) and the Contractor shall not claim that this is a changed condition. 3. Backfilling of embankments shall be performed using on Site materials: If the Contractor is unable to meet the specified density requirements using that material due to excess moisture content, they shall immediately notify the Engineer of this condition. 4. The Contractor shall recognize that inclement weather (sometimes heavy) occurs during the construction season and the Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the moisture condition of soils during the construction phase. Such protection measures include sloping of exposed surfaces to promote runoff (avoid ponding) and compacting exposed surfaces prior to rain events to minimize infiltration. 3.07 FINISH OPERATIONS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3G, or as modified herein: 1. Finish grading of subgrade prior to placement of an aggregate base course shall conform to the following tolerances: a. Not vary by more than 0.05 feet above or below the prescribed elevation at any point where a measurement is made. 2. Finish grading of subgrade prior to placement of a granular borrow shall conform to the following tolerances: a. Not vary by more than 0.10 feet above or below the prescribed elevation at any point where a measurement is made. 3. Finish grading of granular borrow prior to placement of an aggregate base shall conform to the following tolerances: EXCAVATION AND FILL 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 312300-3 a. Not vary by more than 0.10 feet above or below the prescribed elevation at any point where a measurement is made. 4. Grading of the soils beneath the proposed topsoil shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to the start of the topsoil placement. EXCAVATION AND FILL © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 312300-4 SECTION 32 11 23 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for aggregate base course on a prepared subgrade. 2. Crushed aggregate material for ball diamond infields, warning tracks, and batting cages. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 32 12 03 - Flexible Paving (Small Projects). 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment: 1. A Bid Item has been provided for Aggregate Base, Class 5. Measurement will be by the ton of material compacted in place as determined from weight tickets delivered to the Engineer: a. If the aggregate base course material is being wasted or placed excessively thick, the Owner reserves the right to deduct quantities that are in excess of Drawing thickness. Said quantities shall be based on material weighing 110 pounds per square yard of area per inch of thickness. 2. A Bid Item has been provided for Red Ball Diamond Rock. Measurement will be by the ton of material compacted in place as determined from weight tickets delivered to the Engineer. 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.): 1. 2211 - Aggregate Base. 2. 3138 - Aggregate for Surface and Base Courses. 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. Submit gradation report on sample of aggregate base to be used. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construct aggregate base only after all of the following have been completed: 1. Subgrade has been corrected for instability problems and successfully passed a test rolling test performed by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. 2. Subgrade has been checked for conformance to line and grade tolerances (stringline). 7.\ � ►�:�:Z�77Trif� 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aggregate Base: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3138, Class 5 aggregate. AGGREGATE BASE COURSES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 321123-1 B. Ball field aggregate shall be 100 percent Bryan Red Rock athletic field crushed red dolomitic limestone (Red Ball Diamond Rock), obtained from Bryan Rock Products of Shakopee, MN, Phone (952) 445 -3900. No substitutions will be allowed for this product. Product gradation shall conform to the following requirements: 3/8 inch sieve 100 percent passin #4 sieve 95 percent to 100 percent passin #40 sieve 35 percent to 50 percent passin #80 sieve 25 percent to 35 percent passin #200 sieve 15 percent to 25 percent passin 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare the subgrade in accordance with Section 32 23 13. B. Subgrade to be completed and approved by the Engineer prior to installation of aggregate base. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2211.3: 1. Compact by mechanical means to 100- Percent Standard Proctor Density. 2. Install aggregate base in accordance with details on Drawings. 3. Deliver weight tickets to Engineer daily. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner shall have an independent testing laboratory sample the aggregate base materials, determine the moisture /density relationships and gradation, and perform field moisture /density tests at locations determined by Engineer. B. Line and Grade Tolerance: The final aggregate base surface will be checked for conformance to specified tolerances by the "stringline" method prior to approval to pave the surface. Grade shall be ± 0.03 feet of grade. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect aggregate base until it is covered by surface pavement. B. Keep aggregate base free of ruts and irregularities until covered by surface paving. C. Place water on aggregate base for dust control as required to eliminate nuisance conditions for adjacent properties. END OF SECTION AGGREGATE BASE COURSES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 321123-2 • '' if W rill • 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hot plant mixed asphalt- aggregate mixtures for wearing and non - wearing pavement courses. 2. Bituminous tack coat. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 33 05 17 - Aggregate Base Courses. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Method of Measurement and Payment shall conform to MnDOT Section 2360.8, except as modified herein. 2. A Bid Item has not been provided for bituminous material for Tack Coat. Tack Coat is incidental to the bituminous wearing course installation. a. Measured by volume in gallons at 60 degrees F. b. Cleaning of all debris and dirt from the previous surfaces prior to placement of tack coat is incidental to the bituminous wearing course installation. c. Payment for tacking exposed edges of existing bituminous surfaces and concrete curb and gutter in conjunction with base course placement is considered incidental to the placement of the bituminous wearing course. 3. Bid Items have been provided for different types of bituminous mixtures: a. Measured by the weight in tons of material placed and accepted for each specified Bid Item as stated in the Bid Form. Payment shall be made in accordance with the acceptance and payment schedules provided in the Bonestroo Modified MnDOT Combined 2360/2350 (Gyratory /Marshall Design) Specification. b. The Bid Unit Price includes both the bituminous course mixture and asphalt binder material. c. Partial payment will not exceed 70 percent of the total calculated payment until the required testing and product documentation is received and found to be acceptable to the Engineer. Mix Designation Bid Item Unit -- Bituminous Material for Tack Coat N/A LVWE35030B Type LV 3 Wearing Course Mixture (B) Ton LV NW3503 0B Type LV 3 Non Wearing Course Mixture (B) Ton LVWE45030B Type LV 4 Wearing Course Mixture (B) Ton LVNW35030e Type LV 3 Wearing Course Mixture (E) Ton LVWE45030E Type LV 4 Wearing Course Mixture (E) Ton MVWE35035B Type MV 3 Wearing Course Mixture (B) Ton FLEXIBLE PAVING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 32 1203-1 Mix Designation Bi d Item Unit MVNW35035B Type MV 3 Non Wearing Course Mixture (B) Ton MVWE35035E Type MV 3 Weari Co urse Mixture (E) Ton LVWE35030B Type LV 3 Bituminous Mixture (B) - Patching Ton LVWE45030B Type LV 4 Bituminous Mixture (B) - Patching Ton LVWE45030B Type LV 4 Bituminous Mixture (B) - Pathway Ton LVWE45030B Ton LVWE35030E Ton LVWE45030E Ton MVWE45030E Ton LVWE35030E Type LV 3 Wearing Course Mixture (E) Ton MVWE35035E Type MV 3 Wearing Course Mixture (E) Ton LVWE45030E Type LV 4 Wearing Course Mixture (E) Ton 4. Preparation of Bituminous Base: Measurement and Payment shall be incidental to the bituminous course mixture stated in the Bid Form and shall include the following: a. Final clean up of the bituminous base course with a power pickup broom. b. Final adjustment of the structures to conform to Section 33 05 17. 5. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. Attached MnDOT Specification 2360 Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement 2360 Gyratory Design Specification dated February 1, 2010. a. Within this document replace the words "Department Bituminous Engineer" or "District Materials Engineer" with the word "Engineer." 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit mixture design report to the Engineer. Conform to MnDOT Spec.2360.3E and 2360.4F, and Division 01. B. Submit mix design report for all projects, regardless of the size of the project. C. Submit Q/C results in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2360.4F. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Aggregate base and concrete curb and gutter to be completed and approved by the Engineer prior to placement of bituminous surfaces. B. The Contractor shall provide a 1 -week notice for scheduling. Inspection will be coordinated with other inspections at the Site. FLEXIBLE PAVING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 321203-2 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mixture Designation: Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.1, except as modified in the typical Section Detail Drawing and the Bid Form. B. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.2, except as modified herein 1. Scrap Asphalt Shingles (2360.2A2h) are not allowed in wear and non -wear course pavements. 2. Sewage Sludge Ash (SSA) (2360.2A2j) will not be allowed in either bituminous wear or non - wear course pavements. C. Bituminous Tack Coat 1. Bituminous Material: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2357: a. Emulsified Asphalt, Cationic, CSS -1 or CSS -1H. D. Asphalt Binder Material: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2360.2G and as identified in the Mix Designation. E. Mixture Design: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2360.3. F. Mixture Quality Management (Quality Control /Quality Assurance): Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2360.4, except as modified herein 1. Quality Control Testing: The Contractor will be allowed to provide historical testing data from the previous 3 days of production for each mixture type to meet the Production Sampling and Testing Rates indicated in Table 2360.4 -E for Course Aggregate Angularity and Fine Aggregate Angularity. The Contractor will be allowed to provide historical testing data from the previous 10 days of contractor production for each mixture type to meet the Production Sampling and Testing Rates indicated in Table 2360.4 -E for TSR, Aggregate Specific Gravity, and Asphalt Binder Content. 2. Quality Assurance testing will be completed at the discretion of the Engineer. Testing rates will not exceed Table 2360.4 -D and 2360.4 -E. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Conform to the requirements of MnDOT Spec. 2360.5, except as modified herein. B. The Proposed Sequence Shall Address the: longitudinal seams, compaction, traffic control, hauling routes, and placement of pavement markings. C. The bituminous patch shall match the thickness of the existing bituminous. Lifts shall not exceed 2 inches. D. Preparation of Bituminous Prior to Final Lift 1. Final clean up of the bituminous surface with the use of a power pickup broom and front end loader. 2. Adjustment of structures as specified in Section 33 05 17. E. Joints: Where new construction meets existing bituminous surfacing, the existing surface shall be uniformly milled or saw -cut straight and bituminous tack coat applied prior to placement of each bituminous course (lift). FLEXIBLE PAVING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 32 1203-3 3.02 RESTRICTIONS A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.56, except as modified herein 1. All surfaces checked and approved by the Engineer prior to paving. 2. Existing bituminous surfaces must be dry prior and during placement of any bituminous pavements. 3. Wearing course shall not be placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat, is 50 degrees F or less, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3.03 EQUIPMENT A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.5C. 3.04 TREATMENT OF SURFACE A. Bituminous Tack coat shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2357, except as modified herein. B. Restrictions 1. The tack coat shall not be applied when the road surface is wet or when the weather conditions are unsuitable. 2. The area for tack coat application shall be limited as directed by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility of claims of tack coat on personal property due to lack of notification or signage of the area being tack coated. C. Equipment 1. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2321.3C1. D. Road Surface Preparation 1. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 23573C. E. Application 1. At a uniform rate conforming to MnDOT Spec. 2357.3D1, but not greater than 0.05 gallon per square yard. 2. Along the front edge of the concrete curb and gutter, prior to placement of bituminous base. 3.05 PAVEMENT DENSITY A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.6, except as modified herein 1. Pathways, driveways, small parking lots, leveling courses, and patching shall conform to Section 2360.6C — Ordinary Compaction Method. 2. Vibrating steel drum roller and a pneumatic tired roller employed in conjunction with each other during compaction of all wear courses. 3.06 SURFACE SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.7, except as modified herein 1. Delete Section 2360.7C Pavement Smoothness. FLEXIBLE PAVING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 321203-4 (2360) PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT Gyratory Design Specification February 1, 2010 This Specification requires the Contractor to provide a mix that complies with all of the design, production, and placement requirements of the specification. The Department does not make any guaranty or warranty, either express or implied, that compliance with one part of this specification guarantees that the Contractor will meet the other aspects of the specification. 2360.1 DESCRIPTION This work consists of the construction of one or more pavement courses of hot plant mixed asphalt- aggregate mixture on the approved prepared foundation, base course or existing surface in accordance with the specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses and typical cross sections shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. Mixture design will be 2360 (gyratory) as described in the Special Provisions through the mixture designation. A Mixture Designations Mixture designations for asphalt mixtures contain the following information: (1) The first two letters indicate the mixture design type: SP = Gyratory Mixture Design SM = Gyratory Mixture Design for Stone Matrix Asphalt (SMA) (2) The third and fourth letters indicate the course: WE = Wearing and Shoulder Wearing Course NW = Non - Wearing Course (3) The fifth letter indicates the maximum aggregate size *: A = 1/2 inch [12.5mm], SP 9.5 B = 3/4 inch [19.Omm], SP 12.5 C = 1 inch [25.Omm], SP 19.0 D = 3/8 inch [9.5mm], SP 4.75 E = See provision for SMA design (4) For Gyratory Design: The sixth digit indicates the Traffic Level (ESAL's x 10 The requirements for gyratory mixtures in this specification are based on the 20 -year design traffic level of the Project expressed in Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's). The five traffic levels are shown below in Table 2360.1 -A. Table 2360.1 -A Traffic Levels Traffic Level 20 Year Design ESAL's (1 x 10 ESAL's) 2' < 1 3 2 1 to < 3 4 3to <10 5 10 to < 30 6 SMA 1 -- (AADT < 2300) 2 -- (2300< AADT <6000) Page 1 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 (5) The last two digits indicate the air void requirement: 40 = 4.0% for SP and SM Wear mixtures 30 = 3.0% for SP Non -Wear and Shoulder (6) The letter at the end of the mixture designation identifies the asphalt binder grade: Standard Grades B = PG 58 -28 C = PG 58 -34 E = PG 64 -28 F = PG 64 -34 L = PG 64 -22 Specialty Grades A = PG 52 -34 H = PG 70 -28 Ex: Gyratory Mixture Designation -- SPWEB540E (Design Type, Lift, Agg Size, Traffic Level, Voids, Binder) Ex: SMA Mixture Designation -- SMWEE640H (Design Type, Lift, Agg Size, Traffic Level, Voids, Binder) B Minimum Lift thickness Minimum design recommended paving lift thickness based on maximum aggregate size are: Aggregate Size D: Minimum Lift thickness = 1/2 inch [12 mm] Aggregate Size A: Minimum Lift thickness = 1 inch [25 mm] Aggregate Size B: Minimum Lift thickness = 1 '/2 inch [40 mm] Aggregate Size C (for non -wear only): Minimum Lift thickness = 2 ' /2 inch [65 mm] 2360.2 MATERIALS A Aggregate Al General The aggregate shall consist of sound, durable particles of gravel and sand, crushed stone and sand, or combinations thereof. It shall be free of objectionable matter such as metal, glass, wood, plastic, brick, rubber, and any other material having similar characteristics. Coarse aggregate shall be free from coatings of clay and silt to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall not compensate for the lack of fines by adding soil materials such as clay, loam, or silt. Overburden shall not be blended into the asphalt aggregate. Each different material (source, class, kind, or size) shall be fed at a uniform rate from its storage unit. An individual source, class, type, or size of material shall not be stockpile blended with another source, class, type or size of material. A2 Classification The aggregate shall conform to one of the following classifications. The class of aggregate to be used shall be the Contractor's option unless otherwise specified in the Contract. A2a Class A Class A aggregate shall consist of crushed igneous bedrock (specifically; basalt, gabbro, granite, gneiss, rhyolite, diorite and andosite) and rock from the Sioux Quartzite Formation. Other igneous or metamorphic rock may be used with specific approval of the Engineer. Class A materials may contain no more than 4.0% non -Class A aggregate. This recognizes the fact that some quarries may contain small pockets of non -Class A material within that source. Intentional blending or addition of non -Class A material is strictly prohibited! Page 2 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 A2b Class B Class B aggregate shall consist of crushed rock from all other bedrock sources such as carbonate and metamorphic rocks. (Schist) A2c Class C gravel deposit. Class C aggregate shall consist of natural or partly crushed natural gravel obtained from a natural A2d Class D Class D aggregate shall consist of 100 percent crushed natural gravel. The crushed gravel shall be produced from material retained on a square mesh sieve having an opening at least twice as large as the Specification permits for the maximum size of the aggregate in the composite asphalt mixture. The amount of carryover (material finer than) the selected screen shall not exceed ten percent. A2e Class E Class E aggregate shall consist of a mixture of any two or more of the above classes of approved aggregate (A, B, and D). The use of Class E aggregate, as well as the relative proportions of the different constituent aggregates, shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The relative proportions of the constituent aggregates shall be accurately controlled either by the use of a blending belt approved by the Engineer prior to production or by separately weighing each aggregate during batching operations. AN Steel Slag Steel slag may not exceed 25 percent of the mass of the total aggregate. Steel slag shall be free of metallics and other mill waste. Stockpiles will be accepted for use if the total expansion, determined by ASTM D4792, is less than 0.50 %. A2g Taconite Tailings (TT) Taconite tailings shall be obtained from ore that is mined westerly of a north -south line located east of Biwabik, Mn (R15W- R16W); except that taconite tailings from ore mined in southwestern Wisconsin will also be permitted for use. Approved taconite tailing sources are on file with the Department Bituminous Engineer. A2h Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) RAS may be included in the mixture to a maximum of 5 percent of the total weight of mixture as shown in Table 2360.3 -B2a. Either manufactured waste scrap asphalt shingles (MWSS) or tear -off scrap asphalt shingles (TOSS) may be included in the mixture. The percentage of RAS used will be considered part of the maximum allowable RAP percentage. Refer to Section 2360.2 G1 to select a virgin asphalt binder grade. The ratio of added new asphalt binder to total asphalt binder shall be 70% or greater ((added binder /total binder) x 100 >= 70). A minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added binder. All RAS materials shall be processed to meet the following gradation requirements: Gr adation M vassine) Sieve Size inch mm_ ) r % passin 1/2 inc 12.5 100 #4 4.75 90 Page 3 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 To conduct the gradation testing, a 500 -700 gram sample of processed shingle material is air dried and then dry sieved over the 1/2" and #4 sieves and then weighed. Shingle asphalt binder content is to be determined by chemical extraction, MnDOT Lab Procedure 1851 or 1852. An aggregate bulk specific gravity (Gsb) of 2.650 may be used in lieu of determining the shingle aggregate Gsb by Mn/DOT 1205 (AASHTO T84). RAS shall not contain extraneous waste materials. Extraneous materials including, but not limited to, metals, glass, rubber, nails, soil, brick, tars, paper, wood, and plastics shall not exceed 0.5 percent by weight as determined on material retained on the No. 4 (4.75 -mm) sieve. To conduct deleterious material testing, a 500 -700 gram sample of processed shingle material is sieved on the #4 sieve and any extraneous waste material is picked and weighed. RAS shall be stockpiled separate from other salvage material. Blending of RAS in a stockpile with other salvage material is prohibited. Blending of MWSS and TOSS is not allowed. Blending of a virgin sand material with the processed shingles, to minimize agglomeration of the shingle material, is allowed, but, the blended sand must be accounted for in the mixture design. Before a Mixture Design Report for a particular mixture is authorized, the following shall be submitted, along with materials and paperwork required by 2360.3: I. Certification, of the RAS, by the processor. Certification forms for both MWSS and TOSS are located on the Bituminous Office website at: www.dot. state .mn.u /materials/bituminous.html AN Crushed Concrete and Salvaged Aggregate Crushed concrete is allowed as an aggregate source for up to 50 percent of the aggregate in non -wear mixtures. Crushed concrete is not allowed in wearing courses. Salvaged aggregate is allowed as an aggregate source for up to 100 percent of the aggregate in wear and non -wear mixtures. All salvaged aggregate shall be stockpiled uniformly to limit variation in mixture properties. Salvaged aggregates shall meet quality and crushing requirements as specified herein. A2j Sewage Sludge Ash (SSA) Sewage sludge ash is allowed as an aggregate source in both wear and non -wear courses to a maximum of 5 percent of the total weight of mixture. Only SSA that meets the Tier I1 hazard evaluation criteria as approved by Mn/DOT's Office of Environmental Services, Environmental Analysis Section, will be allowed for use in the mixture. Approved waste incinerator ash sources are on file with the Department Bituminous Engineer. A3 Recycled Asphaltic Pavement Materials (RAP) The combined RAP and virgin aggregate shall meet the composite coarse and fine aggregate angularity for the mixture being produced. RAP containing any objectionable material, i.e., road tar, metal, glass, wood, plastic, brick, fabric, or any other objectionable material having similar characteristics will not be permitted for use in the asphalt pavement mixture. Asphalt binder content in the RAP shall be determined according to Mn/DOT Lab Manual Method 1851 or 1852. Page 4 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 B Manufactured Crushed Fines (4 material) All Class A, B, D, and E material that passes the #4 [4.75 mm] screen will be considered as crushed fines. Manufactured Crushed Fines ( -4 material) from Class C Aggregate. Produce manufactured crushed fines (4 material) from a gravel source by passing the gravel over a selected screen, 3/8 inch [9.5 mm] or larger, prior to mechanical crushing. The material which passes the 3/8 inch [9.5 mm] screen shall not be incorporated into the manufactured crushed fines but may be used as it qualifies for natural sand. The amount of carryover (material finer than) the selected screen shall not exceed ten percent. The material retained on the 3/8 inch [9.5 mm] screen shall be crushed. The material that passes the #4 [4.75 mm] screen, after crushing, will be considered as 100% crushed fines. Material retained on the #4 [4.75 mm] screen after crushing will not be counted as +4 crushing until tested. C Quality Requirements ClLos Angeles Rattler Test ........................................................... ............................... AASHTO T96 The Los Angeles Rattler loss on the coarse aggregate fraction (material retained on the #4 [4.75 mm] sieve shall not exceed 40 percent for any individual source used within the mix. An aggregate proportion which passes the #4 [4.75 mm] sieve and exceeds 40 percent LAR loss on the coarse aggregate fraction is prohibited from use in the mixture. C2 Soundness (Magnesium Sulfate) ............................................ ............................... AASHTO T104 The magnesium sulfate soundness loss at 5 cycles on the coarse aggregate fraction (material retained on the #4 [4.75 mm]) shall not exceed the following for any individual source used within the mix: * a) No more than 14 % loss on the 3/4 inch [19 mm] to 1/2 inch [12.5 mm] and larger fractions. b) No more than 18% loss on the 1/2 inch [12.5 mm] to 3/8 inch [9.5 mm] fraction. C) No more than 23% loss on the 3/8 inch [9.5 mm] to #4 [4.75 mm] fraction. d) No more than 18% for the composite loss. (Applies only if all three size fractions are tested). * 1) If the composite requirement is met but one or more individual components do not, the source may be accepted if no individual component is more than 110% of the requirement for that component. 2) If each individual component requirement is met but the composite does not, the source may be accepted if the composite is no greater than 110% of the requirement. Coarse aggregate that exceeds the requirements listed above shall not be processed for use as minus #4 [4.75 mm] material. C3Spall Materials and Lumps ........................... ............................... Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Spall is defined as shale, iron oxide, unsound cherts, pyrite, highly weathered and/or soft phyllite and argillite (may be scratched with a brass pencil), and other materials having similar characteristics. Lumps are defined as loosely bonded aggregations and clayey masses. If the percent of lumps measured in the stockpile or cold feed exceed the values listed below, asphalt production shall cease and compliance shall be determined by dry batching. This procedure may be repeated at any time at the discretion of the Engineer. Maximum limits for Spall and lumps, expressed as percentages by mass, are listed in Table 2360.3 -132a. Page 5 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 C4Insoluble Residue Test .................................... ............................... Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual If Class B carbonate material is used in the mix, the minus #200 [0.075 mm] sieve size portion of the insoluble residue shall not exceed 10 percent. D Aggregate Restrictions Class B carbonate aggregate restrictions are specified in Table 2360.3 -132a. E Gradation Requirement The coarse and fine aggregate shall be combined in such proportions to produce an asphalt mixture meeting all of the requirements defined in this specification and shall conform to the gradation as defined in Table 2360.2 -E. Gradation testing shall be conducted in accordance with AASHTO T -11 (4200 [ -0.075 mm] wash) and T -27. Table 2360.2 -E Aggregate Gradation Broad Bands (% nassin! of total washed Gadation) Sieve Size inch mm A B C D E SMA 1 inch [25.0] 100 See SMA Provisions 3/4 inch [19.0 ] 100 0) 85 -100 1/2 inch [12.5 ] 100 11) 85 -100 45 -90 3/8 inch [9.5 ] 85 -100 35 -90 - 100 #4 [4.75 ] 25 -90 30 -80 30 -75 65 -95 #8 [2.36 ] 20 -70 25 -65 25 -60 45 -80 #200 [0.075 ] 2.0 -7.0 2.0 -7.0 2.0 -7.0 3.0 -8.0 (1) The gradation broadband for the maximum aggregate size may be reduced to 97% passing for mixtures containing RAP, when the oversize material is suspected to come from the RAP source. The virgin material must remain 100% passing the maximum aggregate sieve size. F Additives An additive is any material added to an asphalt mixture or material, such as mineral filler, hydrated lime, asphalt additives, anti - strip, and similar products that do not have a specific pay item. When a Contract requires additives, compensation is included with the pay items for the appropriate mixture. If the Engineer directs the Contractor to incorporate additives, the compensation will be as Extra Work, at the unit price specified in the proposal. The Department will not compensate the Contractor for additives incorporated at the Contractor's option. Additives will not be incorporated into the mixture without approval of the Engineer. Anti - foaming agents shall be added to asphalt cement at the manufacturer's recommended dosage rate. Mineral filler and hydrated lime may be added in a quantity not to exceed 5 percent and 2 percent, respectively, of the total mass of the aggregate. The combination of mineral filler and hydrated lime shall not exceed 5 percent of the total mass of aggregate. The Engineer will approve or disapprove methods for addition of additives. FlMineral Filler .................................................................. ............................... ...........................3145 F2Hydrated Lime ................................................................ ............................... ...........................3145 Hydrated lime used in asphalt mixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C977 and have a maximum of eight percent unhydrated oxides (as received basis). The method of introducing and mixing the hydrated lime and aggregate shall be subject to approval by the Engineer prior to beginning mixture production. Page 6 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 F3 Liquid Anti- Stripping Additive When a liquid anti -strip additive is added to the asphalt binder, blending shall be completed before the asphalt binder is mixed with the aggregate. Liquid anti -strip additives that alter the asphalt binder, such that it fails to meet the Performance Grade (PG) requirements, shall not be used. Liquid anti -strip may be added by the supplier at the refinery or by the Contractor at the plant site. The company /supplier adding the additive shall be responsible for testing the binder /additive blend to ensure compliance with the AASHTO M 320, Standard Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Binder. No paving will be allowed until the asphalt binder /additive blend has been tested and results show that binder /additive blend properties meet the criteria in Section 2360.2G. The testing shall be done in accordance with a Mn/DOT approved Asphalt Binder QC Plan. Requirements for the Asphalt Binder QC Plan are on file in the Bituminous Office. The following requirements for HMA mixture and asphalt binder must also be met when liquid anti -strip is added at the HMA plant site. Mixture Requirements at Design-. 1) The Contractor must design the mixture with the same asphalt binder that will be supplied to the plant site. (Both Laboratory Mixture Design (Option 1) and Modified Mixture Design (Option 2). 2) The Contractor must provide documentation with either design option that includes Tensile Strength Ratio results with the liquid anti -strip dosed at the optimal rate. Documentation must include verification the binder /additive blend meets AASHTO M 320 at the optimal dose rate. Contractor Production Testing Requirements for Asphalt Binder /Liquid Anti -Strip Blend: 1) The Contractor shall, on a daily basis, sample and test the asphalt binder /anti -strip blend. Testing of the blend can be by viscosity, penetration, or dynamic shear rheometer (DSR). When a polymer modified asphalt binder is specified, the Contractor shall use the DSR as the daily QC test. 2) The Contractor shall, on a weekly basis, send the Engineer and Mn/DOT Chemical Laboratory Director a weekly QC report summarizing the results of the daily testing as required in number 1. 3) The Contractor shall, on a bi- weekly basis, test the binder /anti -strip blend to ensure compliance with the AASHTO M 320, Standard Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (minimum 1 /project). Test results shall be sent to the Engineer and Mn/DOT Chemical Laboratory Director. 4) In addition to the sampling requirements listed above, the Contractor shall obtain asphalt binder /anti -strip blend field verification samples according to 2360.4 E12. Liquid Anti -Strip Additive Metering System 1) The metering system shall include a liquid anti -strip flow meter in addition to an anti -strip pump. The flow meter shall be connected to the liquid anti -strip supply to measure and display only the anti -strip being fed to the asphalt binder. 2) The meter readout shall be positioned for convenient observation. 3) There shall be a means provided for comparing the flow meter readout with the calculated output of the anti -strip pump. See number 7. 4) The system shall display in units of gallons [liters] to the nearest gallon [liter] or in units of tons [metric tons] to the nearest 0.001 tons [0.001 metric tons], the accumulated anti -strip quantity being delivered to the mixer unit. 5) The system shall be calibrated and adjusted to maintain an accuracy of ± one percent error. 6) Calibration shall be required for each plant set -up prior to production of mixture. 7) The Engineer may require, on a daily basis, the Contractor "stick" the anti -strip tank at the end of the days production to verify anti -strip usage quantities. 8) The system shall provide for a convenient method for sampling the binder /anti -strip after blending has occurred. 9) Alternative blending and metering systems must be pre- approved by the Engineer Page 7 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 F4Coating and Anti - Stripping Additive ............................ ............................... ...........................3161 GAsphalt Binder Material ....................................................... ............................... AASHTO M 320 Asphalt binder material shall meet the requirements of PG asphalt binder testing tolerances, sampling rates, testing procedures, and acceptance criteria based on the most current Mn/DOT Technical Memorandum, titled "Inspection, Sampling, and Acceptance of Bituminous Materials." The PG asphalt binder cannot be modified with air blowing procedures unless the Department Bituminous Engineer approves it. The Contractor shall not use petroleum distillates such as fuel oil, diesel fuel or other fuels in the asphalt tanks. A statement shall be provided by the supplier for recommended laboratory mixing and compaction temperatures and field maximum mixing and compaction temperatures. Gl Asphalt Binder Selection Criteria for All Mixtures with RAP Specified PG Asphalt Binder Grade RAP Percentage < 20% RAP > 20% RAP PG XX -28 & PG 52 -34 Use Specified Grade Use Specified Grade PG XX -34 Use Specified Grade Use Blending Chart* *The use of a blending chart, to verify compliance with the specified binder grade, is required when RAP is > 20 %. Blending chart procedure is on file in the MnDOT Chemical Laboratory. Mn /DOT may take production samples for information/verification of compliance with the specified asphalt binder grade. 2360.3 MIXTURE DESIGN A Mixture Design General The asphalt mix may be designed using one of the following two Contractor trial mix design options as described in 2360.313 and 23603D. Review of mixture designs will be performed in the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located. All mixture design test results, documentation, aggregate material samples, and mixture samples, as required by the trial mix design option, shall be submitted to the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located (Department Bituminous Engineer in Metro area). Unless otherwise authorized by the District Materials Engineer, the addition of aggregates and materials not included in the original mixture submittal is prohibited. It is the Contractor's responsibility to design a gyratory mixture in accordance with the most current AASHTO T -312 (Mn/DOT modified), the Asphalt Institute's Superpave Mix Design Manual SP -2 (2 -hour short term aging period is used for volumetric), and the Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual such that it meets the requirements of this specification. B Laboratory Mixture Design (Option 1) To verify Laboratory Mixture Design compliance with these specifications, the Contractor shall submit mixture design test results and documentation as described in Section 23603C and the materials described below to the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located (Department Bituminous Engineer in Metro area). The District Materials Engineer (Department Bituminous Engineer) will issue a Mixture Design Report when the mixture design has been successfully verified. B1 Aggregate sample At least 15 working days prior to the start of asphalt production, the Contractor shall submit aggregate samples for quality testing. An 80 pound [35 kg] sample of representative aggregate retained on the #4 sieve [4.75 mm] and a 35 pound [15 kg] sample of material passing the #4 sieve [4.75 mm] shall be submitted to Page 8 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located (Bituminous Engineer in Metro area). In addition to the preceding requirements the Contractor shall also submit an 80 pound [35 kg] sample of representative RAP material and/or a 10 pound [5 kg] sample of representative RAS material when the mixture includes asphaltic recycled materials. The Contractor shall provide 24 hour notice of intent to sample aggregates. These samples will be tested for quality of each source, class, type, and size of virgin and non - asphaltic salvage aggregate source used in the mix design. The Contractor shall retain a companion sample of equal size until a Mixture Design Report is issued. Quality requirements are defined in Section 2360.2C. Aggregates that require the magnesium sulfate soundness test shall be submitted to the Department Bituminous Engineer or District Materials Engineer at least 30 calendar days prior to the start of asphalt production. Dispute resolution procedures for aggregate qualities are on file in the Bituminous Office. B2 Mixture sample At least 7 working days prior to the start of asphalt production, the Contractor shall submit in writing a proposed Job Mix Formula (JMF) for each combination of aggregates to be used in the mixture. The JMF will be reviewed in the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located (Department Bituminous Engineer in Metro area). A Level II Quality Management mix designer must sign the proposed JMF. For each JMF submitted, the Contractor shall include test data to demonstrate conformance to mixture properties as specified in Table's 2360.3 -132b and 2360.3 -132c. The proposed JMF shall be submitted on forms approved by the Department. In addition, the Contractor shall submit an uncompacted mixture sample plus briquettes compacted at the optimum asphalt content and required compactive effort conforming to the JMF for laboratory examination and evaluation. Mixture sample size and number of compacted briquettes are as follows: Table 2360.3 -112 Mixture Sample Requirements Item Gyrator Design Un -compacted Mixture Sample Size 75 pounds [30 Kg] Number of compacted briquettes 2 132a Mixture Aggregate Requirements The aggregate fractions shall be sized, graded, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture will meet the requirements listed in Section 2360.2 -E and Table 2360.3 -132a shown below. Page 9 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.3 -132a Mixture Agrrreiate Reauirements (1) When shingles are included as part of the allowable RAP percentage in Traffic Level 2, 3, 4, or 5 mixtures the ratio of added new asphalt binder to total asphalt binder shall be 70% or greater ((added binder /total binder) x 100 >= 70). A minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added binder. (2) MWSS is manufactured waste scrap shingle and TOSS is tear -off scrap shingle. B2b Mixture Requirements Mixture evaluation will be based on the trial mix tests and the corresponding requirements listed in Table 2360.3 -132b and Table 2360.3 -B2c. Page 10 of 50 Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic SMA Aggregate Blend Property Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 T. Level 6 3-10 10 - 30 See SMA 20 year Design ESAL's <1 million 1 - 3 million million million Provisions Min. Coarse Aggregate Angularity (ASTM D5821) 30/- 551- 85/80 95 /90 - (one face / two face), %- Wear 30/- 551- 60/- 80/75 (one face / two face), %- Non -Wear Min. Fine Aggregate Angularity (FAA) (AASHTO T304, Method A) %- Wear 40� 42 44 45 - %- Non -Wear 40 40 40 40 Flat and Elongated Particles, max % by 10 10 10 weight, ASTM D 4791 5:1 ratio 5:1 ratio 5:1 ratio Min. Sand E uivalet AASHTO T 176 - - 45 45 - Max. Total Spall in fraction retained on the #4 [4.75mm] sieve — Wear 5.0 2.5 1.0 1.0 - Non -Wear 5.0 5.0 2.5 2.5 Maximum Spall Content in Total Sample — Wear 5.0 5.0 1.0 1.0 - Non -Wear 5.0 5.0 2.5 2.5 Maximum Percent Lumps in fraction 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 retained on the #4 [4.75mm] sieve Class B Carbonate Restrictions Maximum% 44 [- 4.75mm] Final Lift/All other Lifts 100 /100 100 /100 80/80 50/80 Maximum% + #4 [ +4.75mm] Final Lift/All other Lifts 100 /100 100 /100 501100 0 /100 Max. allowable RAP percentage(l) 30/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 - Wear / Non Wear Max. allowable scrap shingles— MWSS(2) 515 515 515 515. - Wear/Non Wear Max. allowable scrap shingles — TOSS(2) 515 515 015 0/0 - Final Lift/All other Lifts (1) When shingles are included as part of the allowable RAP percentage in Traffic Level 2, 3, 4, or 5 mixtures the ratio of added new asphalt binder to total asphalt binder shall be 70% or greater ((added binder /total binder) x 100 >= 70). A minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added binder. (2) MWSS is manufactured waste scrap shingle and TOSS is tear -off scrap shingle. B2b Mixture Requirements Mixture evaluation will be based on the trial mix tests and the corresponding requirements listed in Table 2360.3 -132b and Table 2360.3 -B2c. Page 10 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.3 -132b Mixture Requirements (1) See Section 2360.4 E9. Use 6 inch [150mm] specimens. (2) Mn/DOT Min = 65, (3) Mn/DOT Min = 70 132c Primary Control Sieve The primary control sieve is used to define coarse and fine graded mixtures. The determination of coarse and fine graded mixtures will be based on the percentage of material passing the #8 [2.365 mm] sieve as shown below in Table 2360.3 -132c. Table 2360.3 -132c Primary Control Sieve Table Gradation Traffic Level Traffic Level Traffic Level Traffic Level SMA B 2 3 4 5 T. Level 6 20 year Design ESAL's < 1 million 1 - 3 million 3 - 10 million 10-30 See SMA million Provisions Gyratory Mixture Requirements Gyrations for Ndesi ,, 40 60 90 100 %Air Voids at Ndesi,, -- Wear 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 %Air Voids at Nde,ip, -- Non -Wear & 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 All Shoulder Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness, micron ([1) min 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 Tensile Strength Ratio min% 75 (2) 75 (2) 80 (3) 80 (3) Fines/Effective Asphalt 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.2 0.6 — 1.2 0.6-1.2 (1) See Section 2360.4 E9. Use 6 inch [150mm] specimens. (2) Mn/DOT Min = 65, (3) Mn/DOT Min = 70 132c Primary Control Sieve The primary control sieve is used to define coarse and fine graded mixtures. The determination of coarse and fine graded mixtures will be based on the percentage of material passing the #8 [2.365 mm] sieve as shown below in Table 2360.3 -132c. Table 2360.3 -132c Primary Control Sieve Table Gradation Fine Mixture % Pass #8 [2.36 mrn] Coarse Mixture % Pass #8 [2.36 min] A > 47 < 47 B > 39 <_ 39 C > 35 < 35 D - - - -- - - - -- B2d Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness (Adj. AFT) The adjusted asphalt film thickness of the mixture at design and during production shall meet the minimum criteria as shown in Table 2360.3 -132b. Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness is based on the calculated aggregate surface area (SA) and the effective asphalt binder content. The procedure for calculating Adj. AFT is outlined below: B2d (1) Aggregate Surface Area (SA) The aggregate surface area (SA) is calculated by using the following formula ('): SA = 2 + 0.02a + 0.04b + 0.08c + 0. 14d + 0.30e + 0.60f + 1.60g Where: SA = Aggregate Surface Area in SF /lb. of dry aggregate a, b, c, d, e, f and g are the percent of total aggregate passing the #4, #8, #16, #30, #50, #100 and #200 sieves, respectively. The percent passing each of the sieves shall be rounded to the nearest 1 percent, except for the #200 sieve, which shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1 percent. Page 11 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 (1) Mixtures with a combined ( -) 94 GSb less than 2.580, or greater than 2.700, will have the calculated SA adjusted accordingly. The SA will be increased for mixtures with a combined ( -) #4 G less than 2.580, and decreased for mixtures with a combined ( -) #4 G greater than 2.700. The SA adjustment procedure is as follows: Adjusted SA = SA x (2.650 _ Mixture ( -) #4 G There will be no SA adjustment for mixtures with a combined ( -) #4 G between 2.580 and 2.700. 132d (2) Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness (Adj. AFT) Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness is calculated as follows: Adj. AFT = AFT + 0.06(SA -28) Asphalt film thickness (AFT) is calculated by the following formulas: AFT = P e x 4870 100xP Where: AFT = Asphalt Film Thickness in microns Pb, = Effective Asphalt Content as a percent of the total mixture 4870 = Constant Conversion Factor P =Percent Aggregate in Mixture /100, or (100 -P / 100 P = Percent Total Asphalt Cement in Mixture SA = Calculated Aggregate Surface Area in SF /lb. The Adjusted AFT will be greater than the AFT if the SA is greater than 28.0 SF /Lb., and will be less than the AFT if the SA is less than 28.0 SF /Lb. B3 Tensile Strength Ratio sample Mixture or briquettes that represent the mixture at optimum asphalt content, shall be submitted at least 7 days prior to actual production for verification of moisture sensitivity retained tensile strength ratio (TSR). Material submitted for TSR verification may be tested for maximum specific gravity Gmm compliance in addition to TSR results. Failure to meet the Gmm tolerance will result in rejection of the submitted mix design. A new mix design submittal will be required and will be subject to provisions described in Section 23603C. One of the following options may be used to verify that the tensile strength ratio (TSR) meets the requirements in Table 2360.3 -B2b. Option A) The Contractor will batch material at the design proportions including optimum asphalt. Immediately (before curing) split the sample and allow samples to cool to room temperature. Submit 77 pounds [35 kg] of mixture to the District Materials Laboratory for curing and test verification. Both groups will use a two (2) hour cure time ( 15 minutes) at 290 ° F [144 ° C] and follow procedures in ASTM D 4867 -92, Mn/DOT modified as defined in the Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual. Option B) The Contractor batches, cures (as indicated in option A), compacts, and submits briquettes and uncompacted mixture as specified below. Page 12 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.3 -133 Option B Mixture Requirements Item Gyratory Design Un -compacted Mixture Sample Size 8,200 Number of compacted briquettes" 6 Compacted briquette air void content 6.5-7.5% (l) 6 inch [I 50nim] specimens B4 Aggregate Specific Gravity ...... ............................... AASHTO T84 and T85, Mn/DOT Modified The Contractor shall determine the specific gravity of all aggregate used in the mixture. C Documentation Each proposed JMF submitted for review under Section 2360.313 and 2360.3D shall include the following documentation and test results. (1) The name(s) of the individual(s) responsible for the Quality Control of the mixture during production. (2) The low project number of the Contract on which the mixture will be used. (3) The design traffic level and the design number of gyrations. (4) The temperature ranges the mixture is intended to be discharged from the plant and compacted at the roadway shall be provided by the asphalt binder supplier. Temperatures to be included are, laboratory mixing and compaction temperature ranges and maximum field mixing and compaction temperatures.. (5) The percentage in units of 1 percent (except the #200 sieve [0.075 mm] in units of 0.1 percent) of aggregate passing each of the specified sieves (including the #16, #30, #50, and #100) for each aggregate to be incorporated into the mixture. The gradation of aggregate from salvaged asphaltic material shall be derived from the material after the residual asphalt has been extracted. (6) The source and description of the materials to be used. The aggregate pit or quarry source number. The proportion of each material (in percent of total aggregate). (7) The composite gradation based on (5) and (6) above. Note: Include virgin composite gradation based on (6) and (7) above for mixtures containing RAP /RAS. (8) The bulk (dry) and apparent specific gravities and water absorption (by % weight of dry aggregate) of both coarse and fine aggregate, for each product used in the mixture (including RAP /RAS). Use AASHTO T -84 and T -85 Mn/DOT modified as defined in the Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual. The tolerance allowed between the Contractor's and the Department's specific gravities are G,b (individual) = 0.040 [ +4 AND -4] and G (combined) = 0.020. (9) The composite gradation plotted on a FHWA 0.45 power chart. (Federal form PR -1115) (10) The test results from the composite aggregate blend at the proposed JMF proportions indicating compliance with Coarse Aggregate Angularity, Fine Aggregate Angularity, and Flat and Elongated as shown in Table 2360.3 -132a. (11) For mixtures containing RAP/RAS include extracted asphalt binder content of the RAP/RAS with no retention factor included. (12) The percentage (in units of 0.1 percent) and PG grade of asphalt binder material to be added, based upon the total mass of the mixture. (13) Each trial mixture design shall include the following: (a) A minimum of three different asphalt binder contents (minimum 0.4 percent between each point), with at least one point at, one above and one below the optimum asphalt binder percentage. (b) The maximum specific gravity at each asphalt binder content. The theoretical maximum specific gravity used for percent air voids determination shall be calculated based on the average of the effective specific gravities measured by a minimum of two maximum specific gravity tests at the asphalt contents above and below the expected optimum asphalt binder content. Page 13 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 (c) The test results for the individual and average bulk specific gravity, density, and heights, of at least two specimens at each asphalt binder content. (d) The percent air voids in the mixture at each asphalt binder content. (e) The Adj. Asphalt Film Thickness (Adj. AFT) at each asphalt binder content. (f) The fines to Effective Asphalt (F /A) ratio calculated to the nearest 0.1 percent. (g) TSR results at the optimum asphalt binder content. (h) Graphs showing air voids, adjusted AFT, Gmb, Gmm and unit weight vs. percent asphalt binder content for each of the three asphalt binder contents submitted with trial mix. (i) Evidence the completed mixture will conform to design air voids (V a ), Adj. AFT, TSR, F /A (Fines to effective asphalt ratio). (j) The documentation shall also include labeled gyratory densification tables and curves generated from the gyratory compactor for all points used in the mixture submittal. (14) Optional Add- Rock/Add -Sand Provisions If the Contractor chooses to use the add - material option to augment the submitted JMF, the Contractor shall provide samples of the aggregate for quality analysis in accordance with Section 2360.3131. The Contractor shall provide mix design data for two additional design points per add - material. One point shall show a proportional adjustment to the submitted JMF that includes 5 percent, by mass, add - material at the JMF optimum asphalt percent. The second point shall show a proportional adjustment to the submitted JMF that includes 10 percent, by mass, add - material at the JMF optimum asphalt percent. The following information will be reported for each of these two points: (a) The maximum specific gravity (average of two tests). (b) The test results for the individual and average bulk specific gravity, density, and height of at least two specimens at the optimum asphalt binder content. (c) The percent air voids in the mixture for each point. (d) The Fines to Effective Asphalt ratio calculated to the nearest 0.1 of a percent. (e) Coarse and Fine Aggregate crushing counts (f) The Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness Up to two add - materials will be allowed per mix design submittal. Aggregate quality and mix characteristics are required for each proposed add - material and shall be submitted at the time of the original trial mix submittal. No mixture sample or briquettes are required for these two additional points. D Modified Mixture Design (Option 2) The Contractor shall submit mixture design test results and documentation as described in Section 23603C to the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located (Department Bituminous Engineer in Metro area) to verify compliance with these specifications. The District Materials Engineer (Department Bituminous Engineer) will issue a Mixture Design Report when the mixture design has been successfully verified. Mixture submittal is not required. The Contractor may use this option if all of the following conditions are met: a) The aggregates must have been tested for and meet all applicable quality requirements in the current construction season. b) The Level II mix designer submitting the mixture design must have a minimum of 2 years experience in mixture design. Di JMF Submittal At least 2 working days prior to the start of asphalt production, the Contractor shall submit in writing a proposed Job Mix Formula (JMF) for each combination of aggregates to the Department Bituminous Engineer or District Materials Engineer for review. A Level II Quality Management mix designer must sign this proposed JMF. For each JMF submitted, the Contractor shall include documentation as outlined in Section 2360.3C to demonstrate conformance to mixture properties as specified in Table 2360.3 -132b and 2360.3 -132c. The proposed JMF shall be submitted on forms approved by the Department. Page 14 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 D2 Initial Production Test Verification At the start of production, the testing frequency for the first 1,800 metric tons [2,000 tons] of each mix type shall be as specified in Table 2360.4 -D. All mixture placed on Mn/DOT projects shall meet the specified quality indicators and required field density. Failure to do so will result in reduced payment or removal and replacement with acceptable material. The Department shall take a mix verification sample within the first four samples at the start of production of each mix type. D3 Tensile Strength Ratio sample See Section 2360.4139 E Mixture Design Report A Mixture Design Report consists of the JMF (Job Mix Formula). The JMF includes composite gradation, aggregate component proportions, asphalt binder content of the mixture, design air voids, adj. asphalt film thickness, and aggregate bulk specific gravity values. JMF limits will be shown for gradation control sieves (JMF limits will be aggregate gradation broadbands shown in Table 2360.2 -E), percent asphalt binder content, air voids, and Adj. Asphalt Film Thickness. Issuance of a Mixture Design Report confirms the mixture has been reviewed for and meets volumetric properties only. No guaranty or warranty, either express or implied, is made regarding placement and compaction of the mixture. A Department reviewed Mixture Design Report is required for all paving except for small quantities of material provided under Section 2360.51-1. All submitted materials must meet aggregate and mixture design requirements before a Mixture Design Report is issued. The Department will review two trial mix designs per mix type designated in the plan, per Contract at no cost to the Contractor. Additional mix designs will be verified at a cost of $2000 per design, payable to the Commissioner of Transportation. For city, county, and other agency projects, the Contractor shall provide to the District Materials Laboratory a complete Project proposal including addenda, supplemental agreements, change orders, and any Plan sheets (including typical sections) that affect the mix design. The Department will not start the verification process without this information. 2360.4 MIXTURE QUALITY MANAGEMENT (Quality Control/Quality Assurance) A Quality Control (QC) The Contractor shall provide and maintain a quality control program for HMA production. A quality control program is defined as all activities, including mix design, process control inspection, sampling and testing, and necessary adjustments in the process that are related to the production of a hot mix asphalt (HMA) pavement which meets the requirements of the specifications. Al Contractor Certified Plant HMA Ala Certification Procedure The Contractor shall: (1) Complete application form and request for plant inspection. (2) Provide a site map of stockpile locations. (3) Pass plant and testing facility inspection by having the Plant Inspector and Bituminous Plant Authorized Agent complete and sign the Asphalt Plant Inspection Report (TP 02142 -02, TP 02143 -02). By signing the Asphalt Plant Inspection Report, the plant authorized agent agrees Page 15 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 to calibrate and maintain all plant and laboratory equipment within allowable tolerances set forth in these specifications, Standard Specifications for Construction, and the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual. (4) Obtain a Mixture Design Report prior to production. Alb Maintaining Certification To maintain certification, the plant must produce, test, and document all certified plant asphalt mixtures in accordance with the above requirements on a continuous basis. Continuous basis means all asphalt mixtures supplied from a certified plant to any Department project with 2360 asphalt mixtures must be sampled and tested in accordance with 2360 requirements and the Schedule of Materials Control. The Contractor shall assure the plant certification procedure is performed annually after winter suspension and before producing material for a Project. In addition, a first day sampling and testing frequency rate as stated in Table 2360.4 -D shall be followed. The Contractor shall recertify a plant when it is moved to a new location or a previously occupied location. Ale Revocation of Plant Certification The Department Construction Engineer may revoke certification of an asphalt plant when requirements are not being met or records are falsified. The Department may revoke the Technician Certification for the individual involved. The Department Bituminous Engineer and Department Contract Administrator will maintain a list of companies who have had their asphalt plant certification revoked. B Quality Assurance (QA) The Department will perform QA testing as part of the acceptance process. The Engineer is responsible for QA testing, records, and acceptance. The Engineer will accomplish the QA process by: (1) Conducting Quality assurance and verification sampling and testing. (2) Observing sampling and tests performed by the QC personnel. (3) Taking additional samples at any time and any location during production. (4) Monitoring the required QC summary sheets and control charts. (5) Verifying calibration of laboratory testing equipment. (6) Communicating Mn/DOT test results to the Contractor's QC personnel in a timely manner (See 2360AM and 2360.4N). (7) Ensuring Independent Assurance Sampling and testing requirements are met. C Contractor's Quality Control Cl Personnel Requirements Along with the proposed mix design data, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an organizational chart listing the names and phone numbers of individuals and alternates responsible for mix design, process control administration, and inspection. The Contractor shall also post a current organizational chart and if required by the Engineer, post a daily roster of individuals performing QC testing in the Contractor's test facility. The Contractor's quality control organization or private testing firm shall have Certified Technicians who have met the requirements on file with the Department's Technical Certification program. Individuals performing process control testing must be certified as a Level I Bituminous Quality Management (QM) Tester. Individuals performing mix design calculations or mix design adjustments must be certified as Level II Bituminous QM Mix Designer. The Contractor shall have a Certified Level II Bituminous QM Mix Designer Page 16 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 available to make any necessary process adjustments. The Contractor shall have a minimum of one person per paving operation certified as a Level II Bituminous Street Inspector. C2 Laboratory Requirements: The Contractor shall furnish and maintain a laboratory at the plant site or other site as approved by the Engineer. The laboratory shall be furnished with the necessary equipment and supplies for performing Contractor quality control testing. The laboratory equipment shall meet the requirements listed in Section 400 of the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual, Mn/DOT Lab Manual, and these specifications, including having extraction capabilities. The laboratory shall be calibrated and operational prior to the beginning of production. In addition to the requirements listed above, the laboratory shall be equipped with a telephone for use by the Contractor or the Engineer. A fax machine and copy machine shall be available for use by the Contractor or the Engineer at the laboratory site. The Engineer may waive the requirement to have a fax machine available at the laboratory site if transfer of data and test results can be accomplished through electronic transmittal (email). The laboratory shall also include a computer and printer. The computer shall have the following minimum requirements: 1) Intel based with either Celeron or Pentium IV processor with a minimum processor speed of 1.8 MHZ. 2) CD writer with CD /RW capability and a minimum write speed of 16x. 3) Windows 2000 or Windows XP with Microsoft Excel version 97 or newer. The printer must be able to print control charts. The Engineer shall be allowed to inspect measuring and testing devices to confirm both calibration and condition. The Contractor shall calibrate and correlate all testing equipment in accordance with the latest version of the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual and Mn/DOT Lab Manual. Records of calibration for each piece of testing equipment shall be kept in the same facility as the equipment. D Sampling and Testing The Contractor shall ensure that all QC samples are taken at random locations. Random number generation and determination of random sample location shall be consistent with the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual Section 5 -693.7 Table A or Section 5 of ASTM D3665. The Engineer may approve alternate methods of random number generation. The tests for mixture properties shall be conducted on representative portions of the mix, quartered from a larger sample of mixture taken from behind the paver, or when approved by the Engineer, an alternate sampling location. The procedure for truck box sampling, an alternate sampling location, is on file in the Bituminous Office. When an alternate sampling location is approved and used by the Contractor, the daily verification sample must still be taken from behind the paver. The Contractor shall obtain a sample of at least 55 pounds [25 kg]. This sample may be either split in the field or transported to the test facility by a method to retain heat to facilitate sample quartering procedures. The Contractor shall store and retain mixture bulk samples and companion samples for the Department for a period of 10 calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain these split samples in containers labeled with companion numbers. The Contractor shall perform QC sampling and testing according to the following schedule. Determine the planned tonnage for each mixture to be produced during the production day. Divide the planned production by 1000. Round the number to the next higher whole number. This number will be the number of production tests required for that mixture. Required production tests are listed in Table 2360.4 -E. Split the planned production into even increments and select sample locations as described above. If actual tonnage exceeds planned tonnage additional tests may be required. During production, mixture volumetric property tests will not be required when mix production is less than 300 tons [270 metric tons]. However, production tests will be required when the accumulative tonnage on successive days exceeds 300 tons [270 metric tons]. At the start of production, the testing frequency for the first 2,000 tons [ 1800 metric tons] of each mix type shall be as follows: Page 17 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.4 -D Production Start -Up Testing Rates Production Test Testing Rates Test Reference Section Bulk Specific Gravity 1 test per 500 tons [450 metric tons AASHTO T312,T166 Mn/DOT modified 2360AE2 Maximum Specific Gravity 1 test per 500 tons 450 metric tons AASHTO T209 Mn/DOT modified 2360AE3 Air Voids (calculated) 1 test per 500 tons [450 metric tons] AASHTO T269, T312 2360.4E4 Asphalt Content 1 test per 500 tons 450 metric tons Bit & Lab Manual 2360.4E1 Ad'. AFT (Calculated) 1 test per 500 tons [450 metric tons] Mn/DOT Lab Manual 2360.3132d Gradation 1 test per 500 tons [450 metric tons] AASHTO TI 1, T27, T30 Mn/DOT modified 2360AE6 Coarse Aggregate An ularity 1 test per 1000 tons [900 metric tons] ASTM D5821 Mn/DOT modified 2360AE7 Fine Aggregate Angularity (FAA) 1 test per 1000 tons [900 metric tons] AASHTO T304, Method A 2360AE8 E Production Tests When more than one Mn/DOT approved test procedure is available, the Contractor shall select, with the approval of the Engineer, one method at the beginning of the Project and use that method for the entire Project. The Contractor and Engineer may agree to change test procedures during the construction of the Project. Table 2360.4 -E Production Sampling and Testing Rates Production Test Sampling/Testing Rates Test Reference Section Bulk Specific Gravity Divide the planned production by 1000. Round the AASHTO T312, T245 T166 2360AE2 number to the next higher whole number. Mn/DOT mod Maximum Specific AASHTO T209 Mn/DOT 2360AE3 Gravity modified Air Voids (calculated) AASHTO T269, T312 2360AE4 Asphalt Content Bit & Lab Manual 2360.4E1 Adj. AFT (Calculated) Mn/DOT Lab Manual 2360.3132d Gradation 1 gradation per 1,000 tons [900 metric tons ], or portion AASHTO T11, T27, 2360AE6 thereof (minimum of one per day) T30Mn/DOT modified 2 tests /day for a minimum of 2 days, then 1 per day if ASTM D5821 Mn/DOT Coarse Aggregate CAA is met. If CAA >8% of requirement, 1 sample /day modified 2360AE7 Angularity but test 1 /week. Fine Aggregate 2 tests /day for a minimum of 2 days, then 1 per day if AASHTO T304, Method A Angularity (FAA) FAA is met. If FAA >5% of requirement, 1 sample /day 2360AE8 but test 1 /week. TSR When directed by the Materials Engineer ASTM D4867 Mn/DOT 2360AE9 modified Aggregate Specific When directed by the Engineer AASHTO T84 & T85, 2360.4E10 Gravity Mn/DOT modified Mixture Moisture Daily unless exempted by Engineer Mn/DOT 5- 693.950 2360AE11 Content Asphalt Binder Sample I" load (each grade) then 1 per 250,000 gallon- Mn/DOT 5- 693.920 2360.4E12 sam le size 1 quart [1,000,000 liter.] Page 18 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 El Asphalt Binder Content 121 (a) Spot Check (Virgin only) ..................................... ............................... Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual (b) Incinerator Oven (1) ......................... ............................... Mn,'DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1853 (c) Chemical Extraction ................ .........................Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1851 or 1852 (d) Meter Method (Virgin only) ................................. ............................... Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual (1) Incinerator Oven may not be used when the percentage of Class B material exceeds 50% within the composite blend, unless a correction factor is determined by the Contractor and approved by the District Materials Engineer. (2) For Traffic Level 2, 3, 4, and 5 mixtures that include shingles as part of the allowable RAP percentage a minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added asphalt binder (See footnote 1 of Table 2360.3 -132a). E2 Gyratory Bulk Specific Gravity, Gmb (2 specimens) ....... .........................AASHTO T312, T166, Mn/DOT Modified E3 Maximum Specific Gravity, G ............... ..........................4ASHTO T209, Mn/DOT Modified E4 Air Voids - Individual and Isolated ( calculation) ............. .........................AASHTO T269, T312 Isolated air voids are calculated using the maximum mixture specific gravity and the corresponding bulk specific gravity from a single test. Individual air voids are calculated from the maximum specific gravity moving average and the bulk specific gravity from that single test. For gyratory design, compaction shall be conducted to Nd,,i , , as shown in Table 2360.3 -132b, for the specified Traffic Level. E5 Adj. Asphalt Film Thickness (AFT) (calculation) ..... ............................... Mn/DOT Lab Manual E6 Gradation - Blended Aggregate......... AASHTO T -11, T -27, and T -30 (all Mn/DOT modified) Testing to determine the blended aggregate gradation shall be determined every 1,000 tons [1800 metric tons], or portion thereof (minimum of one per day), on samples taken at the same time as the required mixture sample for a given increment. All gradations require a- #200 [- 0.075 mm] wash. (a) Virgin Aggregate Mixtures - Drum or Screenless Plants Belt Samples or extracted production samples. (b) All Other Mixtures: 1. Hot Bins - Drybatch (Optional) 2. Incinerator Oven Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1853 (Optional) except samples that contain over 50% class B. (1) 3. Extraction Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1851 or 1852 (Optional) (1) Incinerator Oven may not be used when the percentage of Class B material exceeds 50% within the composite blend, unless a correction factor is determined by the Contractor and approved by the District Materials Engineer. E7 Coarse Aggregate Angularity .................... ............................... ASTM D5821 Mn/DOT modified CAA test results shall meet the minimum percent fractured faces as shown in Table 2360.3 -132a. ASTM D -5821 shall be used to determine coarse aggregate angularity on the composite blend from aggregates used in production of hot mix asphalt. Mixtures that contain virgin aggregates may be tested from composite belt samples. Mixtures that contain RAP must be tested from extracted aggregates taken from standard production Page 19 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 samples. The percentage of fractured faces of the composite aggregate blend less than 100% shall be tested at the following rates: (1) Perform two tests per day for each mixture blend for a minimum of two days and then one per day if the test samples meet CAA requirements. (2) If CAA crushing test results exceed 8 percent of the requirement, take one sample per day and perform one test per week. CAA results must be reported on the test summary sheet. Mixture placed and represented by results below the minimum requirement, as shown in Table 2360.3 -132a, will be subject to reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4 -L3. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sampling point when the test result is back within specifications. E8 Fine Aggregate Angularity ...................................... ............................... ASTM C1252 Method A FAA test results shall meet the minimum criteria shown in Table 2360.3 -132a. ASTM C1252 Method A shall be used to determine fine aggregate angularity on the composite blend from aggregates used in production of HMA. Mixtures that contain virgin aggregates may be tested from composite belt samples. Mixtures that contain RAP must be tested from extracted aggregates taken from standard production samples. The percentage of uncompacted voids from the composite aggregate blend shall be tested at the following rates. (1) Perform two tests per day for each mixture blend for a minimum of two days and then one per day if the test samples meet FAA requirements. (2) If FAA test results exceed 5 percent of the requirement, take one sample per day and perform one test per week. FAA results must be reported on the test summary sheet. Mixture placed and represented by results below the minimums, as shown in Table 2360.3 -132a, will be subject to reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4 -L3. Tonnage is subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sampling point when the test result is back within specifications. E9 Field Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) ......... ............................... ASTM D4867 Mn/DOT Modified At the discretion of the Materials Engineer, mixture will be sampled and tested to verify tensile strength ratio (TSR) If the Materials Engineer requires sampling and testing, both the Contractor and the Department will be required to test these samples within 72 hours after it is sampled. Sample size shall be 110 pound [50 kg] minimum and split in half to provide a sample for the Department and the Contractor. The Department companion of this split shall be labeled with the date, time, Project number and approximate cumulative tonnage to date. The Department companion shall be given to the Department Street Inspector or Plant Monitor immediately or delivered to the District Materials Engineer within 24 hours of sampling, as specified by the Engineer. Mixture samples shall be taken from behind the paver unless the Engineer approves an alternate sampling location. Specimen size shall be 6 inch [150 mm] for gyratory design The Contractor may test the sample at a permanent lab site or a field lab site. (1) When utilizing Option 2 mix design, it is recommended a sample be obtained within the first 5,000 tons [4,500 metric tons] of HMA produced or by the second day of production, whichever comes first, to verify tensile strength ratio (TSR). Minimum acceptable TSR values for production are shown in Table 2360.4 -E9. The Contractor shall stop production immediately if minimum TSR requirements are not met. The Contractor will not be allowed to resume production until anti -strip has been added to the asphalt binder. Determination of who is responsible for the cost of the anti -strip is based on Mn/DOT and Contractor TSR values as outlined in Tables 2360AE9A and 2360.4E9B. When Mn/DOT is responsible for the cost of the anti -strip, payment will be made only for the cost of the anti -strip for mixtures placed on that project. Mn/DOT will not reimburse the Contractor for any delay costs associated with making changes related to this testing. Page 20 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.4 -E9 Mixture Type — Minimum TSR Traffic Level 2 -3 Traffic Level 4 -5 Contractor Mn/DOT Contractor Mn/DOT 75% 65% 80% 70% Table 2360.4 -E9A Gyratory Level 2 -3 Contractor TSR X75 <75 Mn/DOT > 65 NA Mn/DOT TSR <65 Contractor Contractor Table 2360.4 -E913 Gyratory Leve14 Contractor TSR -5 >80 <80 Mn/DOT > 70 NA Mn/DOT TSR <70 Contractor Contractor Another sample shall be taken and tested within the first 500 tons [450 metric tons] after production resumes. If the re -test fails to meet the minimum specified value the Contractor shall stop production immediately. Production cannot resume until the Contractor has discussed, with the Engineer, a proposal for resolving the problem. The Contractor shall not operate below the specified minimum TSR on a continuing basis. A continuing basis shall be defined as 2 or more successive tests failing the TSR requirements. The following conditions will automatically require a sample to be taken and tested: 1. A proportion change of more than 10 percent (from the currently produced mixture) for a single stockpile aggregate. 2. The discretion of the Engineer. Dispute resolution procedures for TSR are on file in the Bituminous Office. E10 Aggregate Specific Gravity ( Gsb) .. .........................AASHTO T84 and T85, Mn/DOT modified At the discretion of the District Materials Engineer, aggregate stockpiles will be sampled and tested to verify aggregate specific gravity. Representative stockpile samples shall be 90 pounds [40 kg] for each aggregate component. All samples shall be split in half to provide material for both the Department and the Contractor. The Department companion of this split shall be labeled with the date, time, Project number and approximate cumulative tonnage to date. The Department companion shall be given to the Plant Monitor immediately or delivered to the District Materials Engineer within 48 hours of sampling, as specified by the Engineer. Aggregate specific gravity results will be compared to the Contractor's values on the current Mix Design Report. If the results deviate beyond the tolerance specified in Table 2360.4 -M, the District Materials Engineer will immediately contact the Contractor and issue a new Mix Design Report with the current specific gravity results. Any mixture placed following notification of new specific gravity values will be based upon Department results. The Contractor shall be notified immediately when new specific gravity values become available. The dispute resolution procedure for aggregate specific gravity is on file in the Bituminous Office. EllMoisture Content ................................................................ .............................Mn /DOT 5- 693.950 Provide a mixture with moisture content not greater than 0.3 percent. The moisture content in the mixture shall be measured behind the paver or alternate approved sampling method on file in the Bituminous Office. Page 21 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Sampling and testing shall be conducted by the Contractor on a daily basis unless exempted by the Engineer. Sampling and testing is suggested when rain on stockpiles exceed more than 0.2 inch [5 mm] in a 24 hour period. The sample shall be stored in an airtight container. Microwave testing is prohibited. HMA that exceeds 0.3% moisture content is unacceptable. The Contractor shall take appropriate action to remove excess water from the mixture. This action may include reducing the production rate, mixing stockpile aggregates prior to placement into the feed bins, and use of covered stockpiles. E12 Asphalt Binder Samples The Contractor shall sample the first shipment of each type of asphalt binder, then sample at a rate of one per 250,000 gallons [1,000,000 liters]; sample size shall be 1 quart [LOL]. All samples shall be taken in accordance with the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual 5- 693.920. Sampling shall be conducted by Contractor and monitored by the Inspector. The Contractor shall record sample information on Asphalt Sample Identification Card. Promptly submit the sample to the Department Materials Laboratory in Maplewood. Contact the Department Chemical Laboratory Director for disposition of failing asphalt binder samples. F Documentation (Records) The Contractor shall maintain documentation, including test summary sheets and control charts, on an ongoing basis. The Contractor shall also maintain a file of gyratory specimen heights for all gyratory compacted samples and test worksheets. Reports, records, and diaries developed during the progress of construction activities for the Project, shall be filed as directed by the Engineer and will become the property of the Department. The Contractor shall: (1) Number test results in accordance with standard Department procedures and record on forms approved/supplied by the Department. (2) Facsimile or when approved by the Engineer, electronically transmit (email) all production test results on test summary sheets to the District Materials Laboratory and to other sites as requested by the Engineer, by 11 AM of the day following production. (2a) Include the following production test results and mixture information on the Department approved test summary sheet. 1. Percent passing on all sieves listed in Table 2360.2 -E (including #16, #30, #50, #100). 2. Coarse and fine aggregate crushing. 3. Maximum specific gravity (Gmm.)• 4. Bulls specific gravity (Gmb ). 5. Percent total asphalt binder content (P and new added asphalt binder content. 6. Calculated production air voids (V,). 7. Calculated adjusted AFT (Adj. AFT). 8. Composite aggregate specific gravity (G reflecting current proportions. 9. Aggregate proportions in use at the time of sampling. 10. Tons where sampled. 11 Tons represented by a test and cumulative tons produced. 12. Fines to effective asphalt ratio (F /A,). 13. Signature Line for Mn/DOT and Contractor Representative. 14. Mixture Moisture Content. 15. Mn/DOT verification sample test result. (2b) Submit copies of all failing test results to the Engineer on a daily basis. (3) Provide the Engineer with asphalt manifests or BOL's on a daily basis. Page 22 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 (4) Provide a daily plant diary to include a description of QC actions taken (adjustment of cold feed percentages, changes in JMFs, etc.) include all changes or adjustments on the test summary sheets. (5) Provide weekly truck scale spot checks. (6) Provide a Department approved accounting system for all mixes and provide a daily and final Project summary of material quantities and types. (6a) Provide a final hardcopy summary of all quality control test summary sheets and control charts at completion of bituminous operations on the Project to the Engineer. Because Certified Plant test data often represents test data for multiple projects, it may be necessary to make duplicate copies of the data for each project. The Contractor shall also submit a diskette of the quality control summary sheets, control charts and density worksheets to the Bituminous Engineer. (7) Furnish an automated weigh scale and computer generated weigh ticket. The ticket shall indicate project number, mix designation (including binder grade), Mixture Design Report#, truck identification and tare, net mass, date and time of loading. Any deviations from the minimum information to be provided on the computer generated weigh ticket must be approved by the Engineer in writing. (8) Test summary sheets, charts, and records for a mixture produced at one plant site shall be continued from contract to contract. The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts annually for winter carry-over projects. The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts when an asphalt plant is re -setup in the same location after it has moved out. G Documentation (Control Charts) The following data shall be recorded on the standardized control charts, all control charts and summary sheets shall be computer generated using software approved by the Engineer. Software is available from the Mn/DOT Bituminous Office at www.=. dot. state. mn. us /pavement/bituminous /bituminous .asp. (1) Blended aggregate gradation, include sieves shown in Table 2360.2 -E for specified mixture. (2) Percent asphalt binder content (P (3) Maximum specific gravity (G,,,._) (4) Production air voids (V (5) Adj. AFT Individual test results shall be plotted for each test point. A solid line shall connect individual points. The moving average for each test variable shall be plotted starting with the fourth test. A dashed line shall connect the moving average points. The Department's quality assurance and verification test results shall be plotted with triangles. Specification JMF limits shall be indicated on the control charts using a dotted line. The Engineer may waive the plotting of control charts. H JMF Limits The production air voids and adj. AFT are based upon the minimum specified requirements as shown in Table 2360.3 -132b. Gradations and asphalt binder content limits are based upon the current Department reviewed Mixture Design Report. Gradation control sieves are shown in Table 2360.2 -E. The mixture production targets are listed on the Mixture Design Report. JMF limits are the target plus or minus the limits shown in Table 2360.4 -H. JMF limits are used as the criteria for acceptance of materials based on the moving average. Page 23 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.4 -H JMF Limits (N =4) Item JMF Limits Ad'. AFT -0.5 Production Air Voids, % ± 1.0 Asphalt Binder Content, % -0.4 Sieve - % Passin 1 inch, 3/4 inch, 1/2 inch, 3/8 inch, #4 25, 19, 12.5, 9.5, 4.75 nuril Broad Band Limits #8 2.36 mm] Broad Band Limits #200 0.075 mm] Broad Band Limits HI Moving Average Calculation A moving average is the average of the last four test results. The calculation of the moving average shall continue without interruption except under the following conditions: 1) The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts annually for winter carry -over projects. 2) The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts when an asphalt plant is re -setup in the same site after it has been moved out. JMF Bands JMF Bands are defined as the area between the target, as identified on the Mixture Design Report, and the JMF limits. J JMF Adjustment The Contractor shall begin mixture production with the materials (gradation, asphalt content, and aggregate proportions) closely conforming to the reviewed Mixture Design Report. Closely conforming shall be defined as aggregate proportions within 5 percent of the design proportions (1) and other mixture parameters within the JMF limits in Table 2360.4 -H. This requirement may be waived if the Contractor provides the District Materials Laboratory with prior documented production data showing how production affects the mixture properties or if the Contractor provides the District Materials Laboratory with a written justification or explanation of material changes since the original mixture submittal. (1 ) The Contractor shall begin mixture production using all aggregate proportions included on the Mixture Design Report unless the aggregate proportion is shown as 0 percent. J1 JMF Request for Adjustment If, during production, the Contractor determines from results of QC tests that adjustments to the mix design are necessary to achieve the specified properties, the following provisions shall apply. Unless otherwise authorized by the District Materials Engineer, no adjustments are allowed using aggregates or materials not part of the original mix design. The Contractor shall make a request for a JMF adjustment to the Department Bituminous Engineer or District Materials Engineer. The requested change will be reviewed for the Department by a Certified Level II Bituminous QM Mix Designer. If the request meets the design requirements in Tables 2360.3 -132a and 2360.3 -132b, a revised Mixture Design Report shall be issued. Each trial mixture design submittal as described in Section 2360.3A may have three JMF adjustments per mixture per project without charge. Additional JMF adjustments requested must be accompanied with a $500 fee per each additional JMF adjustment, payable to the Commissioner of Transportation. The adjusted JMF shall be within the mixture specification gradation design broadbands shown in Section 2360.2E. Should a redesign of the mixture become necessary, a new JMF shall be submitted. The JMF Page 24 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 asphalt content may only be reduced if at least the last four Adjusted AFT production tests (calculations) average 8.5 microns or more, and have minimum Individual Adjusted AFT's of at least 7.5 microns. Adjustments will be made as a result of an interactive process between the Contractor, Engineer, and District Materials Engineer. Consecutive requests for JMF adjustments, without production data, are not allowed. The calculation of the moving average shall continue after the JMF has been approved. Jla JMF Request for Adjustment for Proportion Change > 10% If a JMF adjustment is requested for a proportion change exceeding 10% (from the currently produced mixture) for a single stockpile aggregate, supporting production test data from a minimum of four tests run at an accelerated testing rate of 1 test per 500 tons [450 metric tons] must be included with the request for adjustment. In addition to the requirements listed above, acceptable verification and approval of the requested JMF will be based on individual and moving average test results. Individual test results must be within twice the requested JMF limits for percent asphalt binder, production air voids, and Adjusted AFT. Individual gradations must be within the Broad Bands. The moving average values must be within the control limits of Table 2360.4 -H. The calculation of the moving average shall continue after the change in proportions. If the mixture meets the specified quality indicators, the request for JMF adjustment will be signed by the District Materials Laboratory and considered effective from the point the proportion change was made. Failure to meet the quality indicators will result in reduced payment or removal and replacement with acceptable material. Consecutive requests for JMF adjustments without production data are not allowed. K Corrective Action -- Percent Asphalt Binder Content, Adj. AFT, and Gradation and Production Air Voids When the moving average values trend toward the JMF limits, the Contractor shall take corrective action. The corrective action taken shall be documented on summary sheets and, if applicable, a request for JMF adjustment shall be submitted to the District Materials Engineer for review and approval. All tests shall be part of the project files and shall be included in the moving average calculations. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer whenever the moving average values exceed the JMF limits. L Failing Materials The determination of price adjustments for failing materials will be based on the criteria outlined in this Section. Material acceptance is based on individual and moving average test results. Isolated test results are used for acceptance of air voids at the start of mixture production. Generally, individual test results which are more than twice the JMF bands are considered failing. Moving average test results are considered failing when they exceed the JMF limits. The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets annually for winter carry-over projects. If the moving average values exceed the JMF limits, the Contractor shall stop production and make adjustments. The Contractor shall restart production only after notifying the Engineer of the adjustments that have been made. Testing shall resume at the accelerated rates and for the tests listed in Table 2360.4 -D for the next 2,000 tons [1800 metric tons] of mixture produced. The calculation of the moving average shall continue after the stop in production. Mixture produced where the moving average of four exceeds the JMF limits shall be considered unsatisfactory and subject to requirements of Section 2360AL4, L5, L6, and L7. Individual test failures are discussed in Section 2360AL1, L2, and U. When the total production of a mixture type for the entire project requires less than four tests, acceptance of material will be consistent with the criteria outlined in Section 2360AL1 and L3. When the Contractor's testing data fails to meet specified tolerances as listed in Table 2360.4 -M, quality assurance /verification data shall be used in place of the Contractor's data to determine the appropriate payment factor. Page 25 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Ll Isolated Failures at Mixture Start -Up — Production Air Voids At the start-up of mixture production, before a moving average of four can be established the first three (3) isolated test results for production air voids will be used for acceptance. Isolated production air voids are calculated by using the maximum mixture specific gravity and the corresponding bulk specific gravity from that single test. After four (4) samples have been tested and a moving average of four can be established, acceptance will be based on individual and moving average production air voids. If, at the start of production, any of the first three (3) isolated test results for production air voids exceeds twice the JMF bands from the target listed on the Mixture Design Report, the material is considered unsatisfactory or unacceptable. Reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4 -L3 shall apply to all tonnage placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sample point when the isolated test result is back within twice the JMF bands. When the failure occurs at the first test, after the start of production, the tonnage subjected to reduce payment shall be calculated as described above and shall include the tonnage from the start of production. When isolated air voids are less than 1.0% or greater than 7.0% the Engineer will decide whether the mixture is subject to removal and replacement or reduced payment. If the mixture is to be removed and replaced, the Contractor at his expense will perform the work. To better define the area to be removed and replaced the Engineer may require the Contractor to test inplace mixture. This may include testing mixture placed prior to the failing test result. Reduced payment will be 50 percent of the Contract bid price. L2 Blank L3 Individual Failure - Gradation, Percent Asphalt Binder, Production Air Voids, and Adjusted AFT Table 2360.4 -L3 Reduced Pavment Schedule for Individual Test Results Item Pay Factor Gradation 95% Coarse and Fine Aggregate Crushin 90% Binder Content 90% - Asphalt Production Air Voids (individual (2) and isolated t'> 80% (1) Lowest Pay Factor applies when there are multiple reductions on a single test. (2) Individual air voids are calculated using the moving average maximum specific gravity and the bulk specific gravity from that single test. (3) Isolated air voids are calculated from the maximum specific gravity and the bulk specific gravity from that single test. Isolated void test results are used for acceptance only for the first 3 tests after mixture production start-up. If the individual gradation test exceeds the JMF Broad Bands listed on the Mixture Design Report the material is considered unsatisfactory or unacceptable. Reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4 -L3 shall apply to all tonnage represented by the individual test. If the individual test result for adjusted AFT is less than 7.5 microns reduced payment or removal and replacement as shown in Table 2360.4 -L3a shall apply to all tonnage represented by the individual test (calculation). This tonnage includes all material placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sample point when the test result meets specification requirements. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production, the tonnage subjected to reduce payment or removal and replacement shall be calculated as described below and shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. Page 26 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.4 -L3a Reduced Pavment Schedule for Individual Test Results - Adjusted AFT Individual Adjusted AFT microns Pay Factor 7.5 or Greater 100% 7.4 to 7.0 90% 6.9 to 6.1 75% 6.0 or Less R &R `1' Remove and Replace at the Contractor's expense If the individual tests for percent asphalt binder content or production air voids exceeds twice the JMF bands from the target listed on the Mix Design Report the material is considered unsatisfactory or unacceptable. Reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4 -L3 shall apply to all tonnage placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sample point when the test result is back within twice the JMF limits. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production, tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as described above and shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. When individual air voids are less than 1.0% or greater than 7.0% the Engineer will decide whether the mixture is subject to removal and replacement or reduced payment. If the mixture is to be removed and replaced, the Contractor at his expense will perform the work. To better define the area to be removed and replaced the Engineer may require the Contractor to test inplace mixture. This may include testing mixture placed prior to the failing test result. Reduced payment will be 50 percent of the Contract bid price. L4 Moving Average Failure at Mixture Start -Up - Production Air Voids When a moving average failure occurs within any of the first 3 moving average results after mixture start-up (tests 4, 5, 6), the mixture will be considered acceptable if the individual air void, corresponding to the moving average failure is within the JMF limits. If the individual air void is not within the JMF limit, the mixture will be considered unacceptable and is subject to reduced payment. The Engineer may waive the penalty if the isolated air void corresponding to the individual air void is within the JMF limit. Reduced payment will be 70 percent of the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing moving average result and corresponding individual air void beyond the JMF limit to the sampling point when the individual test result is back within the JMF limit. L5 Moving Average Failure at Mixture Start -Up — Adjusted AFT The Moving Average (n=4) Adjusted AFT will not be calculated until the sixth test after the beginning of mixture production of that specific mixture. This calculation shall include the Individual results of test (calculation) # 3, 4, 5 and 6. L6 Moving Average Failure - Production Air Voids A moving average production air void failure occurs when the individual production air void moving average of four exceeds the JMF limit. This mixture is considered unacceptable and is subject to reduced payment. Reduced payment will be 70 percent of the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of all individual test results beyond the JMF limits which contributed to the moving average value that exceeded the JMF limit to the sampling point when the individual test result is back within the JMF limits. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production, tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. Page 27 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.4 -L6 Reduced Payment Schedule for Moving Avera a Test Results Item Pay Factor Gradation 90% Coarse and Fine Aggregate Crushin NA individual failures onl Adjusted AFT 80% Binder Content 80% - Asphalt Production Air Voids 70% (1) Lowest Pay Factor applies when there are multiple reductions on a single test. L7 Moving Average Failure - Percent Asphalt Binder Content, Gradation, and Adjusted AFT For mixture properties including asphalt binder content, and gradation, where the moving average of four exceeds the JMF limits, the mixture is considered unacceptable and subject to reduced payment. Reduced payment as listed in Table 2360.4 -L6 will be applied to the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to replacement or reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of all individual test results beyond the JMF limits which contributed to the moving average value that exceeded the JMF limit, to the sampling point when the individual test result is back within the JMF limits. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production, tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. The Moving Average (n =4) Adjusted AFT will not be calculated until the sixth test after the beginning of mixture production of that specific mixture. This calculation shall include the Individual results of test (calculation) # 3, 4, 5 and 6. If the Moving Average (n =4) of the Adjusted AFT is less than 8.0 microns, the mixture is considered unsatisfactory, and will be accepted at a reduced payment. Reduced payment will be 80 percent of the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to replacement or reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of all Individual Adjusted AFT results less than 8.0 microns, which contributed to the Moving Average value that was less than 8.0 microns, to the sample point when the Individual Adjusted AFT is 8.0 microns or greater. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production, the tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as described above and shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. L8 Coarse and Fine Aggregate Crushing Failure If any test result for Coarse Aggregate Angularity or Fine Aggregate Angularity crushing fail to meet minimum requirements in Table 2360.3 -132a, all material placed is subject to reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4 -L3. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sampling point when the test result is back within specifications. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production, tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. M Quality Assurance The Engineer will periodically witness the sampling and testing being performed by the Contractor. If the Engineer observes that the sampling and quality control tests are not being performed in accordance with the applicable test procedures, the Engineer may stop production until corrective action is taken. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of observed deficiencies promptly, both verbally and in writing. The Engineer may obtain additional samples, at any time, to determine quality levels. These additional samples or verification samples are described in Section 2360.4N. For mixture, the Contractor shall test their portion immediately. All testing and data analysis shall be performed by the Certified Level I Bituminous Quality Management (QM) Technician. Certification shall be in accordance with the Mn/DOT Technical Certification Program. The Department shall post a chart giving the names and telephone numbers for the personnel responsible for the Quality assurance program. Page 28 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 The Engineer shall calibrate and correlate all laboratory testing equipment in accordance with the latest versions of the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual and Laboratory Manual. Table 2360.4 -M Allowable Differences (Tolerances) Between Contractor and Mn/DOT Test Results* Item Allowable Difference Mixture Bulk Specific Gravity Gmb 0.030 Mixture Maximum Specific Gravity G,,,, 0.019 Adjusted AFT (Calculated) 1.2 Fine Aggregate An ulari , uncom acted voids (U) % 1 Coarse Aggregate An ulari , % fractured faces ( %P) 15 Aggregate Individual Bulk Specific Gravity (+ #4 [ +4.75mm]) 0.040 Aggregate Individual Bulk Specific Gravity (- #4 - 4.75mm] ) 0.040 Aggregate combined blend Specific Gravity (G 0.020 Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) % See Table 2360.3 -132b Asphalt Binder Content Meter Method, % 0.2 - Spot Check Method,% 0.2 Chemical Extraction Methods, % 0.4 Incinerator Oven, % 0.3 Chemical vs. Meter, Spot Check, or Incinerator methods 0.4 Incinerator Oven vs. Spot Check 0.4 Gradation Sieve % passin 1 inch, 3 /4 inch, a/z inch, 3/8 inch [25.0, 19.0, 12.5, 9.5 mm ] 6 #4 [4.75 mm] 5 #8,#16,#30, [2.36, 1.18, 0.60 mm] 4 #50 0.30 mm] 3 #100 [0.15 mm ] 2 #200 [0.075 mm] 1.2 *Test tolerances listed are for single test comparisons. N Verification Testing A verification sample is a sample, which is sampled and tested by Mn/DOT to assure compliance of the Contractor's Quality Control program. A verification companion is a companion sample, to Mn/DOT's verification sample, provided to the Contractor. The Contractor is required to test and use this verification companion sample as part of the QC program. The verification companion sample will replace the next scheduled QC sample. It is recommended enough material be sampled to accommodate retesting should the samples fail to meet requirements as described below. Verification testing shall be performed on at least one set of production tests Section 2360.4E, excluding sections E9, E10, E11, and E12, on a daily basis per mix type. The verification companion sample will be used to verify the requirements of Tables 2360.2 -E, 2360.3 -132a, 2360.3 -132b, and 2360.3 -132c and will be compared to the Verification sample for compliance with allowable tolerances as specified in Table 2360.4 -M. These include the mixture properties of Gmm (mixture max gravity), G (mixture bulk gravity), asphalt binder content, Adjusted AFT (calculated), Coarse and Fine Aggregate crushing, and gradation. For Coarse and Fine Aggregate crushing that meets the requirements of Section 2360AE7 and 2360AE8 the one test per week shall be performed on a verification companion. These do not include the aggregate bulk specific gravity G fines to effective asphalt, or the tensile strength ratio (TSR). Asphalt binder content and gradation must be determined by either extraction method 2360AEIb or 2360AE1c. The Department's verification test results will be available to the Contractor within 2 working days from the time the sample is delivered to the District Laboratory for Gmm mixture max gravity, Gmb mixture bulk Page 29 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 gravity, air voids (calculated), asphalt binder content, Adj. AFT (calculated). Gradation and crushing results will be provided to the Contractor within 3 Mn/DOT working days. Once the verification test results are available, they will be included on the test summary sheet. These results and those from the Contractor's verification companion will be compared for allowable tolerances as specified in Table 2360.4 -M. If the tolerances are met, the verification process is complete. If the tolerances between Department and Contractor are not met, retests of the material shall be conducted by the Department. If the retests fail to meet tolerances, the Department's verification test results will be substituted for the Contractor's results in the QC program and used for acceptance. Only those parameters out of tolerance will be substituted and, if applicable, volumetric properties will be recalculated (1) If the Adjusted AFT calculation is out of tolerance, the Mn/DOT Adjusted AFT calculation (based on Mn/DOT test results) will be Equalized and used for the Individual Adjusted AFT result, and calculation of Moving Average Adjusted AFT results. Equalization of the Mn,DOT Adjusted AFT result consists of increasing the original Mn/DOT value by 0.5 microns. This increased value will then be used for acceptance. When tolerances from the verification sample retests are not met, an investigation will begin immediately to determine the cause of the difference. Testing equipment, procedures, worksheets, gyratory specimen height sheets, and personnel will be reviewed to determine the source of the problem. The District Materials Engineer may also require at least one hot -cold comparison of mixture properties be performed. The procedure for hot -cold comparisons is as follows: The hot -cold comparison sample will be split into three representative portions. The Engineer will observe the Contractor testing the sample. One part shall be compacted immediately while still hot (additional heating maybe required to raise the temperature of the sample to compaction temperature). The second and third part will be allowed to cool to air temperature. The Contractor will retain the second part and the third part will be transported to the District Materials Laboratory. On the same day and at approximately the same time the Contractor and the District Materials Laboratory will heat their samples to compaction temperature and compact them. From this information a calibration factor will be developed to compare the specific gravity of the hot compacted samples to reheated compacted samples. Each test will involve a minimum of two gyratory specimens. The Materials Engineer or the Contractor may require additional test comparisons. Note: Care must be taken when reheating samples for mixture properties analysis tests. Mix samples should be reheated to 160 °F [70 °C] to allow splitting of the sample into representative fractions for the various tests. Overheating of the mixture portions to be tested for maximum specific gravity (Rice Test) may result in additional asphalt being absorbed in the aggregate. The Department will test the previously collected QA samples until they meet the tolerances or the remaining samples are all tested. Once these samples are tested, the department will test QA samples subsequent to the verification sample until tolerances are met. Acceptance will be based on QC data with substitution of Department test results for those parameters out of tolerance (1) If reestablishment of test result tolerances is not achieved within 48 hours, the Contractor shall cease mixture production and placement until the problem is resolved. (1) If, through analysis of data, it is determined there is a bias in the test results, the Engineer will determine which results are appropriate and shall govern. Methods to analyze data for determination of bias are on file in the Bituminous Office. 2360.5 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General The following construction requirements provide for the construction of all courses. When construction is under traffic, the requirements of Mn/DOT 2221.31) will apply. Page 30 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 B Restrictions In general, no work within the roadway will be permitted in the spring until seasonal load restrictions on roads in the vicinity have been removed. However, work within the roadbed may be permitted before that time if, in the opinion of the Engineer, it can be done without damage to the subgrade. HMA shall not be placed when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the weather or roadbed conditions are unfavorable. No asphalt pavement wearing course (final wearing course if multiple wearing courses) shall be placed after October 15th in that part of the state north of an east -west line between Browns Valley and Holyoke, nor after November 1 st south of that line. The Engineer may waive these restrictions when: (1) The asphalt mixture is not being placed on the traveled portion of the roadway, or (2) The roadway involved will not be open to traffic during the following winter, or (3) The Engineer directs in writing the mixture be placed. The Contractor shall not use petroleum distillates such as kerosene and fuel oil to prevent adhesion of asphalt mixtures in pavement hoppers, truck beds, or on the contact surfaces of the compaction equipment. Anti- adhesive agent must meet the criteria for "Effect on Asphalt" as described in the most recent Asphalt Release Agent Report on file in Mn/DOT's Office of Environmental Services and the Bituminous Office. C Equipment Cl Asphalt Mixing Plants Cla Requirement for All Plants The Contractor shall test and calibrate all scales according to Mn/DOT 1901, except as otherwise designated by the Contract. Cla(1) Equipment for the Preparation of the Aggregate Add mineral filler to the mixture using a storage silo equipped with a device to ensure a constant and uniform feed. Cla(2) Equipment for the Preparation of Asphalt Material Tanks for storage of asphalt material at the plant shall be equipped to heat the material and maintain the material at the required temperatures. The discharge end of the circulating line shall be below the surface of the asphalt material. Provide agitation for modified asphalt, when used, if recommended by the supplier. An outage table or chart and measuring stick shall be provided for each storage or working tank. Tanks shall be equipped with provisions for taking of asphalt binder material samples. After delivery of asphalt binder material to the Project, the Contractor shall not heat the material above 350T [175 °C]. For modified asphalt, the maximum storage temperature shall not exceed the recommendation of the asphalt supplier. Cla(3) Asphalt Binder Control When asphalt binder material is proportioned by volume, the plant shall be equipped with either a working tank or a metering system for determining asphalt binder content of the mixture. The working tank shall have a capacity between 1,000 gallons [3 800 L] and 2,000 gallons [7 600 L]. The working tank shall be calibrated and supplied with a calibrated measuring stick. The tank may be Page 31 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 connected to a mixing unit and used only during spot check operations, but it shall be available at all times. Any feedback shall be returned to the working tank during spot check operations. The metering system shall consist of at least one approved asphalt binder flow meter in addition to the asphalt binder pump. The flow meter shall be connected to the asphalt binder supply to measure and display only the asphalt binder being fed to the mixer unit. The meter readout shall be positioned for convenient observation. Means shall be provided for comparing the flow meter readout with the calculated output of the asphalt binder pump. In addition, the system shall display in gallons [liters] or to the nearest 0.001 tons [0.001 metric tons], the accumulated asphalt binder quantity being delivered to the mixer unit. The system shall be calibrated and adjusted to maintain an accuracy of ± one percent error. This calibration shall be required for each plant set -up prior to production of mixture. Cla(4) Dryer: The aggregate shall be free of unburned fuel. Cla(5) Thermometric Equipment: The plant shall be equipped with a sufficient number of thermometric instruments to ensure temperature control of the aggregate and the asphalt binder material. Cla(6) Pollution Controls Cla(6)(a) Pollution ........................................................................... ............................... ...........................1717 CIa(7) Surge and Storage Bins The plant may include facilities to store hot asphalt mixture for coordinating the rate of production with the paving operations. Storage of the hot mixture will be permitted for a period not to exceed 18 hours, provided the following requirements are met: (a) Hot mix storage facilities shall be designed and operated to prevent segregation of the mix, drainage of the asphalt from the mix, and to prevent excessive cooling or overheating of the mixture. (b) The temperature of the mixture at time of discharge from the storage facility shall be within a tolerance of TF [5 °C] of the temperature when discharged from the silo or mixer. C2 Placement and Hauling Equipment All equipment shall be serviced away from the paving site to prevent contamination of the mixture. Units that drip fuel, oil, or grease shall be removed from the paved surface until such leakage is corrected. C2a Asphalt Pavers Asphalt pavers shall be self - contained, power - propelled units, with an operational vibratory screed, capable of spreading and finishing courses of asphalt plant mix material in widths applicable to the specified typical sections and thicknesses, indicated in the Contract. The screed or strike -off assembly shall produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging. For mainline paving, if the paving width is greater than the basic screed, auger and mainframe extensions, which meet manufacture's recommendations for the paving width, are required unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Strike -off only extension assemblies are not allowed for mainline wearing course paving, unless directed by the Engineer. All pavers shall be equipped with an approved automatic screed control. The automatic controls shall include a system of sensor - operated devices, which follow reference lines, or surfaces on one or both sides of the paver as required. The speed of the paver shall be adjusted to produce the best results. Page 32 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 the Contract. Automatic screed control by means of an erected string line shall only be required when stated in All mixtures shall be spread without segregation to the cross sections shown in the plans. In general, leveling layers shall be spread by the method producing the best results as approved by the Engineer. The objective is to secure a smooth base of uniform grade and cross section so that subsequent courses will be uniform in thickness. The leveling layer may be spread with a properly equipped paver or, when approved by the Engineer, a motor grader equipped with a leveling device or with other means for controlling the surface elevation of the leveling layer. All mixtures shall be spread, to the fullest extent practicable, by an asphalt paver. When approved by the Engineer, mixtures may be spread by a motor grader in areas that are inaccessible to a paver such as on driveway entrances, irregular areas, short isolated areas or when the quantity of mixture makes it impractical to place with a paver. On shoulder surfacing and uniform width widening, when the placement width is too narrow for a paver, the mixture in each course shall be spread with an approved mechanical device. The placement of each course shall be completed over the full width of the section under construction on each day's run unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. C2b Trucks Trucks for hauling asphalt mixtures shall have tight, clean, and smooth beds. Mixture shall not be allowed to adhere to the truck beds. Adherence may be prevented by spraying the truck bed with an anti - adhesive agent in accordance with Section 2360.513. Each truck shall be equipped with a cover of canvas or other suitable material to protect the mixture from weather. The cover shall extend at least 1 foot [300 mm] over the sides and be attached to tie -downs unless the truck is furnished with a mechanical or automated covering system, which prevents airflow underneath by stretching the cover tightly on the top of or inside the sideboards. The cover shall be used when directed by the Engineer. C2c Motor Graders Motor graders shall be self - propelled and have pneumatic tires with a tread depth of 1/2 inch [13 mm] or less. They shall be equipped with a blade not less than 10 feet [3 m] in length and shall have a wheelbase of not less than 15 feet [4.5 m]. C2d Distributor Use a distributor designed, equipped, calibrated, maintained, and operated to uniformly apply material on surfaces with varying widths and up to 15 feet [4.6 m] wide. Provide a distributor capable of maintaining a uniform distributing pressure and controlling the application rates up to 2.0 gallons [9.OL] per square yard [square meter] within a tolerance of 0.02 gallon per square yard [0.09 L /m2]. Provide a distributor equipped with a tachometer, pressure gauges, accurate volume- measuring devices or a calibrated tank, a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents, a power - operated pump, and full circulation spray bars with lateral and vertical adjustments. D Treatment of the Surface Dl Tack Coat An asphalt tack coat shall be applied to existing asphalt and concrete surfaces, and to the surface of each course or lift constructed, except for the final course or lift, according to Mn/DOT 2357. Emulsified asphalt tack coats shall be allowed to break, as indicated by a color change from brown to black, before a subsequent lift is placed. Page 33 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 The contact surfaces of all fixed structures and the edge of the in -place mixture in all courses at transverse joints and longitudinal joints shall be given a uniform but not excessive coating of liquid asphalt or emulsified asphalt before placing the adjoining mixture. E Compaction Operations After being spread, each course shall be compacted to the required density. The rollers shall, as practicable, be operated continuously so all areas are thoroughly compacted to the required density. When not operating, the rollers shall not stand on the uncompacted mixture or newly rolled pavement having a surface temperature exceeding 140 ° F [60 °C]. Rolling with steel - wheeled rollers shall be discontinued if it produces excessive crushing or pulverizing of the aggregate or displacement of the mixture. To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the steel roller wheels, the contact surfaces of the wheels shall be kept properly moistened using water or a water solution containing small quantities of a detergent or other approved material. To secure a true surface, variations such as depressions or high areas, which may develop during rolling operations, and lean, fat or segregated areas shall be corrected by removing and replacing the material in the defective area. All such corrections shall be accomplished as directed by the Engineer at no expense to the Department. When mixtures are spread by a motor grader, pneumatic tired rollers shall compact the mixture simultaneously with the spreading operation. F Construction Joints Joints shall be thoroughly compacted to produce a neat, tightly bonded joint that meets surface tolerances. Both transverse and longitudinal joints are subject to density requirements as outlined in Section 2360.6 Pavement Density. Fl Transverse Joints A transverse joint (full paver width at right angles to the centerline) shall be constructed when mixture placement operations are suspended. The forward end of the freshly laid strip shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling before the mixture has cooled. When work is resumed, the end shall be cut vertically for the full depth of the layer unless a formed edge is constructed as approved by the Engineer. F2 Longitudinal Joints Longitudinal joints between strips shall be parallel to the centerline. In multiple lift construction, the longitudinal joints between strips in each lift shall be constructed not less than 6 inches [150 mm] measured transversely from the longitudinal joints in the previously placed lift. When the wearing course is constructed in an even number of strips, one longitudinal joint shall be on the centerline of the road. When it is constructed in an odd number of strips, the centerline of one strip shall be on the centerline of the road, provided that no joint is located in the wheel path area of a traffic lane. Longitudinal joints in multiple lift construction over Portland cement concrete pavements may be aligned directly over the concrete pavement longitudinal joints at the discretion of the Engineer. At longitudinal joints formed by placing multiple strips, the adjoining surface being laid shall, after final compacting, be slightly higher (but not to exceed 1/8 inch [3 mm]) than the previously placed strip. When constructing a strip adjoining a previously placed strip or a concrete pavement, any fresh mixture that overlaps a previously placed strip or pavement shall be removed (to the longitudinal joint line) before any rolling is done. Page 34 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 G Asphalt Mixture Production (FOB Department Trucks) For asphalt mixture production, the Contractor shall, in addition to the asphalt mixture required on the Project, produce and deliver asphalt mixture to the Department. The mixture shall be the mixture being produced and shall be loaded on Department furnished trucks at the mixing plant at a time agreed on by the Engineer and Contractor. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of the total quantity of mixture desired not less than 2 weeks prior to completion of the wearing course construction. The Engineer will not accept the asphalt mixture if it is inappropriate for the Department's intended use. H Small Quantity HMA Paving Unless otherwise indicated in the Special Provisions, the following provision for a small quantity of asphalt mixture shall apply. A Mixture Design Report is not required for planned project quantities less than 9,000 square yard inches (4,500 square yards per 2 inch thickness, etc) [191,200 m mm] or 500 tons [450 metric tons]. However, the Contractor shall verify in writing the asphalt mixture delivered to the project meets the requirements of Table 2360.3 -132a and Table 2360.3132b. The Department will obtain samples, as determined by the Engineer, to verify mixture requirements. These results will be used for material acceptance. Acceptance of material will be in accordance with the criteria outlined in Section 2360AL1, L2, L3, and L8. 2360.6 PAVEMENT DENSITY A General All pavements will be compacted in accordance with the Maximum Density Method unless otherwise specified in the Contract special provisions or as noted in Section 2360.6C. Density evaluation will be for both compacted mat density and compacted longitudinal joint density on those projects utilizing gyratory design. B Maximum Density Method All courses or layers of plant mixed asphalt mixtures for which the Maximum Density Method is used shall be compacted to a density not less than the percentage shown in the Table of Required Density, Tables 2360.6 -132 and 2360.6 -132 LJ, for the applicable mixture and course and longitudinal joint type (i.e. confined or unconfined). Longitudinal joint density will not be evaluated on those lifts, which have a I% reduced density requirement. If the Contractor elects to waive the 1% reduced density requirement as per 2360.6134, then the Longitudinal Joint Density will be a requirement. BI Maximum Density Determination The Density requirements listed in Table 2360.6132 are percent of maximum specific gravity (G based on the individual lot. The Maximum specific gravity value used to calculate the percentage density for the lot shall be the average value obtained from the maximum gravity results from production tests taken during that days paving. If only one or two maximum specific gravity values were obtained that day, then the moving average value (at that test point) shall be used. If three or more maximum specific gravity values are obtained that day, then the average of those tests alone shall be used as indicated above. Bla Pavement Density Determination The density of each lot shall be expressed as a percentage of the maximum specific gravity (% G obtained by dividing the average bulk specific gravity for the lot by the maximum specific gravity multiplied by 100, (maximum specific gravity basis is the average G of QC tests done on the day that the individual lot was paved as described above). Determination of the bulk specific gravity of the cores shall be in accordance with AASHTO T -166, Mn/DOT modified. For coarse graded mixtures the Engineer may require determination of bulk specific gravity of the cores be in accordance with ASTM D6752 Mn/DOT modified (Corelok). Both the Contractor and Mn/DOT shall use the same test method to determine bulk specific gravity. The Page 35 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 determination of coarse and fine graded mixtures will be based on the percentage of material passing the #8 sieve [2.365 mm] as defined in Table 2360.3 -132c. Compaction operations shall be completed within 8 hours of mixture placement and before core samples are obtained for density determination. Only pneumatic tired or static steel rollers are permitted for any compactive effort performed between 6 and 8 hours after mixture placement. Compacted mixtures represented by samples or tests having deficient densities shall not be re- rolled. The Contractor shall not operate below the specified minimum density on a continuing basis. A continual basis shall be defined as all lots in a day's production failing to meet minimum density or more than 50% of lots on multiple days which fail to meet minimum density requirements. Production shall be stopped until the source of the problem is determined and corrective action is taken to bring the work into compliance with specified minimum required density. B2 Required Density Minimum density requirements for gyratory (SP) designed mixtures are listed in Table 2360.6 -132. Minimum density requirements for longitudinal joint are listed in Table 2360.6 -132 LJ. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Special Provisions, shoulders wider than 6 feet [1.8 meters] paved shall be compacted by the Maximum Density Method. When shoulders are required to be compacted by the Maximum Density Method and are paved in a separate operation or have a different required minimum density than the driving lane, the lot tonnage placed on the shoulder shall be delineated in separate lots from the driving lanes for the day paving was conducted. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Special Provisions a narrow shoulder, 6 feet [1.8 meters] or less wide, that is paved in the same pass as a driving lane or that is paved separately will be compacted by the Ordinary Compaction Method. Mixture compacted under Ordinary Compaction is excluded from lot density requirements and that tonnage is also excluded from incentive /disincentive payment. If the Plans or Special Provisions indicate a narrow shoulder is to be compacted by the Maximum Density Method, the minimum required density is listed in Table 2360.6 -132. If the minimum required density of the shoulder is different than the driving lane, the tonnage placed on the shoulder shall be delineated in separate lots from the driving lane. Echelon paving (two pavers running next to each other in adjacent lanes) shall be considered separate operations. Table 2360.6 -132 Required Minimum Lot Density (Mat) 1) Minimum reduced by one percent on the first lift constructed over PCC pavements. 2) Minimum reduced by one percent for the first lift constructed on aggregate base (mainline and shoulder), reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton [6.35 metric ton] or less spring load restriction (roadway includes shoulders). Page 36 of 50 SP Wear Mixtures t11(2) SP Nonwear (1)(2) SP Shoulders (1)(2) Designed at 3% voids Designed at 4% voids % Grain 92.0 93.0 93.0 92.0 1) Minimum reduced by one percent on the first lift constructed over PCC pavements. 2) Minimum reduced by one percent for the first lift constructed on aggregate base (mainline and shoulder), reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton [6.35 metric ton] or less spring load restriction (roadway includes shoulders). Page 36 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.6 -B2LJ Longitudinal Joint Density Requirement Percent Densi Location Confined Edge* of Unconfined Edge* of 300* — 600 Mat Mat Long. Joint -- Wear & Shoulder (4% air voids) 89.0 86.5 Long. Joint -- Non -Wear & Shoulder 3% air voids 90.0 87.5 Note: *Confined shall be defined as the edge(s) of the placed mat abutting another mat, pavement surface, or curb and gutter. Unconfined or unsupported means there is no abutment of the side of the mat being placed with another mat, pavement surface, etc. 132a Lots & Core Locations Table 2360.6 -132a Lot Determination Daily Production Lots English (Ton) Metric (ton )] 300* — 600 270* —545 1 601-1,000 546 — 910 2 1,001 — 1,600 911 — 1,4551 3 1,601 — 3,600 1,456 — 3,275 4 3,601 — 5,000 [3,276 — 4,545] 5 5,001 + [4,546 +] 6 *When mix production is less than 300 tons [270 metric tons], establish I" lot when accumulative tonnage exceeds 300 tons [270 metric tons]. Compacted Mat Density Divide the days production into equal lots as shown in Table 2360.6 -132a. The Engineer may require additional density lots be established to isolate areas affected by equipment malfunction/breakdown, heavy rain, or other factors that may affect the normal compaction operations. Obtain four cores in each lot. Two cores will be taken from random locations selected by the Engineer. The third and fourth cores (the companion cores) shall be taken within 1 foot [0.3 meters] longitudinally from the first two cores. All companion cores shall be given to the Department Street Inspector immediately upon completion of coring and sawing. The random locations will be determined by the Engineer using statistically derived stratified random number tables or other approved methods of random number generation. These will also be used for partial lots. If the random core location falls on a longitudinal joint cut the core with the outer edge of the core barrel 1 foot [0.3 meters] away (laterally) from the edge of the top of the mat (joint). Cores for compacted mat density will not be taken within 1 foot [300 mm] of any longitudinal joint. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of traffic, coring, patching the core holes, and sawing the cores if necessary to the proper thickness prior to density testing. Longitudinal Joint Density Longitudinal joint density will be evaluated at random lots, as determined by the Engineer near the end of the days paving operation, for 20% of the lots established for compacted mat density (Table 2360.6 -132a). Determine the number of lots for longitudinal joint density by multiplying the number of lots calculated for mat density by 0.20 and rounding up to the next higher whole number. There is a minimum requirement of 1 lot per day for longitudinal joint density evaluation. Within lots designated as Longitudinal Joint Density lots, the Contractor will take the 4 cores per lot requirement for mat density, plus the Contractor shall take an additional 4 cores for longitudinal joint density. Cores for longitudinal joint density shall be taken at one of the locations (station) where cores are taken for "mat density ". This determination will be made at random. A total of 6 cores will be at this location (station). Cores for Page 37 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 longitudinal joint density will be taken on both sides of the lane being paved. These "edge cores" shall be cut with the outer edge of the core barrel within 6 inches (150 mm) from the edge of the top of the mat for both confined and unsupported edges. Companion cores shall be taken within 1 foot [0.3 meters] longitudinally from each "edge core ". The 2 cores for "mat density" (regular and companion core) shall be taken either 2 feet right or 2 feet left of the center of the lane being paved, regardless of random number generation. When the shoulder and driving lane are pulled in the same paving pass there is no longitudinal joint between the driving lane and shoulder. In these cases where there is no longitudinal joint do not cut a core on the imaginary line where there would have been a joint. The decision as to where to take the edge core or whether an edge core is taken is based on the shoulder density requirement. If the shoulder is to be compacted by the Ordinary Compaction Method there will only be 2 coring locations: the centerline longitudinal edge cores (6" from the joint) and the mat density cores (2' right or left of the center of the driving lane). In the density incentive /disincentive spreadsheet select "No Core" for what would have been the core next to the shoulder. This will assign a pay factor of 1.00 to this location. The centerline longitudinal joint core, taken 6" from the joint, is either confined or unconfined. If the shoulder is compacted by the Maximum Density Method there will be 3 coring locations: the centerline longitudinal edge cores (6" from the joint), the mat density cores (2' right or left of the center of the driving lane), and the edge of the shoulder (6" from the outside edge). Again, no core is cut on the imaginary line at the edge of the shoulder adjacent to the driving lane but that coring location is moved all the way to the edge of the shoulder (6" inside the edge). The centerline longitudinal joint core and edge cores are taken 6" from the joint and will be either confined or unconfined. B3 Core Testing Cores will be taken and tested by the Contractor. Core locations will be determined and marked by the Engineer. The Contractor shall schedule the approximate time of testing during normal Project work hours so that the Engineer may observe and record the saturated surface dry and immersed weight of the cores. Density determination will be made by the end of the next working day after placement and compaction. If multiple layers are placed in a single day, cores shall be sawn and separated for each layer, tested and reported by the end of the next working day. The Contractor will cut pavement samples from the completed work with power equipment, and restore the surface by the end of the next working day with new, well compacted mixture without additional compensation. Failure to restore the surface within 24 hours of coring shall subject the Contractor to a fine of $100 per working day, per lot, until the core holes are restored. Cores shall be cut using a 4 inch [100 mm] minimum outer diameter coring device. All samples shall be marked with the lot number and core number or letter. The cores shall be transported to the laboratory as soon as possible to prevent damage due to improper handling or exposure to heat. These companion cores may be tested by the Inspector on Department scales or transported to the Department's Field Laboratory or District Materials Laboratory. Measure each core three times for thickness prior to saw cutting; report the average lift thickness on the core sheet. These average thicknesses will contribute to thickness compliance as described in Section 2360.7A Companion Core Testing The Department will select at least one of the two companion cores per lot to be tested. However, the Department may elect to test all companions to provide a direct verification of all individual and daily average test results. For lots designated as Longitudinal Joint Density lots, the Agency will test at least one of the Mat Density companion cores and at least one of the Longitudinal Joint Density companion cores. Verification of the Contractor and Agency core bulk specific gravities will involve two comparisons. The first comparison will compare core bulk specific gravities of the Contractor's individual cores and Page 38 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 the corresponding Agency companion cores. The second comparison will compare the "days' average" core bulk specific gravities of Contractor and Agency tests. The comparison of the individual core bulk specific gravities will have a tolerance of 0.030 between the Contractor's bulk specific gravity and the Agency's bulk specific gravity. If the tolerance is exceeded, the Agency's result will be substituted for the Contractor's result. For the comparison of the Contractor and Agency "days' average" bulk specific gravities use only those tests that meet the 0.030 individual tolerance and compare the average of the Contractor specific gravities with the average of the Agency specific gravities. The tolerance will be variable depending on how many samples are compared and will be equal to 0.030 divided by the square root of the number of samples compared (0.030Nn). If this tolerance is exceeded, all the Agency's test results will be substituted for the Contractor's results for that day's paving. The Engineer may allow re- coring of a sample only when the core has been damaged through no fault of the Contractor, either during the coring process or in transit to the laboratory. The Agency may elect to develop and make available to the Contractor, an Internet data collection tool, to collect and analyze density core bulk specific gravity data. In this case, the Contractor may voluntarily use this tool to input density core data. In such a case, the Agency would use the data to determine the reliability of the Contractor's density core data. If the analysis finds an acceptable level of reliability, the Agency could authorize a reduction of coring frequency for companion cores to one Agency companion for every two Contractor's cores. B4 Maximum Density Acceptance and Payment Schedule The density of compacted mixture shall be accepted by pavement cores on a lot basis. The Contractor's cores will be used for acceptance, after the Agency result substitutions have been made, as stipulated above. Payment factors for mat density and longitudinal joint density are listed in Tables 2360.6 -134, 2360.6 -134b LJ, and 2360.6 -134c LJ shown below. Incentive and disincentive payments are for both wearing and non - wearing courses. However, incentive payment for longitudinal joint density will be limited to only those lots in which longitudinal joint density has been evaluated. When the density requirement has been reduced by one percent, per Table 2360.6 -132, footnote 1 & 2, payment adjustments for lot densities will be made as specified in Table 2360.6 -134a. Incentive payments are excluded when the minimum density has been reduced. However, at the Contractors request and with approval of the Engineer, the reduced density requirement may be waived and density evaluated under Table 2360.6 -134, including incentives, for first lift constructed on aggregate base, reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton [6.35 metric ton] or less spring load restriction (reduced density shall not be waived for the first lift constructed on PCC pavements). The request and approval shall be made after the first days paving and before the third days paving begins. Once the request has been approved, evaluation of density will be in accordance with Table 2360.6 -132 (excluding footnote 2) and Table 2360.6 -134, and will remain in effect for the duration of mixture placement on that lift. The Contractor will also be responsible for compliance with any construction requirements on subsequent lifts. Page 39 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.6 -134 Payment Schedule for Maximum Mat Density % Density (2) SP Wear, and SP Shld (4% Void) % Density SP Non -Wear, SP Shoulders (3% Void) Percent Payment 93.6 and above 94.6 and above 1.04 c3) 93.1 -93.5 94.1-94.5 1.02 t3) 92.0-93.0 93.0-94.0 1.00 91.0-91.9 92.0-92.9 0.98 90.5-90.9 91.5-91.9 0.95 90.0 -90.4 91.0 -91.4 0.91 89.5-89.9 90.5-90.9 0.85 89.0-89.4 90.0-90.4 0.70 Less than 89.0 Less than 90.0 (4) Table 2360.6 -134A (l) 1 Rednred Tahle Percent of Max Specific Gravity (2) SP Wear, and SP Shld (4% Void ) Percent of Max Specific Gravity (2) SP Non -Wear, and SP Shoulders 3% Void Percent Payment 91.0 and above 92.0 and above 100 90.0-90.9 91.0-91.9 98 89.7-89.9 90.5-90.9 95 89.4-89.6 90.0-90.4 91 89.2-89.3 89.5-89.9 85 89.0-89.1 89.0-89.4 70 Less than 89.0 (4) Less than 89.0 (4) Table 2360.6 -134a LJ (5) Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density (SP Wear. and SP Shld (4% Void)) % Density (2) Long. Joint (Confined Edge) Pay Factor B (Confined Edge) % Density (2) Long. Joint (Unsupported Edge) Pay Factor C (Unsupported Edge) 91.6 and above 1.02 c3) 89.6 and above 1.02 t3 91.1 -91.5 1.01 89.1 -89.5 1.01 89.0 -91.0 1.00 86.5 -89.0 1.00 88.0 -88.9 0.98 85.5 -86.4 0.98 87.5 -87.9 0.95 85.0 -85.4 0.95 87.0 -87.4 0.91 84.5 -84.9 0.91 86.5 -86.9 0.85 84.0 -84.4 0.85 Less than 86.5 0.70 Less than 84.0 0.70 Page 40 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Table 2360.6 -114b LJ (5) Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density (SP Non -Wear, and SP Shoulders (3% Void)) % Density 12 Long. Joint (Confined Edge) Long. (Confined Edge) % Density t2 Long. Joint Unsupported Ed e (Unsupported Edge) 92.6 and above 1.02 t3) 90.6 and above 1.02 c3� 92.1 -92.5 1.01 (3 90.1 -90.5 1.01 90.0 -92.0 1.00 87.5 -90.0 1.00 89.0 -89.9 0.98 86.5 -87.4 0.98 88.5 -88.9 0.95 86.0 -86.4 0.95 88.0 -88.4 0.91 85.5 -85.9 0.91 87.5 -87.9 0.85 85.0 -85.4 0.85 Less than 87.5 0.70 Less than 85.0 0.70 (1) Minimum reduced by one percent for the first lift constructed on aggregate base (mainline and shoulder), reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton [6.35 metric ton] or less spring load restriction (roadway includes shoulders). Minimum reduced by one percent on the first lift constructed on PCC pavements (reduced density cannot be waived). (2) In calculating the percent of maximum specific gravity, report to the nearest tenth. (3) The payment in this portion of the specification shall apply only if the day's weighted average individual production air voids are within - 0.5 percent of the target air void value. The weighted average air voids shall be based on all the mixture production tests (2360.4e) for the corresponding day and shall be weighted by the tons the corresponding test represents. (4) The HMA material represented by the lot shall be paid at a 70% pay factor, unless a single core density is less than 87.0% of the maximum specific gravity (Gmm). If a single core density is less than 87.0% of Gmm, the Engineer will decide whether the mixture is subject to removal and replacement or reduced payment. Reduced payment will be 50 percent of the Contract bid price. If the mixture is to be removed and replaced, the Contractor at his expense will remove and replace with mixture that meets the density requirement. The limits of the area to be removed and replaced will be determined by additional core samples. These additional core samples shall be taken at the same offset from centerline as the original core; unless the original low density core was taken within 1.5 feet [0.45 m] of an edge of the paver pass. In that case, the additional cores shall be taken 1.5 feet [0.45 m] from the edge of the paver pass. The densities shall be determined at 50 foot [15 m] intervals, both ahead and back of the point of unacceptable core density (less than 87.0% of Gmm), until a point of acceptable core density (87.0% of Gmm or greater) is found. If the incremental core density testing extends into a previously accepted lot, removal of the unacceptable material will be required; however, the results of these tests shall not be used to recalculate the previously accepted lot density. All costs incurred from additional coring and testing, resulting from unacceptable core density, will be paid by the Contractor. The unacceptable pavement area is to be computed as the product of the longitudinal limits so determined by the 15 in [50 foot] cores and the full width of the paver pass, laying in the traffic lane or lanes. Shoulders shall be exempt from this calculation unless density failure occurred in the shoulder area. After the unacceptable material (core density less than 87.0% of Gmm) has been removed and replaced, the density of the replacement material will be determined by the average of two cores. Payment for the replacement material will be in accordance with Tables 2360.6 -134 or 2360.6 -134, whichever applies. There will be no payment for the material removed. The remainder of the original lot shall have a 70% pay factor. (5) Incentive payment for longitudinal joint density will be limited to only those lots in which longitudinal joint density has been evaluated. Page 41 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Pay Factor Determination The total pay factor will be determined by selecting one of the following three cases based on longitudinal joint construction i.e., whether the edges of the mat (right and left) are confined or unsupported. Confined shall be defined as the edge(s) of the placed mat abutting another mat, pavement surface, or curb and gutter. Unsupported means there is no abutment of the side of the mat being placed with another mat, pavement surface, etc. Case 1) Total Pay Factor = (Pay Factor A) X (Pay Factor B) X (Pay Factor C) Case 2) Total Pay Factor = (Pay Factor A) X (Pay Factor B) X (Pay Factor B) Case 3) Total Pay Factor = (Pay Factor A) X (Pay Factor C) X (Pay Factor C) Where: Pay Factor A is for mat density Pay Factor B is confined edge density, and Pay Factor C is for unsupported edge density Note: Use a pay factor of 1.00 for Pay factor B and /or Pay factor C in lots where no cores are taken at the longitudinal joint. C Ordinary Compaction Method Ordinary compaction shall be used for layers identified in the typical sections with a minimum planned thickness of less than 1 1/2 inches [40 mm], thin lift leveling, wedging layers, patching layers, driveways, areas which cannot be compacted with standard highway construction equipment. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Special Provisions recreational trails shall also be compacted by ordinary compaction. The ordinary compaction method shall not be used on mainline, ramp, or loop paving, unless otherwise designated in the plans or special provisions. When density is evaluated by the ordinary compaction method a control strip shall be used to establish a rolling pattern. This shall be used by the Contractor for the compaction of the asphalt mixture for the layer on which the control strip is constructed, or until a new control strip is constructed. The control strip requirement may be waived, by the Engineer, in small localized areas or other areas not conducive to its establishment. A control strip shall be constructed at the beginning of the work on each lift of each course. Each control strip shall have an area of at least 395 square yards [330 m and shall be of the same thickness as the lift it represents. The subgrade or pavement course upon which a control strip is to be constructed shall have the prior approval of the Engineer. The control strips shall remain in place and become part of the completed work. The materials used in the construction of the control strips shall conform to the specified requirements for the course. The materials used in the control strip shall be from the same source and of the same type as the materials used in the remainder of the course that the control strip represents. The equipment used in the construction of the control strips shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be the same type and mass used on the remainder of the pavement course represented by the control strip. A minimum of two rollers shall be required. A rolling pattern shall be established for each roller. A pneumatic tired roller shall be available for compaction operations within 24 hours after request by the Engineer. The final rolling shall be performed with a tandem steel- wheeled roller. Areas that are inaccessible to the conventional type rolling equipment shall be compacted to the required density by using trench rollers or mechanical tampers. Construction of the control strips will be as directed by the Engineer. Compaction shall commence as soon as possible after the mixture has been spread to the desired thickness and shall continue until no appreciable increase in density can be obtained by additional roller's coverage. Densities will be determined by means of a portable nuclear testing device or suitable approved alternate and a growth curve shall be developed to determine the optimum rolling pattern. The Contractor shall furnish documentation of the growth curve to the Engineer. Page 42 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 To determine when no appreciable increase in density can be obtained, two test points shall be established in the control strip on a random basis and the density at each point shall be measured by a portable nuclear device or suitable approved alternate after each roller pass. Rolling shall be suspended when testing shows either a decline of more than 2% of the maximum specific gravity or when additional roller passes fail to increase the density. After said testing is accomplished, rolling on the remainder of that course shall be done in accordance with the pattern developed in the test strip for that roller. A separate rolling pattern and time interval shall be established for each roller. A new control strip shall be ordered by the Engineer when: (a) A change in the JMF is made, or (b) A change in the source of material is made or a change in the material from the same source is observed. A new control strip may be ordered by the Engineer or requested by the Contractor when: (a) Ten days of production have been accepted without construction of a new control strip, or (b) There are other reasons to believe that a control strip density is not representative of the HMA mixture being placed. The nuclear testing device shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor. The furnishing of the testing device and the operator will be considered incidental to the furnishing and placement of the HMA mixture and shall not be compensated for separately. The device shall be calibrated according to procedures described in the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual. Each course shall be uniformly compacted until there is no further evidence of consolidation and all roller marks are eliminated. When this method is employed, and the quantity of mixture placed by the paver exceeds 110 tons [ 100 metric tons] per hour, at least two rollers are required for compacting the mixture placed by each paver. C1 Rollers The following requirements for rollers apply only when compaction is obtained by the ordinary compaction method. C2 Steel- Wheeled Rollers Steel- wheeled rollers shall be self - propelled and has a minimum total mass of 8 tons [7.3 metric tons], or as otherwise specified in the Contract. When vibratory rollers are used, they shall produce 3,085 lbf per foot [45 kN per meter] of width. The frequency should be at least 2400 vpm and amplitude setting low. The roller shall be capable of reversing without backlash and shall be equipped with spray attachments for moistening all rollers on both sets of wheels. C3 Pneumatic Tired Rollers The pneumatic -tired roller shall have a compacting width of 5 feet [1.5 m] or more. It shall be so constructed that the gross wheel load force shall be a minimum of 3,000 pounds [13 kN] per wheel for SP Level 2 -3 mixtures and 5,000 pounds [22 kN] per wheel for SP Level 4 -6 mixtures and can be varied as directed by the Engineer. The tire arrangement shall be such that full compaction will be obtained over the full width with each pass of the roller. The roller may be self propelled or provided with suitable tractive equipment, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If more than one roller is propelled by a single tractive unit, then that combination will be counted as a single roller unit. Page 43 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 C3a Vibratory Pneumatic -Tired Rollers Vibratory pneumatic -tired rollers shall be self - propelled and have a minimum total mass of 8 tons [7.3 metric tons], or as otherwise specified in the Contract. The compacting width shall be 5 feet [1.5 m] or more. The tire arrangement shall be such that full compaction will be obtained over the full width with each pass of the roller. C4 Trench Rollers Trench rollers shall be self propelled and have a mass of not less than 2,960 pounds per foot [4 400 kg per meter] of width. C5 Mixture Temperature Controls If compaction is obtained by the ordinary compaction method, the minimum laydown temperature in all courses (as measured behind the paver or spreading machine) of the asphalt mixture shall be in accordance with the temperature requirements of Table 2360.6 -05. Unless directed by the Engineer in writing, no paving is allowed under the Ordinary Compaction Method when the air temperature is below 32 °F [0 °C]. Table 2360.6 -05 Mixture Temperature Controh Air Temperature Compacted Mat Thickness, inches (A) OF °C] 1 inch [25 mm] 1 -1/2 inch [40 mm ] 2 inch 50 mm] >3 inch [75 mm +32 -40 [0 -5] -- 265 (B) 129 255 124 250 121 +41 -50 [6 -10] 270 (B ) 130 260 127] 250 [121] 245 118 + 51 -60 [11 -15] 260 (B) [ 1271 255 1241 1 245 [118] 240 115] +61 -70 16 -21 250I 245 [118] 240 115 235 [113] + 71 -80 22 -27 245 [118 ] 240 [115] 235 [1131 235 [1 13 + 81 -90 [28 -32] 235 [113] 230 110] 230 [110] 230 [110] 91+ [+ 33 ] 230 [110] 230 110 230 [110 ] 225 [107] (A) Based on approved or specified compacted lift thickness. (B) A minimum of one pneumatic -tire roller shall be used for intermediate rolling unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Engineer may specify or modify in writing (with concurrence from the Department Bituminous Engineer) a minimum laydown temperature. (C) Not applicable if a WMA additive or process is used. 2360.7 THICKNESS AND SURFACE SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS A Thickness After compaction the thickness of each lift shall be within a tolerance of 1/4 inch [6 mm] of the thickness shown in the Plans, except that, if automatic grade controls are used, this thickness requirement will not apply to the first lift placed. This thickness requirement will not apply to a leveling lift whether or not automatic grade controls are required. The Engineer may require removal and replacement, at the Contractor's expense, of any part of any lift that is constructed to less than the minimum required thickness. Cores taken for density determination shall be measured for thickness also. Each core shall be measured 3 times for thickness prior to sawing. Report the average of these three measurements. Each lot's average core thickness shall be documented and submitted to the Engineer. If the average of the two Contractor cores exceed the specified tolerance, an additional two cores may be taken in the lot in question. The average of all core thickness measurements per day per lift will be used to determine daily compliance with thickness specifications. On that portion of any lift constructed to more than the maximum permissible thickness, the materials used in the excess mixture above that required to construct that portion of the lift to the Plan thickness plus 1/4 inch [6 mm] may be excluded from the pay quantities and at the discretion of the Engineer and at the Contractor's expense may be required to be removed and replaced. Page 44 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 B Surface Requirements After compaction, the finished surface of each lift shall be reasonably free of segregated, open and torn sections, and shall be smooth and true to the grade and cross section shown on the Plans with the following tolerances: (1) Where a leveling lift is specified, it shall be constructed to within a tolerance of 1/2 inch [15 mm] of the elevations and grades established by the Engineer. This requirement shall also apply to the first lift placed other than leveling when automatic controls are used. (2) The surface of the final two lifts placed shall show no variation greater than 6 mm 1/4 inch [6 mm] from the edge of a 10 foot [3 m] straightedge laid parallel to or at right angles to the centerline. Shoulder surfacing and surfacing on temporary connections and bypasses shall show no variations greater than 1/4 inch [6 mm] from the edge of a 10 foot [3 m] straightedge laid parallel to the centerline. (3) After final compaction, all final lift asphalt wearing surfaces adjacent to concrete pavements shall be slightly higher (but not to exceed 1/4 inch [6 mm] than the concrete surface. After final compaction, all asphalt surfaces adjacent to gutters, manholes, pavement headers, or other fixed structures shall be slightly higher (but not to exceed 1/4 inch [6 mm] than the surface of the structure. (4) Transverse joints (construction joints), at the beginning and end of a project, at paving exceptions, or caused by suspension of daily paving operations, shall show no variation greater than 1/4 inch [6 mm] from the edge of a 10 foot [3 m] straightedge centered longitudinally across the transverse joint. The Engineer may require correction by diamond grinding when material is placed outside the above - described limitations. (5) The transverse slope of the surface of each lift, exclusive of the shoulder wearing lift, shall not vary from the slope shown in the Plans by more than 0.4 percent. (6) The distance between the edge of each lift and the established centerline shall be no less than the Plan distance nor more than 3 inches [75 mm] greater than the Plan distance. In addition, the edge alignment of the wearing lift on tangent sections and on curve sections of 3 degrees or less shall not deviate from the established alignment by more than 1 inch [25 mm] in any 25 foot [7.5 m] section. (7) The finished surface of each lift shall be reasonably free of segregated and open and torn sections and deleterious materials. Any material placed outside the above described limitations shall be removed and replaced after being cut or sawed at no expense to the Department or with the approval of the Engineer, allowed to remain inplace at a reduced cost calculated at $10 per square yard [$12 per square meter]. Any single occurrence of material outside the limitations described above shall be considered to have a minimum dimension of one square yard square [one square meter] in any dimension. C Pavement Smoothness Specification — IRI (International Roughness Index) CI General Pavement smoothness will be evaluated on the final mainline pavement surface using an Inertial Profiler (IP) and the International Roughness Index (IRI). Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all smoothness testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon scheduling of smoothness testing so that testing can be observed. Any testing performed Page 45 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 without the Engineer's presence, unless otherwise authorized, may be ordered retested at the Contractor's expense. The following Table 2360.7 -A (IRI) shows pavement surfaces that are excluded from smoothness testing but subject to 2360.713 surface requirements. Table 2360.7 — A (IRI) Testing Exclusions 25 foot 7.62 m] feet either side of obstructions such as manholes, water supply castings, etc.* Ramps, Loops, Climbing lanes Side Streets, Side Connections Turn Lanes, Storage Lanes, Crossovers, Bypass Lanes Shoulders Intersections constructed under traffic — Begin and end the exclusion100 feet 30.5m from the intersection radius Sections less than 25 foot 7.62 m]in length Acceleration, Deceleration Lanes Projects less than 1000 feet 300m in length Mainline paving where the normally posted regulatory seed is less than orequal to 45 miles per hour [70 km/hr] Begin the exclusion at the si Single lift overlays over concrete *Mainline shall be included in profiling if obstructions are located in auxiliary or parking lanes CIA Smoothness Requirements Pavement smoothness requirements will be evaluated by the International Roughness Index (IRI) Equation A, Equation B, or Equation C. The pavement smoothness Equation will be identified in the Special Provisions of the proposal. Location of bumps and/or dips and magnitude will be based on California Test Method 526. C2 Measurement Smoothness will be measured with an IP, which produces both an IRI value and a profilogram (profile trace of the surface tested). The IP shall conform to the Class 1 requirements of ASTM E950 -94 and must be certified according to the most recent procedure on file in the Bituminous Office. For pavement evaluation, one pass will be made in the right wheel path of each traffic lane. The IP shall be run in the direction the traffic will be moving. Each lane will be tested and evaluated separately. The Engineer will determine the length in miles [kilometers] for each mainline traffic lane. The IP shall be operated at the optimum speed as defined by the manufacturer. C3 Smoothness testing The Contractor shall furnish a properly calibrated, documented, and MnDOT certified IP. The IP shall be equipped with automatic data reduction capabilities. Computer programs used to calculate the IRI statistic from a longitudinal roadway profile shall follow the procedure developed by the World Bank for a quarter -car simulation as described in NCHRP report 228. Mn/DOT certification documentation shall be provided to the Engineer on the first day the IP is used on the project. IP settings are on file in the Bituminous Office. The Contractor shall furnish a competent operator, trained in the operation of the IP and evaluation of both California Test Method 526 and the International Roughness Index. The Contractor shall remove all objects and foreign material on the pavement surface prior to surface evaluation by power brooming. Page 46 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 The pavement surface will be divided into sections which represent continuous placement. A section will terminate 25 foot [7.62 m] before a bridge approach panel, bridge surface, manhole or similar interruption. In the final pavement evaluation, a day's work joint will be included in the trace with no special consideration. A section will be separated into segments of 0.1 mi [0.1 km]. A segment will be in one traffic lane only. An IRI value shall be computed for each segment of 25 foot [7.62 m] or more. The IRI value will include the 25 foot [7.62 m] at the ends of the section only when the Contractor is responsible for the adjoining surface. End of run areas not included in the IRI value and any sections of pavement less than 25 foot [7.62m] in length shall be checked longitudinally with a 10 ft [3.028 m] straight edge and the surface shall not deviate from a straight line by more than 1/4 inch in 10 ft [6 mm in 3.028 m]. Transverse joints shall be evaluated by centering the straightedge longitudinally across the transverse joint. The Contractor shall submit the graphical trace, a summary of the bump(s)/dip(s) locations, the magnitude of the bump(s) / dip(s) and each segment IR1 value on the same day as the profiling was conducted. The Contractor shall submit a final spreadsheet summary of the smoothness data to the Engineer within five calendar days after all mainline pavement placement. The summary shall be signed by the Contractor. The spreadsheet summary shall be in tabular form, with each 0.1 mile [0.1 km] segment occupying a row. Each row shall include the beginning and ending station for the segment, the length of the segment, the final IRI value for the segment the IRI based incentive /disincentive in dollars for the segment, and the deductions for bump(s) /dip(s) in dollars for the segment. Each continuous run will occupy a separate table and each table will have a header that includes the following: the project number, the roadway number or designation, a lane designation, the mix type of the final lift, the PG binder of the final lift, the date of the final smoothness runs, and the beginning and ending station of the continuous run. The following information shall be included at the bottom of each summary: a subtotal for the IRI based incentive /disincentive, a subtotal for the bump deductions, and a total for incentive /disincentive for both IRI values and bumps. Software to summarize the data is available from the Mn/DOT Bituminous Office at www.nirr.dot.state.m-n.us/pavement/bituminous/bituminous.asp. The Contractor will be responsible for all traffic control associated with the smoothness testing and any corrective action (when applicable) that is required of the final pavement surface. C3A Retesting The Engineer may require any portion or the total project to be retested if the results are questioned. This includes both IRI values and bump /dip locations. The Engineer will decide whether Mn/DOT, an independent testing firm (ITF), or the Contractor will retest the roadway surface. If the retested IRI values differ by more than 10% from the original IRI values, the retested values will be used as the basis for acceptance and any incentive /disincentive payments. In addition, bump /dip locations as shown by the retest will replace the original results. If the Engineer directs the Contractor or an independent testing firm to perform retesting and the original results are found to be accurate, the Department will pay the Contractor or the independent testing firm $62.14 per lane km [$100 per lane mile] that is retested, with a minimum charge of $500.00. The Contractor will be responsible for any costs associated with retesting if the original values differ by more than 10% from the retested values. C4 IRI Values The IP shall be equipped with automatic data reduction capabilities for determining the IRI values. An IRI value shall be calculated for each segment of the final pavement surface. Segments greater than or equal to 7.62 in [25 feet] and less than 161m [528 feet] shall be evaluated as a separate segment. The IRI values shall be determined by following NCHRP report 228. The IRI values shall be reported in units of inches per mile [m per Page 47 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 km]. Report inches per mile with one digit right of the decimal and for in per km report with two digits right of the decimal. Follow Mn/DOT rounding procedures per the Bituminous Manual section 5- 693.730. C4a Bumps and Dips - IRI Equation A and IRI Equation B Bump /dip location will be determined in accordance with California Method 526. Bumps and dips equal to or exceeding 0.4 inch in a 25 ft [10.2 mm in a 7.62 in] span shall be identified separately. When the profile trace shows a successive, uninterrupted bump, dip; or dip, bump combination (up to a maximum of 3 alternating trace deviations that relate to one bump or dip on the roadway), identify and evaluate these occurrences as one event. The Contractor shall correct, by diamond grinding, all areas represented by bumps or dips of 0.4 inch [10.2 mm] or more as measured by California Test Method 526. However, the Engineer may allow bumps or dips of 0.4 inches to 0.6 inches [10.2 mm to 15.2 mm] in a 25 foot [7.62 m] span to be left uncorrected, and in such case, the contractor will be assessed a price deduct as specified in section C6 ( "Payment ") of this special provision. Corrected dips or bumps will be considered satisfactory when the profilogram shows the deviations are less than 0.4 inch in a 25 foot [10.2 mm in a 7.62 m] span. C4b Bumps and Dips - IRI Equation C Bump /dip location will be determined in accordance with California Method 526. Bumps and dips equal to or exceeding 0.5 inch in a 25 ft [12.7 mm in a 7.62 m] span shall be identified separately. When the profile trace shows a successive, uninterrupted bump, dip; or dip, bump combination (up to a maximum of 3 alternating trace deviations that relate to one bump or dip on the roadway), identify and evaluate these occurrences as one event. The Contractor shall correct, by diamond grinding, all areas represented by bumps or dips of 0.5 inch [12.7 mm] or more as measured by California Test Method 526. However, the Engineer may allow bumps or dips of 0.5 inches to 0.7 inches [12.7 mm to 17.8 mm] in a 25 foot [7.62 m] span to be left uncorrected, and in such case, the contractor will be assessed a price deduct as specified in section C6 ( "Payment ") of this special provision. Corrected dips or bumps will be considered satisfactory when the profilogram shows the deviations are less than 0.5 inch in a 25 foot [12.7 mm in a 7.62 m] span. C5 Surface Correction Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, corrective work shall be by diamond grinding. Other methods may include; overlaying the area, or replacing the area by milling and inlaying. The Engineer shall approve of the Contractor's method of correcting segment(s) prior to the Contractor starting corrective work. Any corrective actions by milling and inlay or overlay shall meet the specifications for ride quality over the entire length of the correction, including the first and last 25 foot [7.62 m]. Bumps or dips in excess of 0.4 inches [10.2 nun] where evaluation is by Equation A or B or bumps or dips in excess of 0.5 inch [12.7 mm] where evaluation is by Equation C that are located at transverse joints at areas of corrective actions utilizing overlay or milling and inlay, shall be removed by diamond grinding. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to commencement of the corrective action. If the surface is corrected by overlay, inlay or replacement, the surface correction shall begin and end with a transverse saw cut. Surface corrections shall be made prior to placing permanent pavement markings. In the event that permanent pavement marking are damaged or destroyed during surface correction activities, they will be replaced at no cost to the Agency. When pavement smoothness evaluation by Equation A is specified the Engineer may require that the Contractor, at no expense to the Department, correct segments with an IRI greater than 65 inches /mile [1.03 in per km] or the Engineer may assess a $900 per 0.1 mile [$560 per 0.1 km] penalty in lieu of requiring corrective work. Page 48 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 When pavement smoothness evaluation by Equation B is specified the Engineer may require that the Contractor, at no expense to the Department, correct segments with an IRI greater than 75 inches /mile [1.18 in per km] or the Engineer may assess a $675 per 0.1 mile [$420 per 0.1 km] penalty in lieu of requiring corrective work. When pavement smoothness evaluation by Equation C is specified the Engineer may require that the Contractor, at no expense to the Department, correct segments with an IRI greater than 85 inches /mile [1.34 in per km] or the Engineer may assess a $450 per 0.1 mile [$280 per 0.1 km] penalty in lieu of requiring corrective work. Bump, dip, and smoothness correction work shall be for the entire traffic lane width. Pavement cross slope shall be maintained through corrective areas. All corrective work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. After all required corrective work is completed a final segment(s) IRI value and bump /dip tabulation shall be determined and submitted to the Engineer. Corrective work and re- evaluation shall be at the Contractor's expense. Segments requiring grinding will be re- profiled within two working days of completion of grinding. Individual bumps /dips and segments requiring grinding shall be completed with 15 working days of notification. C6 Payment The cost of traffic control for certified smoothness testing and/or any corrective work is incidental to the cost of the Wear course mixture. The Contractor may receive an incentive payment or be assessed a penalty based on the number of segments and the IRI value. The total ride incentive shall not exceed 10% of the total mix price for pavement smoothness evaluated under IRI Equation A, 5% of the total mix price for pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation B, or 5% of the total mix price for pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation C. Total mix shall be defined as all mixture placed on the project. Only those segments which have had no corrective work or work to improve the ride are eligible for IRI incentive payment. Incentive payment for IRI will be based on the roadway segment before corrective work is performed. Grinding of the segment into incentive payment or grinding of the segment in order to obtain a higher incentive payment is not allowed. IRI incentive payment is independent of pay adjustment for bumps and dips. The Contractor will not receive a net incentive payment for ride if more than 25% of all density lots (excluding longitudinal joint density) for the project fail to meet minimum density requirements. For pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation A uncorrected bumps or dips greater than or equal to 0.4 inches [ 10.2 mm] in a 25 foot [7.62 m] span will be assessed a price deduction of $900 per event. For pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation B uncorrected bumps or dips greater than or equal to 0.4 inches [10.2 mm] in a 25 foot [7.62 m]span will be assessed a price deduction of $675 per event. For pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation C uncorrected deviations (bumps or dips) greater than or equal to 0.5 inches [12.7 mm] in a 25 foot [7.62 m] span will be assessed a price deduction of $450 per event. Combinations of bumps and dips which arise from the same single bump or dip are considered to be one event, and shall be counted only once for the purposes of calculating price deductions. Typically, bump -dip- bump combinations, or dip- bump -dip combinations, that are confined to a 30 feet longitudinal segment are considered to be one event. Bumps or dips resulting from a construction joint will be assessed a $900 penalty, regardless of the IRI Equation used for evaluation or pavement smoothness. Page 49 of 50 2360 Specification February 1, 2010 Incentive /disincentive payments will be based on the IRI determined for each segment and will be based on the following equations and criteria. C6a Inches /mile [IRI m/kml < 30 inches /mile [ <0.47 m/km] 30 inches /mile to 65 inches /mile [0.47 m/km to 1.03 m/km] > 65 inches /mile [ >1.03 m/km] * Typically, 3 -lift minimum construction C6b Inches /mile LRI m/kml < 33 inches /mile [< 0.52 m/km] 33 inches /mile to 75 inches /mile [0.52 m/km to 1.18 m/km] > 75 inches /mile [ >1.18 m/km] * Typically, 2 -lift construction C6c Inches /mile [IRI m/kml < 36 inches /mile [< 0.57 m/km] 36 inches /mile to 85 inches /mile [0.57 m/km to 1.34 m/km] > 85 inches /mile [ >1.34 m/km] * Typically, single lift construction 2360.8 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A Asphalt Mixture I111 Equation A* Incentive /Disincentive $/0.1 mile MO. Ikin] $400[$2491 $850 — (IRI x 15) [$523 — (IRI x 584)] -$900 [ -$560] IRI Equation B* Incentive/Disincentive $ /O.Imile [$ /O.Ikm] $270 [$168] $600 — (IRI x 10) [$373 — (IRI x 395)] -$675 [ -$420] IRI Equation C* Incentive /Disincentive $ /0.1mile F$/O.1kml $180 [$112] $414 — (IRI x 6.5) [$258 — (IRI x 257)] -$450[-$280] Asphalt mixture of each type will be measured separately by mass, based on the total quantity of material hauled from the mixing plant, with no deductions being made for the asphalt materials. B Blank C Asphalt Mixtures Measured by the Square Yard [Square Meter] per Specified (inch [mm]) and for Mixtures Measured by the Square Yard inch Asphalt mixture of each type and for each specific lift will be measured separately by area and by thickness on the basis of actual final dimensions placed. The constructed thickness shall meet tolerances set forth in Sections 2360.7A. Page 50 of 50 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete walkways, medians, driveways, and valley gutters. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 3123 00 - Excavation and Fill. 2. Section 32 1123 - Aggregate Base Courses. 3. Section 32 12 03 - Flexible Paving (Small Projects). 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment: 1. Bid Item for Concrete Pad has been included in the Bid Form. Measurement shall be on the basis of each: a. Payment of the Bid Item shall include the following: 1) Concrete materials. 2) Subgrade and base preparation. 3) Placement of materials. 4) Finishing. 5) Curing and protection. 6) Reinforcement. 7) Backfilling. b. Excavation for concrete pad shall be measured and compensated per Section 3123 00. c. Aggregate base beneath concrete pad shall be measured and is compensated per Section 32 1123. 2. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM): 1. C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. B. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.): 1. 2211 - Aggregate Base. 2. 2461 - Structural Concrete. 3. 2521 - Walks. 4. 2531 - Concrete Curbing. 5. 3702 - Preformed Joint Filers. 6. 3754 - Membrane Curing Compound. CONCRETE WALKS, MEDIANS, AND DRIVEWAYS © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 32 13 14-1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit one 7 -day and two 28 -day concrete test results for all concrete pours in any given day. B. Submit MnDOT approved design mix for each concrete mix designation used. If a MnDOT approved mix design is unavailable, the Engineer will establish the job mix proportions. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construction of pedestrian curb ramps shall be completed following the placement of the bituminous walk or pathway. B. Construction of the concrete driveway apron shall begin no sooner than 24 hours after placement of the adjacent concrete curb and gutter with completion within 5 days of curb placement. C. Construct concrete medians no sooner than 72 hours after placement of the concrete curb and /or walks. _� _ � 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete to conform to MnDOT Spec. 2461, except as modified herein: 1. Portland Cement: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3101: a. Type 3 air - entraining concrete produced by using Type I Portland Cement. 2. Air - Entraining Admixtures: conform to MnDOT Spec. 3113: a. Conforming to ASTM C260. b. Not to be added to the concrete mixtures in the field without approval from Engineer. 3. Mix Designation and Classification: a. Medians and Commercial Driveways: 1) Manual Placement Mix No. 3Y32C. 2) Slip Form Placement Mix No. 3Y22C. b. Sidewalk, Pad and Residential Driveways: 1) Manual Placement Mix No. 3Y32A. 2) Slip Form Placement Mix No. 3Y22A. B. Preformed Joint Filler: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3702. C. Curing Compound: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3754: 1. Curing compound shall contain a fugitive dye. 2. Only MnDOT approved membrane curing compounds will be allowed for use. MnDOT shall pre - approve all curing compounds. The most current approved lots and batches with product expiration dates are available from the MnDOT Products website. All curing compounds shall comply with the requirements of the MnDOT Curing Compound Manufacturer Approval Program, including pre- testing of all materials by the manufacturer. D. Sub -Grade Base Material: 1. Aggregated Base: Conforming to Section 32 1123. CONCRETE WALKS, MEDIANS, AND DRIVEWAYS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 3213 14-2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide copies of batch tickets for concrete mix at the time of material delivery. B. Construct concrete pad, walkway, median, driveways, and valley gutters at the locations and elevations indicated on the Drawings. C. Verify locations with Engineer in the field prior to construction. D. The completed concrete work shall give the appearance of uniformity in surface contour and texture, and shall be accurately constructed to line and grade. The required joints, edges, and flow lines shall show neat workmanship. E. Retempering of concrete which has partially hardened with or without additional materials or water is prohibited. F. Concrete washout locations shall conform to the requirements of the NPDES. 3.02 FOUNDATION PREPARATIONS A. Placement of the aggregate base or granular material to support the concrete work shall conform to Section 32 1123 or Section 3123 13. Compaction of subgrade base shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2211.3C1. B. The foundation shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placement of concrete material. 3.03 FORMS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2521.36. 3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2521.3C2, except as modified herein: 1. Maximum spacing of expansion joints for walkways shall be 60 feet. 2. Match joints of adjacent concrete work. 3.05 METAL REINFORCEMENT A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3D. 3.06 PLACING AND FINISHING A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2521.3C1 and 2531.317 for slip form or 2531.3K for manual placement, except as modified herein: 1. Any deviation in the design curvature of concrete edges in excess of 3/8 of an inch, measured with a 10 -foot straight edge, will be considered unacceptable. 2. Any surface area allowing the entrapment of water at a depth 1/8 inch or greater will be considered unacceptable. 3. Unacceptable work shall be removed and replaced with acceptable Work as directed by the Engineer. Acceptance of Work by price reduction will not be allowed. CONCRETE WALKS, MEDIANS, AND DRIVEWAYS © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 3213 14-3 3.07 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2521.3C3 and 2521.3C3b (Membrane Curing Method), except as modified herein: 1. Coat all surfaces with membrane curing compound within 30 minutes after finishing at the specified rate. 2. The membrane - curing compound must contain a fugitive dye and be applied at 2 different directions perpendicular to each other. 3. A second application of membrane curing compound shall be applied 4 to 8 hours after the first application at the specified rate. 4. Cold weather curing, when temperatures fall below 40 degrees F during placement or within the following 24 hours, shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2521.30a blanket curing method, except as modified below: a. If temperatures are projected to fall below 32 degrees within 24 hours of concrete placement, insulated blankets shall be using for curing. b. All costs associated with blanket curing shall be incurred by the Contractor. 5. The freshly finished surface shall be protected, surfaces pitted by rain will be considered unacceptable. 6. Removal and replacement of any concrete section damaged by traffic, rain, cold weather, or other causes occurring prior to final acceptance shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.08 HIGH EARLY CONCRETE A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2461.3C, except as modified herein: 1. High early concrete shall be designed to provide a maximum water /cementitous ratio of 0.40. 2. High early concrete shall be designed to provide a minimum flexural strength of 500 psi and a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 48 hours. 3. High early concrete may be included as a separate Bid Item or as an Engineer ordered material. In absence of a separate Bid Item for high early strength concrete, compensation will be at an agreed upon price not to exceed 20 percent above the Contract cubic yard price for standard strength concrete for the quantity ordered by the Engineer. The price shall be agreed upon prior to placement. 3.09 BACKFILLING A. Conform to MnDOT Spec.2521.3E, except as modified herein: 1. Perform backfilling to protect the concrete no sooner than 72 hours after placement of the concrete. CONCRETE WALKS, MEDIANS, AND DRIVEWAYS c0 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 3213 14-4 SECTION 32 84 00 PLANT IRRIGATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Requirements for the design and installation of a fully operable automatically controlled in- ground irrigation system. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. A Bid Item has been provided for Irrigation System and Controls. Measurement will be by Lump Sum. Payment will constitute compensation in full for all work and costs to furnish and install the irrigation system and controls including piping, controllers, valves, sprinkler heads, backflow preventers, valve boxes, communication circuitry, water meter and all other related appurtenances. B. A Bid Item has been provided for Irrigation System Electrical Service. Measurement will be by Lump Sum. Payment will constitute compensation in full for all work and costs to furnish and install the electrical service for the Irrigation System. C. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The Irrigation System Contractor shall be responsible for the following: 1. Review and understanding of existing irrigation system. 2. Coordination with other all other trades. 3. Detailed design of an irrigation system for the Site. The limits of the areas to be irrigated are indicated on the Drawings. Design shall include pipe sizing, head selection, locations of heads, zoning, and control systems. Design shall provide no irrigation across walks and no over -spray onto walks or buildings. Irrigation plan, design details and product sheets shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner for review and approval prior to purchasing any materials. 4. Labor and materials necessary to install a new irrigation system as shown in general on the plans as well as make connections to the existing system. The Irrigation Contractor shall also be responsible for furnishing and installing the irrigation control system along with any connections made to the water service. 5. Testing of the complete irrigation system. 6. Startup and adjustment of system. 7. Provide Owner's employees with operational training on site and Operation and Maintenance Manuals for all components. 8. As -built drawings showing the location and feature of all irrigation components. 1.04 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS A. The installing company to have a minimum of 5 years continuous, satisfactory, and documented experience by installing permanent in- ground irrigation systems of comparable size and scope. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-1 1.05 CODES AND INSPECTIONS A. The entire installation shall fully comply with all local and state Laws and Ordinances and with the established codes applicable thereto. B. The Contractor shall take out all required permits, arrange for all necessary inspections, and pay any fees and expenses in conjunction with the same as part of the Work under this Contract. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. General 1. Substitutions to be submitted prior to bidding based on the substitution process in the General Conditions and herein. 2. Submit all required items for approval before Work is started. 3. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative samples, certificates, manufacturers' literature, and certified tests for materials specified below. No materials shall be ordered until the required samples, certificates, manufacturers' literature, and test results have been reviewed and approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Submittals for Review 1. Shop Drawings. Submit 3 copies of detailed irrigation drawings showing a complete irrigation system including head layout, pipe sizing, and hydraulic calculations. 2. Materials List. Submit 3 copies of a list of all materials and products that are part of the irrigation system including, but not limited to: pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components, and control system components. Quantities and part numbers for all materials shall be listed. C. Informational Submittals 1. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Submit 3 copies of manufacturer's catalog cuts, specifications, and operating instructions for the equipment listed on the materials list. 2. License and Permits. Submit copies of all applicable licenses, permits, and proof of payment for required fees. D. Closeout and Project Record Submittals 1. Record Drawings. Submit "As- Built" drawings showing all modifications to the original design and specifications, including exact field locations, sizes, and types of equipment. As -built drawings at the completion of the Project. 2. Guarantee. Contractor shall submit a written guarantee of replacement of any component of the irrigation system, which proves defective in material, workmanship, or installation for 1 calendar year after date of final acceptance. Guarantee shall include spring start -up and winterizing of system within the 1 -year time and development of approved water application schedule. Winter damage due to improper winterization is the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Irrigation System Manual. Prior to the end of installation and before the maintenance period begins, furnish one copy of irrigation system manual to Owner's Representative outlining installed components, maintenance and care of the installed system for a full season. Include irrigation system information in a 3 -ring binder with a table of contents and index sheet. Provide sections that are indexed and labeled for valves, sprinklers, pipe and fittings, wire and wire connections, ID tags, shop drawings, and all other irrigation equipment shown or described on the Drawings and within these Specifications. Highlight items being supplied on the catalog cut sheets. Submittal package must be complete prior to review by the Owner's Representative. Incomplete submittals will be returned without review. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-2 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work and materials to be in full accordance with latest rules and regulations of the Division of Industrial Safety, the Uniform Plumbing Code, National Electric Code, Americans with Disabilities, and other applicable laws or regulation. B. Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications is to be construed to permit Work not conforming to these codes. C. Furnish, without extra charge, any additional material and labor as required to comply with these rules and regulations, though the Work is not mentioned in these particular Construction Documents. 1.08 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. The Contractor acknowledges that s /he has examined the Site and the submission of their Bid is considered evidence of examination and acceptance of Drawings, details, and Specifications has been made. 1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Become acquainted with all Site conditions. Locate existing utilities and equipment to remain. Should utilities or other work not shown on the Drawings be found during excavations, promptly notify Engineer. Failure to do so will make Contractor liable for any and all damage arising from operations subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on Drawings. B. Before starting Work on this Section, report to the Engineer, in writing, conditions which will prevent the proper provision of this Work. Beginning the Work of this Section without reporting unsuitable conditions to the Engineer constitutes acceptance of conditions. Any required removal, repair, or replacement of this Work caused by unsuitable conditions to be done at no additional cost to Owner. C. Take necessary precautions to protect existing Site conditions. Repair any damaged item to its original condition or furnish and install equivalent replacement at no additional cost to Owner. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Schedule and coordinate Work with other trades to facilitate Work and avoid conflicts in construction sequence and equipment installation. B. Review entire plan set and coordinate with other trades as required by sequence of construction to ensure provision of mainline and electrical conduit stub -outs at all required locations. 1.11 CONDUCT OF WORK A. Maintain a skilled foreman on the Site at all times during the installation of Work. The foreman must have the authority to act on all matters pertaining to the Work. B. Confine operations to the areas to be improved and those allowed for material storage. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 328400-3 1.12 DELIVERIES, PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Provide and pay for transportation, including but not limited to, delivery and removal from the Site of materials and equipment, as required to complete Work. B. Materials to be delivered to the Site, handled, and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Protect Work and materials under this Section from damage during construction and storage. Protect polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings from direct sunlight. Beds on which pipe is stored must be full length of pipe. 1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Keep construction Drawings on the Site at all times. Keep daily record of Work installed each day. B. After all Work is complete have a set of Record drawings prepared, by a competent draftsperson, on a reproducible copy of the irrigation plan. Record drawings are to show all deviations from the Contract Documents and detailed irrigation system Shop Drawings. Show locations of underground equipment by dimensioning off known points of reference. Indicate material substitutions in legend. Include manufacturer name, catalog /model number and size. C. Deliver completed Record drawings to Engineer prior to Final Acceptance. 1.14 CLEANING /RESTORATION A. Keep all areas of work clean, neat, and orderly at all times. Clean up, remove, and legally dispose of all debris from the work area prior to final acceptance. B. Keep streets clean and free of debris. 1.15 PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE A. Work under this Section will be accepted by Engineer upon satisfactory completion of all Work. 1.16 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. The Maintenance Period begins after all Work is complete as determined by the Engineer, and runs concurrently with the One Year Plant Establishment Period. Obtain written approval to begin Maintenance Period. Maintenance is to be by qualified and experienced personnel and includes, but is not limited to, operating, flushing and adjusting the irrigation system to assure complete coverage, minimum overthrow, and adequate watering. B. Maintenance Period may be extended by the Engineer if the system is improperly maintained. 1.17 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Work under this Section will be accepted by Engineer upon satisfactory completion of the Maintenance Period. 1.18 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. All work must be done prior to substantial completion as set forth in the agreement. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-4 1. 19 WARRANTY A. In addition to manufacturer's warranties, all Work is to be warranted for 2 years from the date of Final Acceptance against defects in material, equipment, and workmanship. Warranty is to also cover repair of damage to any part of the premises resulting from leaks or other defects in materials, equipment, and workmanship to the satisfaction of the Owner. B. During the warranty period, the Contractor is to drain and "winterize" the irrigation system(s) each fall for the winter and is to put the irrigation system(s) back into operation each spring at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.20 DEFINITIONS A. The "Engineer" is the person, appointed by the Owner, to represent their interests. Je1 [i d A. Provide new products in perfect condition. B. Controller for new irrigation system shall be a Hunter Pro -C Modular Controller or approved equal. This model shall be capable of handling all zones that will be required for new irrigation design. 2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Furnish and install a reduce pressure zone back flow preventer as manufactured by Watts, Wilkins, or Rain Bird. Back flow preventer shall be sized accordingly to accommodate the total system installed. 2.03 CONTROLLER A. Hunter Pro -C Modular Controller. B. As required, provide and install controller with low and high voltage surge protection. For modular controller, allow for a minimum of 1 available circuit. 2.04 RAIN SENSOR A. Furnish and install, as required by Minnesota State Law, rain sensing technology for the irrigation system. 2.05 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Shall be manufactured by Toro and be industrial quality. 2.06 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Shall be manufactured by Toro and be industrial quality made out of brass. 2.07 IRRIGATION HEADS A. Manufacturer: All new components shall be manufactured by Toro. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223-0 328400-5 B. Manufacturer's standard unit designed to provide uniform coverage over entire area to be irrigated. C. Pop -Up Spray Zones: Toro 570 -Z series spray heads. Contractor to select pop -up height and nozzle to provide head -to -head coverage. D. Rotary Spray Zones: Toro 640 gear driven. 2.08 GATE VALVE A. See Section 33 10 00 Water Utilities. 01111011192MIN A. All pipe 2 -inch diameter or larger and all pipe under constant pressure shall be virgin, high impact, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe having a minimum 160 p.s.i. working pressure rating. The PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM Standards D2241 and D2672 or the latest revisions thereof. All PVC pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the manufacturer's name, material, size, and schedule. B. PVC pipe fittings shall be constructed of Schedule 40 PVC and shall be joined to the pipe by solvent welding. C. Pipe sleeves used under new hard surfacing shall be Schedule 40 PVC. D. Pipe 1 -1/2 inch diameter or smaller and all pipe used for lateral lines not under constant pressure shall be flexible, non - toxic, 100 percent virgin polyethylene pipe material meeting NSF Standard for use in Pressure Potable Water Applications. All sizes shall have a minimum 100 psi working pressure rating. The polyethylene pipe shall conform to ASTM Standard D2239 and D1248 or the latest revisions thereof. All polyethylene pipes shall be continuously and permanently marked with the manufacturer's name, material, size, and schedule. E. Polyethylene pipe fittings shall be plastic Type PVC or nylon insert fittings and /or brass saddle tees. All joints shall be clamped with all stainless steel clamps. All 1 -1/4 inch and larger joints shall be double clamped. 2.10 SWING JOINTS A. All Quick Couplers to be installed on 1 inch by 12 inch, 3 elbows, o -ring sealed, brass outlet PVC swing joints as manufactured by Dura Plastic Products, Inc. 2.11 FITTINGS AND NIPPLES A. As recommended by manufacturer of pipe being installed. 2.12 FITTING COMPOUNDS, SOLVENTS, AND WRAPS A. Primer and Cement: As recommended by manufacturer of pipe being installed. B. Thread sealant: Non - hardening sealant compatible with pipe being installed. PVC pipe: Christy's Teflon paste or equivalent on constant pressure (mainline) threaded connections. Do not use thread lubricant on PVC pipe. Galvanized, brass or copper pipe: RectorSeal No. 5. C. Teflon tape: for PVC male threads on non - pressurized (lateral line) threaded connectors only. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-6 2.13 WIRE A. Common and control wire: U.L. approved for direct burial, 600 volt UF, solid copper conductor, AWG No. 14 minimum size. All common wire is to be white, Model No. PG- 14 -WH. Control wire is to be red, Model No. PG- 14 -RD; use a different color for each controller. B. Splicing Materials: Packaged kit approved for underground use such as 3M DBY, Spears Dry Splice, or approved equivalent. 2.14 VALVE BOXES A. All remote control and quick coupler valves to be placed in valve boxes. B. Remote Control Valves: The valve boxes shall be plastic with latching covers by Ametek Economy, 12 inch rectangular, or jumbo size, or approved equal. The valve boxes shall be of a size that provides adequate space for repairs. C. Quick Coupler Valves: The valve boxes shall be plastic with latching covers by Ametek Economy, 10 inch round, or approved equal. The valve boxes shall be of a size that provides adequate space for repairs. 2.15 KEYS A. Provide Owner with the Following: For quick coupling valves, provide minimum 1 locking key, one operating key and matching hose swivel for every 5 quick couplers installed. Provide 1 key for every 5 valve boxes installed. 2.16 CHECK VALVES A. Adjustable spring type with molded Schedule 80 PVC body and stainless steel spring. Hunter HCV series, KBI CV series, or approved equivalent. 2.17 IRRIGATION CABINET A. Cabinet: Provide a lockable, enclosed housing to protect the backflow preventer, water meter, and irrigation control. 2.18 WATER METER A. Install appropriately sized water meter. B. Water meter to be provided by Owner. 2.19 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions must have written acceptance of Engineer. Substitutions must equal the standard of products specified in the Construction Documents. B. Installation of any accepted substitution is Contractor's responsibility. Any changes required by installation of any accepted substitution must be made to the satisfaction of Engineer and at no additional cost to Owner. C. Acceptance by Engineer of substituted equipment does not waive these requirements. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-7 2.20 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Damaged or defective irrigation components are to be replaced to match those originally specified. PART 3 EXECUTION [c1113W 1�NA A. Furnish and maintain all warning signs, shoring, barricades, red lanterns, and other equipment as required by the Division of Industrial Safety and local ordinances. Mark open trenches and piles of excavated material. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. The Contractor to be responsible for full and complete coverage of all irrigated areas and to make any necessary minor adjustments at no additional cost to the Owner. B. All equipment and materials to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 SYSTEM DESIGN A. Provide shop drawings of a complete irrigation system design for review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. Do not design system to overspray onto buildings, walkways, roadways, other paved surfaces and /or parked vehicles. 2. Areas to receive irrigation as delineated on the irrigation drawings. 3. Provide separate zones for each type of component — rotors, spray, etc. 3.04 LAYOUT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for system layout and full complete coverage of the area indicated on the Drawings. B. Layout shall conform to existing site conditions and avoid conflict with trees, light standards, and other Site elements. C. Take care to coordinate layout of rotary nozzle heads with landscape. Submit to Engineer/ for review any increases in, and slight adjustments to, the areas delineated to receive irrigation in response to the planting layout. D. Full and complete coverage is required. Make any necessary minor adjustments to achieve full coverage at no additional cost to Owner. 3.05 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall be responsible for locating, protecting, and repairing all underground utilities. B. Perform all excavations as required for the installation of the irrigation system. Protect existing concrete curbs, bituminous roadways, drain tile at the back of the curb, and aggregate beneath curbs and roads. Restore all surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original condition and in a manner approved by the Engineer. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-8 C. Dig trenches wide enough to allow a minimum of 6 inches between parallel irrigation pipes lines (12 inches from pipe of other trades). Do not install pipe directly over other lines in the same trench. 1. Dig trenches for pipelines shall be made of sufficient depth to provide cover from finish grade as follows: a. Main Lines: 18 inches minimum. b. Control Wires from Controller to Valves: 18 inches minimum. c. Lateral Lines to Heads: 12 inches minimum. D. All backfill material shall be free from rock, large stone, and other unsuitable material to prevent damage to the pipe. Backfilling of trenches shall be done when pipe is cool to avoid excessive contraction. All backfill material shall be compacted to 90 percent density in 6 inch layers as it is brought up to grade to insure no settling. Dress off all areas with topsoil to finish grades. Contractor shall be responsible for regrading and resodding areas where settlement occurs. E. Confirm that conduit has been installed beneath the roadways as shown on the Drawings. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. All pipes shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Plastic pipe and fittings shall be solvent welded using solvents and methods as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust, and moisture before applying solvent. C. Pipe may be assembled and welded on the surface. Snake pipe from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. D. Cap or plug all openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent the entrance of materials that would obstruct the pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. All piping shall be securely capped at the end of each day's work. E. All piping shall be flushed of construction debris at the last head of each zone. F. Contractor shall be responsible for all piping, conduit, and wiring related to the automatic controller and any other control devices. G. All piping passing under pavements shall be encased in PVC sleeving extending at least 2 feet beyond the edges of the pavement. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF WIRE A. Control wire shall be installed with the main line in the same trench wherever possible. Install control wires at least 18 inches below finish grade and lay to the side and below main line. Provide 24 -inch expansion coils within valve boxes, and snake wire in trench to allow for contraction of wires. B. Control wire splices will be allowed only in runs of more than 500 feet. All underground splices shall be waterproofed with wire connectors and Direct Burial Splice Kit (DBY) as manufactured by 3M Company. C. All wire passing under pavements shall be encased in PVC sleeving extending at least 2 feet beyond the edges of the pavement. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-9 3.08 IRRIGATION HEADS A. Locate rotors and spray heads 4 inches inside fences, curbs, and edges of walks unless noted otherwise on Drawings. B. Select nozzle pattern to fit area being irrigated. C. Select pop -up head to match existing as required to control low head drainage. D. Ensure that all required filter screens are installed in short radius spray heads as directed by manufacturer. E. Flush lateral circuits thoroughly before installing nozzles. F. Adjust all nozzles for proper distribution and trim. 3.09 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Locate quick coupling valves 12 inches from remote control valve boxes. If not located near valve groups, locate at edge of walk or other element to facilitate location in the field. Blowouts will be incidental to installation of irrigation. 3.10 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A. Install remote control valves in valve boxes and group together. Align short side of box parallel with walk or pavement edge. Install boxes 12 inches from pavement edge, buildings or walls, and 12 inches apart. B. Flag proposed valve box locations and review with Engineer prior to installation. C. Set valve boxes so that top of cover is 1 inch above finish grade in shrub /groundcover areas. Fill bottom of box 4 inches deep with 3/4 inch drain rock. Do not bury valve. D. Label each valve with polyurethane I.D. tag showing controller and station number. Attach to control wire. Christy Standard Tag or equivalent. E. Label each valve box with the station number etched on the cover. 3.11 CHECK VALVES A. Install per manufacturer's instructions on sprinkler risers or lateral lines as necessary to control low head drainage. 3.12 CONTROLLER A. Install per manufacturer's instructions and local code. B. Provide a GFI duplex outlet and power switch on the power source. C. Install all 120 volt AC power supply wire within PVC Schedule 80 conduit. Splices must be made within junction boxes. Coordinate power supply with local power company. D. Ground controller. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-10 E. Connect remote control valves to controller in sequence as noted on Shop Drawings. F. Label valve wires at controller terminal strip with non - fading numbered tape. G. Prepare controller chart delineating what area is covered by each valve. H. Mount controller within specified enclosure. 3.13 WATER SUPPLY A. The Contractor shall connect to the existing water supply at the location shown on the Drawings. 3.14 CLOSING PIPES AND FLUSHING LINES A. Cap or plug all openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent entrance of soil or other materials that would obstruct the pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. B. Thoroughly flush all water lines before installing nozzles or valves. 3.15 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING A. After system is operating and required tests and observations have been made, backfill trenches with sand or finely divided soil, free of rubbish and rocks. B. Compact backfill for trenches equal to surrounding undisturbed soil. C. Dress off all areas to finish grades. Adjust grades if settlement occurs. 3.16 FLUSHING, TESTING, AND ADJUSTMENT A. Request the presence of the Owner in writing at least 48 hours in advance of testing. B. Testing shall be accomplished at the expense of the Contractor and in the presence of the Owner and the Engineer. C. Center load piping with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. D. Apply a continuous and static water pressure of 60 PSI when welded plastic joints have cured at least 24 hours and with the risers capped. Test main lines and submains for 12 hours. Test lateral lines for 2 hours. E. Contractor shall repair all leaks resulting from the tests at no additional cost to the Owner. F. After sprinkler piping and risers are installed and during installation of sprinkler heads, open control valves and flush debris clear of pipe. G. Adjust sprinklers after installation for proper and adequate distribution of the water over the coverage pattern. Adjust for the proper arc of coverage. H. Tighten nozzles on spray type sprinklers after installation. I. Adjust all electric remote control valve flow control stems and pressure regulating devices for system balance where applicable. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-11 J. Test and demonstrate operation of the sprinkler system to the Owner's Representative. K. Fully flush all subsurface piping manually and demonstrate flush valves for proper operation. L. Coverage Test: After all risers and heads are installed, check for complete and even coverage of all planting areas. Adjust to eliminate overthrow onto paved surfaces, buildings, fences, parked cars, etc. M. Operation Test: Prior to the start of the Maintenance Period, set the controller on automatic operation and irrigate automatically throughout the Maintenance Period. 3.17 SEASONAL DRAINAGE A. Winter drainage to be accomplished by removing the water in the system with compressed air. A compressed air hose connection with valve to be provided in the water supply line after the backflow preventer. 3.18 CLEAN -UP /RESTORATION A. Remove from the Site all debris resulting from the work of this Section. Sod all turf areas disturbed by the construction. 3.19 ADJUSTING A. Prior to Final Acceptance, adjust and regulate entire system. 3.20 DEMONSTRATION A. System Layout: Provide reduced prints of as -built drawings and include in Operations Manual. B. Upon completion of Work, instruct Owner in operation and maintenance procedures for entire system. C. Prepare and deliver to Owner an Operations Manual, in a 3 -ring binder, which includes the following: Manufacturer's data sheets, maintenance and parts information for each type of equipment installed; equipment warranties; and names and addresses of Contractor, subcontractors, and equipment suppliers. 3.21 MAINTENANCE A. System Testing 1. Monitor irrigation system components to maintain a continuous, trouble -free operation. 2. Monitor and adjust controller scheduling to supply water appropriate to plants and general weather conditions during the Maintenance Period. Check for complete and even coverage of all planting areas and to avoid overthrow onto paved surfaces, site furnishings, and buildings. 3. Flush and adjust heads to maintain proper coverage. 4. Promptly repair and replace any equipment damaged by maintenance operations at no additional cost to Owner. 5. Perform Operation Test at start and 30 days prior to the end of the maintenance period. Set the controller on automatic operation and irrigate automatically through 2 cycles. Examine each circuit for deficiencies. 6. Promptly report all damage not resulting from Contractor's negligence to Owner for direction regarding repair or replacement. PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 328400-12 7. Perform all seasonal maintenance work including fall shutdown and spring startup during the warranty period. B. Adjustments 1. Set watering schedule on controllers appropriate to type and maturity of plants and performance based on available pressure. Adjust throughout the year for seasonal change. C. Pipe Repair 1. During routine maintenance, staff should be on the lookout for both breaks in the main lines and lateral lines. Repair broken pipes immediately. 2. Repair broken pipe with repair kit, slip fix, pressure sleeve or equal, or as required. 3. Where replacement pipe is required, use pipe and fittings to match original Specifications. D. Control Wires 1. Should control wires be cut or damaged, locate area of damage and splice in new section of wire using splicing kit. Place splice in 6 -inch round box similar to valve box. 3.22 ACCEPTANCE A. Contractor shall test the irrigation system and make adjustments to heads, nozzles, and spray patterns as directed by the City and or Engineer until the system operates satisfactorily. B. The Engineer will provide written acceptance of the system. 3.23 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall provide a 1 -year warranty from date of acceptance for all parts, labor, and workmanship. 14 re7 NIX41 "On PLANT IRRIGATION © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 328400-13 r ],Itl FW Cr4►143_ 1 \ 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Restoration of construction area by installation of topsoil, seed, sod, soil amendments, mulch, and erosion control. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 57 13 - Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. 2. Section 3123 00 - Excavation and Fill. A. Measurement and Payment 1. A Bid Item has been provided for Seeding, including seed (MNDOT 270) AND fertilizer. Measurement will be based upon Lump Sum and is considered compensation in full for the Work, including preparing topsoil, preparation of seedbed, fertilizer; seed, and all correlated activity. 2. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. E�i 7 - A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.). B. Minnesota Department of Transportation Seeding Manual 2003 (MnDOT Seeding Manual). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following submittals consistent with Section 0133 00. B. Provide source and invoice for seed to be used for this Project. C. Producer's certificate of compliance — Written documentation verifying compliance of mixture of seed furnished. Include percentage of various seed species, year of production, germination rate, seed bag tags, and weed seed content. Submit to the Engineer at least 5 days prior to delivery. D. Species within native seed mixes species shall have their origin documented by the Minnesota Crop Improvement Association (MCIA) to certify that the product is a local ecotype plant. 1.05 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD A. The Establishment Period for plants shall begin for immediately after installation, with the approval of the Engineer, and continue until the date that the Engineer performs a final inspection. 1. The establishment period for sod is 30 days. 2. The establishment period for seeded areas is 1 year. TURF AND GRASSES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 329200-1 1.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide Engineer with seed bag tags used for identification purposes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL: Select Topsoil Borrow Conforming to MnDOT Spec. 3877. A. Provide plant fertilizer that is commercial grade and uniform in composition and conforms to applicable state and federal regulations. B. Slow release fertilizer. A minimum of 70 percent of the nitrogen component shall be slow release water insoluble nitrogen. C. Fertilizer shall contain a minimum percentage by weight 10 -10 -10 (NKP). 2.03 SEED: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3876. A. Lawns: MnDOT Mixture 270. B. General Roadside: Conform to MnDOT Mixture 250. C. Temporary Spring Cover: MnDOT Mixture 110. D. Temporary Fall Cover: MnDOT Mixture 100. E. Temporary Mix: MnDOT Mixture 130. F. Pond Edge Mix: MnDOT Mixture 350. 2.04 HYDRAULIC SOIL STABILIZER (HYDROMULCH): Conform to Section 0157 13. 2.05 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3885. 2.06 EROSION STABILIZATION MAT: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3888. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Review restoration areas with the Engineer. Determine locations for seed or sod. Schedule for restoration of areas may be revised to fit field conditions. B. Notify the Engineer at least 3 days in advance of hauling topsoil borrow on Site so the Engineer may visually inspect and sample for testing if deemed necessary. C. Finish grades are to be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to start of restoration. TURF AND GRASSES O 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 329200-2 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Delivery 1. Notify the Engineer of the delivery schedule in advance so the plant material may be inspected upon arrival at the Site. Remove unacceptable plant material from the Site immediately. 2. Deliver fertilizer and lime to the Site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name or trademark, and in conformance to state and federal law. In lieu of containers, fertilizer and lime may be furnished in bulk and a certificate indicating the above information shall accompany each delivery. 3. During Delivery: Protect sod from drying out and seed from contamination. B. Storage 1. Sprinkle sod with water and cover with moist burlap, straw, or other approved covering, and protect from exposure to wind and direct sunlight. Covering should permit air circulation to alleviate heat development. 2. Keep seed, lime, and fertilizer in dry storage away from contaminants. 3.03 PREPARATION A. General: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3A. B. Soil Preparation: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.38. C. Fertilizers and Conditioners: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3C 1. Apply fertilizer at a rate of 400 lbs. per acre (9.2 lbs. /1,000 sq. ft.). 2. Where soil pH is lower than 5.5, apply lime at 3 tons per acre (140 lbs. /1,000 sq. ft.). 3.04 SOWING SEED A. Seeding Dates: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3 for the mixes specified. B. Seeding Preparation and Application: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3 for the mixes specified. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Restored areas that have been satisfactorily completed and are disturbed by additional construction activity required by the timing and sequencing of the Work shall be restored over to the same requirements of the original work. B. Any sod that does not show definite growth and establishment 30 days after installation shall be replaced and established at the proper season by the Contractor at his /her expense. C. Seed maintenance shall be done in conformance with the MnDOT Seeding Manual — Maintenance Requirements for year 1. D. Watering of sod areas shall be done for a minimum period of 30 days from installation sufficient to ensure establishment of permanent vegetation. TURF AND GRASSES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 329200-3 3.06 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Seeding and turf work will be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to the Engineer, provided Work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance for the portion in question. B. At the conclusion of the establishment period(s), a final inspection of planting(s) will be made to determine the conditions of areas specified for landscaping. C. When inspected landscape work does not comply with requirements, replace rejected Work and continue specified maintenance until re- inspected by Engineer and found to be acceptable. Remove rejected materials from the Site. D. Seed evaluation at the conclusion of the establishment period shall be based on at least 1 species per square foot and 90 percent of seeding per square foot is of the permanent seed species within the applied mix. A MPIPTARVID61414M TURF AND GRASSES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 329200-4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Trenching requirements for underground piping and appurtenances, including requirements for excavation, backfill, and compaction. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 33 10 00 - Water Utilities. 2. Section 33 46 00 - Subdrainage. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment: 1. Trench Excavation: Excavation and backfilling of trench shall be included in the price of pipe provided. 2. Pipe Bedding: Considered incidental and shall be included in the price of pipe furnished and installed. 3. Density Tests: a. Passing Tests: All costs paid by Owner. b. Failing Tests: All costs charged to and paid by the Contractor. 4. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.): 1. 2105 - Excavation and Embankment. 2. 2451 - Structure Excavations and Backfills. 3. 3149 - Granular Material. B. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM): 1. D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Bedding: The soil material adjacent to the pipe which makes contact with the pipe foundation, walls of the trench, and upper level of backfill. The purpose of bedding is to secure the pipe to true line and grade, and to provide structural support to the pipe barrel. B. Foundation: Soil material beneath the pipe bedding. C. Improved Pipe Foundation: Foundation provided by importing material from sources outside the Site. Required when foundation is soft or unstable. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING cp 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 330505-1 D. Filter Aggregate: Free draining mineral product used around draintile pipe. E. Pipe Zone: That part of the trench below a distance of 1 foot above the top of the pipe. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Known existing underground utilities are shown on the Drawings in a general way. Owner does not guarantee the locations as shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall anticipate variations in both the vertical and horizontal locations of underground utility lines from those shown on the Drawings. B. Uncover utilities and verify both horizontal and vertical alignments sufficiently in advance of construction to permit adjustments in the Work. Determine location of existing utilities and identify conflicts before excavating trench for pipe installation. C. Notify Gopher State One Call before starting construction in a given area, requesting utility locations in the field. D. Provide continuance of flow of existing sewer and other facilities. E. Backfill and compact all trench excavations promptly after the pipe is laid. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Trench settlements that occur during the correction period and are greater than 1/2 inch as measured from the beginning to the end of the settlement, as determined by the Engineer, will be repaired in a manner acceptable to the Owner at the Contractor's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe: 1. Comply with MnDOT Spec. 3149.2B1 for granular borrow: a. No on the Site granular material encountered during construction may be used without the permission of the Engineer. b. 1 inch maximum aggregate size. B. Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP): 1. Class C -1 Bedding: a. Undisturbed soil. 2.02 IMPROVED PIPE FOUNDATION MATERIAL A. Comply with MnDOT Spec 3149.G. 2.03 FILTER AGGREGATE MATERIAL A. Comply with MnDOT Spec. 3149.2H. 2.04 BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Suitable materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 330505-2 B. Suitable materials are mineral soils free of rubbish, trees, stumps, branches, debris, frozen soil, oversize stone, concrete and bituminous chunks, and other similar unsuitable material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to construction, inspect existing utility structures and surface features, and document condition. B. Re- inspect foundation soils if rain fall or snow has occurred after initial inspection but prior to placing pipe and bedding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Notify Utility Owners to field mark their utility locations. B. Protect as necessary surface features, such as utility poles, trees, structures, pavement, etc., that are not designated on the Drawings to be removed. C. Notify utility companies of progress schedule so they can accomplish any necessary relocation and removals that they have agreed to relocate, remove, or support. D. Implement traffic control. E. Complete temporary removal or relocation of surface features, such as fences, shrubs, signs, and mailboxes. F. Strip off existing topsoil from within the trench excavation limits and stockpile. Separate vegetative stripping from salvageable topsoil and dispose of appropriately. G. Crossing Under Existing Utility Lines: 1. Use extreme care when excavating in the vicinity of underground utility lines to avoid damage to protective coatings or surfaces. 2. Where possible and as authorized by the utility, temporarily remove the utility line, install the new pipe, and reinstall the utility line. 3. Where existing line cannot be removed or is not feasible to remove, securely support, excavate under, backfill under and around the utility line to 100 - Percent Standard Proctor Density. 4. Report and repair damaged lines prior to backfilling trench. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Conform to ASTM C2321, or modified herein. B. Trench Excavation: 1. Excavate trench to alignment and grade shown on the Drawings. 2. The trench width at the surface may vary and depends on the depth of trench and nature of the excavated material encountered. However, it shall be of ample width to permit the pipe to be laid and jointed properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted properly. 3. Correct any part of the trench that is inadvertently excavated below grade with approved material compacted to 100- Percent Standard Proctor Density. 4. Brace, shore, or sheet trench and provide drainage. Comply with applicable State Regulations relating to industrial safety to a safe angle of repose. Angle of repose may be no less than that TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034- 10223 -0 330505-3 required by the Accident Prevention Division of the State Industrial Commission or the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), whichever is most restrictive. 5. Pile all excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the Work or obstruct sidewalks, driveways, gutters, etc. 6. Segregate soils in the excavated material that are not suitable for trench backfill and dispose of in a manner that is consistent with the requirements specified herein under "Backfill Above Pipe Zone." 7. Dispose of excess excavated materials off of right -of -ways and easements in a suitable site selected by the Contractor. 8. Haul materials, other than natural soil materials that are suitable as backfill material, to an approved landfill as directed by the Engineer. C. Water Control: 1. Dewater the ground as necessary to excavate the trench and install the pipe. All pipe and structures shall be laid in a dry condition prior to backfill. Maintain groundwater level a minimum of 1 foot below the pipe invert. Measure the rate of flow from dewatering pumps at the beginning of the dewatering operation(s) and once per week thereafter. Keep a daily log of hours pumped. D. Trench Bottom: 1. Excavate to a sufficient depth to insure adequate foundation when the bottom of the trench is soft or where in the opinion of the Engineer unsatisfactory foundation conditions exist. Bring excavation up to pipe grade with thoroughly compacted granular materials meeting the requirements of Improved Pipe Foundation Material. 2. Provide temporary support, remove, relocate, or reconstruct existing utilities located within the trench excavation. Utility shall designate method employed. Use particular care and provide compacted fill or other stable support for utility crossings to prevent detrimental displacement, rupture, or failure. 3. Excavate to expose existing utilities that cross in close proximity to the planned pipe line to determine the utilities' exact location sufficiently ahead of pipe installation to plan for the avoidance of grade conflict. Measure to determine the utilities' location relative to the planned pipe line location. A deviation from the alignment, grade, and location to avoid conflict may be ordered by the Engineer. 4. In locations where rock affects the pipe foundation, excavate the trench 6 to 12 inches below the pipe and place sand cushion material up to the proposed invert elevation. The remainder of the trench up to the top of rock elevation shall be backfilled with granular backfill material: a. Sand Cushion: The removal and disposal of the unsuitable material within the trench and below the invert elevation, and the replacement up to invert elevation with the appropriate bedding material. b. Granular Backfill: The removal and disposal of unsuitable material within the trench, above the invert elevation, and replacement up to the surface with appropriate backfill material. No additional compensation will be allowed for wider or deeper trenches in rock excavations. c. For PVC and HDPE Pipe, the sand cushion shall be placed to 1 foot above the pipe and shall be paid as pipe bedding. The remainder of the trench up to the top of the rock shall be backfilled with granular backfill material. 5. Improved Pipe Foundation: When unsatisfactory foundation conditions exist, excavate to a depth consisting of solid materials. Fill to pipe grade with thoroughly compacted granular materials meeting the requirements of Improved Pipe Foundation Material. A. Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe: Bed pipe in accordance with ASTM D2321. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 330505-4 B. Ductile Iron Pipe: Bed pipe in accordance with AWWA Standard C150 and C151. C. Use only selected materials free from rock, boulders, debris, or other high void content substances to a level 1 foot above the top of pipe. Remove ledge rock, boulders, and large stones to provide at least 6 -inch clearance from pipe. D. Dig bell holes of ample dimension at each joint such that the pipe barrel rests continuously on the bedding. 3.05 BACKFILL WITHIN PIPE ZONE A. Backfill immediately after pipe is laid. Restrain pipe as necessary to prevent their movement during Backfill operations. B. Place material completely under pipe haunches in uniform layers not exceeding 4 inches in depth. C. Hand (shovel) tamp along pipe within haunch zone. 3.06 BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE A. Use suitable materials meeting the requirements of Backfill Material. B. Place in uniform depth layers not to exceed 12 inches before compaction. Complete the compaction of each layer before placing material for the succeeding layer. C. Compact each layer by mechanical means until it meets the requirements of MnDOT Spec. 2105.3F1 "Specified Density Method." Trenches shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent, except to 100 percent in the upper 3 feet. If the moisture content of the backfill materials is greater than 3 percent above the optimum moisture, compact the materials to a minimum density of 3 pounds /cubic foot less than the Standard Proctor Curve at that moisture content, except that minimum compaction shall be 85 Percent of Standard Proctor Density. D. The method and means of placement and type of compaction equipment used is at the discretion of the Contractor. However, all portions of the trench backfill must meet minimum specified compaction requirements. E. Any deficiency in quantity of backfill material (caused by shrinkage or settlement) shall be supplied at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Excavated material not suitable or required for backfill shall be disposed of outside of the Site. 3.07 RESTRICTED TRENCH WIDTH A. Restrict width of trench to conform to construction limits indicated on the Drawings and where directed by the Engineer to prevent damage to specimen trees or adjacent structures. 3.08 QUALITY CONTROL A. Density Tests: To be performed by an approved soils testing firm at various locations and depths throughout the Site as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate fully and provide assistance as necessary to complete these tests. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 330505-5 B. Failed density test areas shall be excavated and re- compacted until the density requirements are met. + • TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 3305 05-6 • 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adjustment of utility structures. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 33 10 00 — Water Main Utilities. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Adjust Valve Box: A Bid Item has been provided for Adjust Valve Box. Measurement will be by each valve box adjusted. 2. Adjust Curb Box: Adjustment of curb box on new curb stops installed under this Contract is incidental to the Bid Unit Price for furnishing and installing the curb stop. 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A48 — Specification for Gray Iron Casting. 2. ASTM A240 — Specification for Heat — Resisting Chromium — Nickel Stainless Steel Plate Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 3. ASTM C6 — Specification for Normal Finishing Hydrating Lime (Mortar). 4. ASTM C141 — Specification for Hydraulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Purposes (Mortar). 5. ASTM C150 — Specification for Portland Cement (Concrete Rings /Mortar). 6. ASTM F593 — Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 7. ASTM F594 — Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. B. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.): A. Adjust Valve Box: A change in elevation of the top of the valve box accomplished through the raising or lowering of the existing top section of the valve box only. Adjustment does not include the addition or removal of sections from the valve box. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Contractor, Engineer, and Owner shall inspect all existing structures prior to beginning construction. ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 3305 17-1 B. Owner will remove any foreign material found in the existing structures prior to construction. Contractor is responsible for removing any foreign material that enters the structures during construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE BOX A. Risers 1. Conform to details on Drawings. 2. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 10 00. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The necessary vertical alignment will be determined by the Engineer and generally as indicated on the schedule of adjustments. B. Where existing frame is within 0.10 feet of grade, no adjustment is to be made. C. The frame shall be raised or lowered to match the street or gutter. D. Protect existing structures from damage. E. Prevent sand, concrete, or any other debris from entering the structures. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Call utility owners to field mark their utility locations. B. Contractor to verify exact location of existing utilities. 3.03 ADJUST VALVE BOX A. Adjust box by screwing top section up or down. B. Prevent sand, chunks of concrete, or any other debris from entering the valve box: 1. Short sections inserted inside the existing top section are not allowed to perform adjustment, unless specified. C. Install approved sections as needed. D. Patch road to match existing pavement section. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adjust valve boxes to 1/8 inch to 3/8 inch below grade prior to placing the final wear course. Thorough tamping of the material around the valve box is required. All valve boxes are the sectional screw- threaded adjustable type. AIT r • # ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 3305 17-2 P1 4A 8 E el as PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water main pipe, hydrants, valves, fittings, and miscellaneous appurtenances. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 33 05 17 - Adjust Miscellaneous Structures. 2. Section 3123 00 - Excavation and Fill. 3. Section 33 05 05 - Trenching and Backfilling. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment: 1. Bid Items have been provided for Water Main. Measurement and payment will be based upon the units listed below: a. Water Main Pipe: Measurement will be based upon units of lineal feet for each size and type of pipe installed, as measured along the axis of pipe, without regard to intervening valves or fittings. Water main over depth shall not be measured. Payment at the Bid Unit Price shall include furnishing and installing pipe complete in place as specified. b. Valve and Box: Measurement will be based on Valve and Box installed. Payment at the Bid Unit Price shall include furnishing and installing the Valve and Box complete in place as specified. c. DIP Fittings: Measurement shall be based on the fitting access weight installed. Payment at the Bid Unit Price shall include DIP Fitting, poly encasement, coatings, and hardware. d. Joint Restraint: No Bid Item has been provided. Joint restraint shall be considered incidental to water main installation with no direct payment made. e. Connect to Existing Pipe: Measurement shall be based on each connection made, payment at the Bid Unit Price shall include all items required to complete the Work. 2. No Bid Items have been provided for steel rodding. Steel rodding shall be considered incidental to water main installation with no direct payment made. 3. No Bid Items have been provided for testing. Testing shall be considered incidental to water main installation with no direct payment made. 4. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. A. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C104 - American National Standard for Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. C105 - American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 3. C111 - American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 4. C116 - American National Standard for Protective Fusion - Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings for Water Supply Service. 5. C151 - American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. WATER UTILITIES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 33 1000-1 6. C153 - American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 7. C509 - AWWA Standard for Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 8. C515 - AWWA Standard for Reduced -Wall, Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 9. C550 - American National Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 10. C600 - AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Main and Their Appurtenances. 11. C651 - AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. B. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A48 — Gray Iron Castings. 2. Al26 — Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 3. A307 — Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 -PSI Tensile Strength, 4. A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 5. C578 — Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 6. A674 - Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for Water or Other Liquids. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. WC 70 - Non - Shielded Power Cables Rated 2,000 Volt or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Product Data for the following items consistent with Section 0133 00: 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants. 2. 3oint restraint and corrosion resistant coatings. 3. Tracer wire. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Notify the Owner a minimum of 48 hours prior to performing Work. At this time, the Contractor is responsible to notify the City Fire Department of the intended shutdown. B. Notify all customers connected to water system to be shut down 48 hours in advance of shut down. C. The Owner must open and close the existing valves for this part of the operation. The Owner is responsible for flushing the mains after the connection is completed; however, the Contractor shall assist the Owner as necessary. D. Successfully complete required test and inspections before restoration of surface. � 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS (DIP) A. General Requirement: AWWA C151/A21.51. B. Cement - mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4. C. Special Thickness Class 52 for diameters less than 20 inches. Class 51 for 20 inch diameter or greater. WATER UTILITIES Oc 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 33 1000-2 D. Fittings: AWWA C153/A21.53, Ductile Iron, 250 -psi working pressure, AWWA C111 /A21.11 latest revision, mechanical joint or push -on: 2.02 BOLT ASSEMBLIES A. Tee -Head Bolts: 1. General: Conform to ANSI /AWWA C111 /A21.11. 2. Fluorocarbon Resin Coating: FluoroKote No. 1® (by Metal Coating Corp.); NSS Industries Cor- Blue bolt coating, or approved equal. 3. No other bolts are approved for use with mechanical joint restraints. B. Stainless Steel Bolts: 1. General: Conform to requirements of ASTM F593 and ASTM F594, Alloy Group 1, 2, or 3. 2. Approved for use as exterior bolts for hydrants and gate valves. C. Carbon Steel Bolts: 1. General: Conform to requirements of AWWA C515 and ASTM A307. 2. Fluorocarbon Resin Coating: FluoroKote #1® (by Metal Coating Corp.), NSS Industries Cor -Blue bolt coating, or approved equal. 3. Approved for use as exterior bolts for hydrants and gate valves. 2.03 GATE VALVE AND BOX A. General Requirement: AWWA C515 or C509. B. Non - rising stem (NRS), opening by turning counter clockwise, 2 inches square operating nut. C. O -ring seals. D. Mechanical joint ends conforming to AWWA C111 /A21.11. E. Exterior Bolt Assemblies: Conform to Paragraph 2.02 — Bolt Assemblies. F. All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have a fusion bonded epoxy coating complying with ANSI /AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16. G. Valve Boxes: 1. 3- piece, cast iron, screw -type. 2. Adjustable for 7 -1/2 foot depth of cover. 3. Valve and box considered as integral units. 4. 5 -1/4 inch diameter shafts. 5. 'Stay put" type drop covers, "WATER" on top with extended skirts. 2.04 CONDUCTIVITY STRAP A. As specified by the pipe manufacturer. 2.05 JOINT RESTRAINT A. Mechanical Joint Restraint: Not allowed on existing cast iron pipe: 1. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536. 2. Working Pressure: Minimum 250 psi. 3. EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug, Star Pipe Stargrip, or approved equal. WATER UTILITIES Q 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 33 1000-3 4. Casting body and wedge assemblies coating: a. Fusion bonded epoxy per ANSI /AWWA C116 /A2. B. Tie Rods: 3/4 inch diameter rods stainless steel or fusion bonded epoxy coated. 2.06 PIPE ENCASEMENT A. Material: Polyethylene film conforming to AWWA C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674, tube form. C. Film Marking Requirements: Conform to AWWA C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674, including AWWA /ASTM standard, corrosion protection warning and applicable range of nominal pipe diameter size(s) every 2 feet along its length. 2.07 CORPORATION STOP A. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 12 12. A. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 12 12. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 05. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPE A. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the details shown on the Drawings. B. Permanently support, remove, relocate, or reconstruct existing utility pipes, cables, structures, or other appurtenances when they obstruct the line, grade, or location of the pipe or appurtenance. C. Remove foreign matter or dirt from the inside of pipe. D. All jointing of mechanical joint pipe and push -on joint pipe in accordance to AWWA C600. E. Outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell, wire brush, wipe clean and dry. Keep pipe ends clean until joints are made. F. Lay and maintain pipe and appurtenances to the alignment, grade, and location shown on the Drawings. No deviation from the Drawing alignment, grade, or location is allowed, unless approved by the Engineer. No pipe shall be laid in water or when the trench conditions are unsuitable for such Work. G. Provide conductivity throughout the water system by use of conductivity strap, except for HDPE and PVC water main pipe. H. Precautions are to be taken to prevent debris or groundwater from entering the pipe being laid. WATER UTILITIES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 33 1000-4 I. Installing Fittings: 1. General Requirements: AWWA C600. 2. Set and jointing to existing pipe and fittings as specified for cleaning, laying, and joining pipe. 3. Spray exterior ductile iron nuts, bolts, and joint restraint bolts using a bituminous coal tar as supplied by the manufacturer. 7. Wrap all ductile iron pipe and fittings accordingly. K. Backfilling: Conform to Section 33 05 05. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF VALVE A. Set and joint valves to new pipe in the manner as specified for cleaning, laying, and jointing pipe. Location to be determined by the Engineer. B. Valves and boxes shall be supported on an 8 -inch concrete block as shown on the Drawings. C. Maintain valve box centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve. D. Set top of valve box flush with the existing surface to provide 12 inches of upward adjustment. E. Wrap gate valves with pipe encasement. 3.04 ANCHORAGE A. Restrain all bends and fittings with mechanical joint restraints 3.05 PIPE CONFLICTS A. Shall apply to any crossings under existing cast iron pipe and any pipe conflicts where a minimum clear separation of 1 foot is not possible. B. Cut the water main beyond the proposed sewer trench wall. C. Remove the abandoned water main and install offset as shown on the Drawings or as encountered during construction. D. All offset piping shall be DIP. E. Mechanical joint restraints shall not be allowed on cast iron pipe. BIZ. • Z II 0 A. Existing valves and hydrants shall be operated by the Owner, unless under emergency situations. B. Securely plug all water main openings promptly before suspension of Work at any time to prevent earth or other substances from entering the water main. C. Mark valve boxes and structures susceptible to being hit by construction or vehicular traffic. WATER UTILITIES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 331000-5 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Scope: 1. Perform hydrostatic pressure, disinfection, and conductivity tests. 2. The Engineer will observe and verify all tests and visually inspect final Work for compliance. B. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: 1. Minimum Test Pressure: 150 psi. 2. Test Duration: 2 hours. 3. Criteria: No drop in pressure allowed. 4. Testing Gauge: Liquid filled, 4 -1/2 inches diameter, labeled in 1 -psi increments, such as Ashcroft Model 1082, or approved equal. 5. Test all lines, including hydrant leads, water services, and stubs. C. Disinfection: 1. General Requirement: AWWA C651 — Disinfecting Water Mains (Tablet Method). 2. Place hypochlorite tablets in each section of pipe and all appurtenances: a. Attach tablets to top of pipe with a food grade adhesive, such as denture grip. b. The estimated number of tablets required per 20 foot length of pipe based on 3 -1/4 grain available chlorine per tablet is as follows: Diameter No. of Tablets 1) 4 Inches 1 2) 6Inches 2 3) 8Inches 3 4) 10 Inches 4 5) 12 Inches 5 6) 16 Inches 9 7) 18 Inches 12 8) 20 Inches 14 9) 24 Inches 20 c. Contractor shall use a Project specific number of tablets to disinfect water main for 24 hours with at least 50 ppm available chlorine, with a residual of at least 10 ppm throughout the length of the main at the end of the 24 -hour period. 3. Fill main with water at a velocity of less than 1 foot per second if tablet method is used. 4. Flushing by Contractor may begin after the chlorinated water has been allowed to disinfect the new pipe for 24 hours. Contractor shall schedule flushing with the Owner at least 24 hours in advance. 5. 1 bacteria test is required for every 2,000 feet of water main installed, with a minimum of 2 sample tests per Project. Contractor shall perform the bacteria test. D. Conductivity (DIP): 1. Conductivity to be provided throughout the water system by use of copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts, except when PVC or HDPE pipe is used. 2. Test Current: 350 amps at approximately 30 volts for 4 minutes, then 400 amps for 1 minute without fluctuation. 3. Fill lines with water prior to test. 4. Test all lines, including hydrant leads, water services, and stubs. • • • WATER UTILITIES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 331000-6 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Construction of water service pipe, corporation stops, curb stops and boxes, and all appurtenances. B. Related Sections: 2. Section 33 05 05 - Trenching and Backfilling. 3. Section 33 10 00 - Water Utilities. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment: 1. Irrigation Blowout: Measurement by lump sum as shown on the Drawings. Payment at the Bid Unit Price shall include all costs for labor, materials, copper piping, fittings, curb stop and box, irrigation box, concrete blocks, laying, connecting, excavation, backfilling, adjustment, protection, testing, and all other costs associated with the Bid Item. 2. Drinking Fountain Service: Measurement by lump sum as shown on the Drawings. Payment at the Bid Unit Price shall include all costs for labor, materials, copper piping, ductile iron piping, fittings, curb stop and box, irrigation box, concrete blocks, sleeve, laying, connecting, excavation, backfilling, adjustment, protection, testing, and all other costs associated with the Bid Item. 3. Curb Stop and Box: By physical count of each type installed. 4. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. i�i IC�7�3�:7�►[ �I�•� A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B88 - Class K Copper Water Service Pipe. 2. A674 - Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for Water or Other Liquids. 3. D3035 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastics Pipe (DR -Pr) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 4. F1290 - Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C105 - American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems. 2. C900 - AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 Inches through 12 Inches, for Water Distribution. 3. C901 - AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 Inch (13 mm) Through 3 Inches (76 mm), for Water Service. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the Product Data for the following items consistent with Section 0133 00: WATER SERVICES © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 33 12 12-1 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Corporation stops, curb stops and curb boxes. 3. Service saddles. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install sanitary sewer, water main, and all pipe deeper than the services prior to the installation of the services. B. Perform testing of new water main prior to reconnecting existing services. :• 2.01 SERVICE PIPE A. Copper Water Tube: 3/4 inch through 2 inches for buried service shall be seamless, Type K water tube conforming to ASTM B88. Service tubing larger than 1 inch shall be rigid Type K and joined using soldered joints: 1. Fittings shall be designed for working pressures up to 150 psi. Fittings used in service lines shall be designed for connection to the service line by threads, brazing, compression, and /or flaring. B. Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP): Conform to Section 33 10 00. A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Muller Minneapolis Pattern H -15154 2. A.Y. McDonald No. 4717 B. Same size and connection type for inlet and outlet. C. Full opening through the valve body with no smaller restriction allowed. 2.03 CURB BOX A. Conform to 2.02A. B. Adjustable in height from 78 inches to 90 inches. C. No Stationary rods. D. 2 inch upper section. E. Mueller improved extension type with arch pattern base. 2.04 SERVICE SADDLES A. Stainless steel. B. Approved Manufacturers: Smith -Blair 372, Ford FS 303, or Cascade CS22. WATER SERVICES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 33 12 12-2 2.05 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. Polycam®, or equal steel transition fittings or Polycam® Flared Nut Aeries 912 shall conform to AWWA C901 for connections to PE Service Pipe. 2.06 TRACER WIRE A. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 10 00. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Governing Code: Minnesota Plumbing Code and any local ordinances that may apply. C. Preparation: Conform to Section 33 05 05. D. New services shall be connected at the locations shown on the Drawings or if not shown as directed by the Engineer. E. Water Service Line: 1. Parallel and upstream of the sewer service line in the same trench where feasible. 2. Where subsurface conditions permit, install new water service pipe by boring, pushing, pulling, jacking, or other trenchless construction methods as approved by the Engineer. 3. Terminate water service as shown on Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. F. Corporation Stop: 1. Tap into main only when water main is under pressure. 2. Use 2 layers of pipe tread sealant tape on corporations as a thread lubricant and sealant, or product approved by Owner. 3. Support corporation with 1/2 cubic yard 3/4 -inch stabilization rock. G. Curb Box: 1. Support on full size pre -cast segmental manhole block. 2. Place in a plumb, vertical position. 3. Install to elevation matching finished grade. 4. Grade stakes will be furnished to establish elevations. H. Irrigation box: 1. Approved manufacturer I. All trenches shall be back-filled and compacted in accordance to Section 33 05 05. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not backfill trench until the service has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. B. Pressure Testing: All water services will be pressure tested in conjunction with the water main, conforming to Section 33 10 00. WATER SERVICES © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 33 12 12-3 3.03 PROTECTION A. Mark Each Curb Box: 1. Solid 4 inches by 4 inches by 8 feet wood post extending 4 feet above grade. 2. Metal fence post extending 4 feet above grade. B. Mark the End of the Utility Services: 1. Solid 4 inches by 4 inches by 8 feet wood post extending 4 feet above grade. 2. Metal fence post extending 4 feet above grade. WATER SERVICES © 2010 Bonestroo ( 000034 - 10223 -0 3312 12-4 SUBDRAINAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Storm sewer service and drain tile. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 33 05 05 - Trenching and Backfilling. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. A Bid Item has been provided for Drain Tile. Measurement will be by linear feet of pipe along its axis with no regard to intervening fittings for each size and type of pipe. Payment shall include pipe, geotextile, aggregate, and fittings and connection to structure. 2. Bid Items have been provided for Storm Sewer Pipe. Measurement will be based upon units of lineal feet for each size, type, and class of pipe furnished and installed complete in place as specified, including excavation, backfilling, and compaction. Pipe will be measured from centerline of structure to centerline of structure: a. Pipe bedding will be paid in accordance with Section 33 05 05. b. Improved pipe foundation material, if necessary, shall be per Section 33 05 05. 3. A Bid Item has been provided for Connect to Existing Structure. Measurement will be per each. Payment will include all costs related to core drilling a hole in the storm sewer structure, making the connection, and patching as specified. 4. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D1784 - Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds. 2. ASTM D3034 - Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 3. ASTM D3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4. ASTM D3350 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. 5. ASTM F477 - Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO): 1. AASHTO M252 - Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing. C. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.): 1. 3733 - Geotextiles. SUBDRAINAGE © 2010 Bonestroo 1 000034 - 10223 -0 334600-1 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install sanitary sewer, water main, storm sewer, and all pipe deeper than the services prior to the installation of the services. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings 1. General: Pipe and fittings shall be made of compounds conforming to ASTM D1784 in accordance with the material requirements of ASTM D3034. 2. Design: Integral bell gasketed joint and a minimum wall thickness as shown on the Drawings. 3. Joints: Elastomeric gasket joints providing a water -tight seal conforming to ASTM D3212 or ASTM F477. 4. Perforations: Circular on 6 -inch centers. Hole size of 1/4 inch, arranged in 4 rows along the full length of the pipe. 2.02 BEDDING MATERIAL A. See Section 33 05 05. 2.03 FILTER AGGREGATE MATERIAL A. See Section 33 05 05. 2.04 GEOTEXTILE A. Geotextile wrap shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 3733, Type 1. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The location and alignment of the subsurface drains and outlets are shown in a general manner on the Drawings. Exact location and alignment to be determined by the Engineer. 3.02 DRAIN TILE INSTALLATION A. Conform to details on Drawings. B. Construct at locations and elevations determined by Engineer or as shown on the Drawings. C. Pipe Bedding: Filter aggregate. D. Grade: Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, the grade of pipes shall not be flatter than 1 in 250. E. Plug upstream end of the drain pipe. F. Sections of the drain pipe shall be firmly joined. SUBDRAINAGE © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 334600-2 G. If perforated drain pipe is used, the pipe shall be placed so that the perforations are in the position indicated on the Drawings or designated by the Engineer. H. Connections: Connect to hole provided in precast structure. Seal joint with mortar. Core drill connection to structure where precast hole is not provided. I. Compaction: Conform to Section 33 05 05. J. Flushing: After installation has been completed, pipes shall be flushed with sufficient water to remove material that has entered the pipes during construction. 3.03 STORM SEWER SERVICE INSTALLATION A. Construct at locations and elevations determined by Engineer or as shown on the Drawings. B. Pipe Bedding: Bedding material. C. Plug upstream end of pipe. D. Sections of the pipe shall be firmly joined. E. Connections: Connect to hole provided in precast structure. Seal joint with mortar. Core drill connection to structure where precast hole is not provided. F. Compaction: Conform to Section 33 05 05. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not backfili trench until the pipe has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. SUBDRAINAGE © 2010 Bonestroo 1000034-10223-0 334600-3 COUNCIL Originating Department I Approved for Agenda I Agenda Section Parks and Recreation I August 23, 2010 1 Consent By: Shari French, P &R Director By: Kirk McDonald, City Manager I Item No. 6.5 Resolution approving change order no. 1 for Athletic Field improvements (improvement project no-. 862) Requested Action Staff is recommends that the City Council approve this resolution for change order no. 1 to the contract with Urban Companies in the amount of $5,000. Background The original contract for renovation project, #862, was approved by the City Council on May 23, 2010, in the amount of $80,670. $48,945 of this work will be covered by a grant from Hennepin County. Costs related to this project but not covered by the grant will be covered by the Parks Infrastructure Fund. As with any project, if additional work is required, a change order is to be submitted to the city. The contactor submitted the following minor change order to the city engineering firm related to the project in the amount of $5,000 to add a booster pump to irrigation systems. The irrigation system is designed to ensure that there is enough water pressure at the irrigation heads to provide adequate coverage of the ground. The booster pump provides additional pressure needed above that of the existing city system. The city engineer recommends approval of the change order (please refer to attached memo). Funding Recommended funding for the portions of this project not covered by the grant is the city's Park Infrastructure Fund. This change order brings the total project cost to $85,670. Attachments include the Resolution, change order, and city engineer's memo. Motion by Second by r ql ,, I: \RFA \P &R \PARKS \R -862 change order I.docx City of New Hope Resolution No. 2010 -121 Resolution approving change order no. 1 for Athletic Field improvements (Improvement project no. 862) WHEREAS, the city has entered into a contract with Urban Companies for the Athletic Field improvement project, and, WHEREAS, additional work is recommended by the City's engineering firm to add a booster pump to irrigation systems; and, WHEREAS, staff recommends the change order with Urban Companies; and WHEREAS, the city of New Hope prepares a five year Capital Improvement Program (CIP) as a guiding document for equipment acquisition and improvement projects to assist with the preparation of each annual operating budget; and WHEREAS, the CIP is not formally adopted as a budget document, nor does it authorize the acquisition of the individual equipment and /or projects listed therein; and WHEREAS, the additional funds needed for this project beyond what will be covered by the Hennepin County grant are available within the Parks Infrastructure Fund, NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Minnesota that the City Council hereby approves Change Order No. 1 in the amount of $5,000. BE IT FURTHER RESOVED THAT the appropriation of needed funds for payment to Urban Companies from the Park Infrastructure Fund is authorized and the 2010 Parks operating Fund budget is hereby amended. Adopted by the City Council of the City of New Hope, Hennepin County, Minnesota, this 23rd day of August 2010. z Z", Mayor Attest: � City Clerk I: \RFA \P &R \PARKS \R -862 change order Ldocx Owner: City of New Hope, 4401 Xylon Ave. N., New Hope, MN 55428 Date August 17, 2010 Contractor: Urban Companies, LLC., 3781 Labore Rd, Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 Bond Company: Bond No: CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 ATHLETIC FIELD IMPROVEMENTS CLIENT PROJECT NO. 862 BONESTROO FILE NO. 000034 - 10223 -0 Description of Work Add booster pump to irrigation systems. This Change Order provides that the contractor will install a booster pump for the irrigation systems at the softball and baseball fields including upgrades to the electrical system necessary to complete the work. Contract Unit Total No. Item Unit Quantity Price Amount CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 1 ADD BOOSTER PUMP TO IRRIGATION SYSTEMS LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 TOTAL CHANGE ORDER NO. 1: $5,000.00 3410223CH01_DRAFT.As Original Contract Amount Previous Change Orders This Change Order Revised Contract Amount (including this change order) CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES Original Contract Times: Substantial Completion (days or date): Ready for final Payment (days or date): Increase of this Change Order: Substantial Completion (days or date): Ready for final Payment (days or date): Contract Time with all approved Change Orders: Substantial Completion (days or date): Ready for final Payment (days or date): Recommended for Approval by: BONESTROO Approved by Contractor: URBAN COMPANIES, LLC Date Owner Contractor Bonding Company Bonestroo & Assoc. Date: $80,670.00 $0.00 $5,000.00 $85,670.00 Approved by Owner: OF NEW HOPE Date 3410223CHO I _DRAFTAS WE= M r, ii ' ii 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 To: Shari French, I . ( August 19 2010 Tel 651- 636-4600 Project No: 862 Date: Au Kirk McDonald g Fax 651-636-1311 From: Jason Quisberg I Project: Athletic Field Improvements Re: Irrigation System Change Order File No.: 000034 - 10223 -0 The Athletic Field Improvements project includes removal of the existing irrigation system for the softball field and the installation of a new system for the softball field together with a new service line to the existing system serving the baseball field. Payment for the new system is lump sum for providing and installing the irrigation equipment. Design of the new irrigation system is the responsibility of the contractor. The design submitted is subject to City approval prior to construction. The coverage area was identified on the plan along with general information about the existing systems. Upon investigation, the irrigation contractor determined that, based on his experience, both systems would benefit from the addition of a booster pump to the proposed improvements. Because neither system has a booster pump as they exist today, the contractor did not include this component in his bid price. Given the contractor's explanation of his assumptions and justification for the addition of a booster pump, this modification appears reasonable and beneficial. The booster pump to be installed would serve both systems. We recommend approval of the change order for this project relating to the proposed irrigation modifications required to incorporate the use of a booster pump in the new system. Feel free to contact me at 651.604.4938 if you have any questions. www.bonestroo.com I: \34\ 34102230\ Communications\ Correspondence \french _jpq ^Lighted Field irrigation change order.docx [TNS 06 -2010] Page 1 of 1 Leone Valerie From: French Shari Sent: Friday, August 27, 2010 1:54 PM To: 'Quisberg, Jason P; Blasiak John Cc: Johnson Guy; Mattson, Kevin; Leone Valerie Subject: RE: new hope booster pump $13,000 1 don't think we can move forward with this after council approved only $5000. We haven't ever had a problem in the past with current system. Are we absolutely sure well need a booster pump? Can it be added later if we have an issue?? From: Quisberg, Jason P [mailto:Jason.Quisberg@bonestroo.com] Sent: Friday, August 27, 2010 1:45 PM To: French Shari; Blasiak John Cc: Johnson Guy; Mattson, Kevin Subject: FW: new hope booster pump Here's what we received regarding the booster pump. The work for the booster pump itself appears to be in line with what was estimated. It is the electrical that is much higher than what we all anticipated. There are a few ways we could proceed: 1. Allow the contractor to proceed for the price given below. 2. Take the booster pump option out of the picture and direct the contractor to modify his design as needed before proceeding. 3. Review the situation with the contractor to see if there are any options for making this a cheaper setup. John - If you're able to work with someone at Short Stop, it might be helpful to have them review the electrical quote (attached) to see if what they're proposing is in line. Let us know how you would like to proceed. Jason Quisberg, PE Associate Direct 651-604-4938 Cell 651-775-5121 iason.guisberq@bonestroo.com 4 UBon Off L � troo From: greg urban [ma ilto: urba ncom pan ies@yahoo.com] Sent: Wednesday, August 25, 2010 5:01 PM To: Quisberg, Jason P Cc: Mattson, Kevin Subject: new hope booster pump Jason the cost for the booster pump is as follows 1 Utility Billing Certification Certification Amount Still Process Due 2010 Infrastructure and Miscellaneous Projects • 2010 Crackfill and Sealcoat — Pavement markings have been installed. Bass Lake Road Water main — The pavement along Bass Lake Road has been removed and water main installed from Winnetka to the west property line of St. Therese. Also, spot sanitary sewer replacement completed. • Winnetka Avenue Infrastructure Project — Sidewalk sub base has been prepped for concrete. 49 Avenue Ball Field Improvements - The project continues to be a bit complicated on the irrigation portion. Rather than install a booster pump now, staff is recommending that the irrigation company modify the layout for the irrigation system in an attempt to eliminate components that cause additional loss of water pressure in the system. In addition, the cabinet which will house the controls will be over sized plus the source pipe will be extended as required to allow for a booster pump if needed in the future. The existing system has provided enough water pressure for appropriate irrigation in the past without a booster pump. • City of Crystal's Phase 11 - Below is a map of the area Crystal will be working on for their 2011 street project. Only four New Hope streets will be impacted: 58th Avenue (east of Pennsylvania to west of Rhode Island) and Pennsylvania (three lots in along the west side) and Rhode Island (two two lots on the east side) north of Bass Lake Road. • Page 4 September 10, 2010 TOTALS 8/2/2010 $282,048.77 8/6/2010 $277,486.97 8/9/2010 $273,756.04 8/11/2010 $271,282.62 8/13/2010 $270,516.49 8/16/2010 $269,896.76 8/19/2010 $267,750.32 8/24/2010 $264,491.87 8/25/2010 $260,116.63 9/1/2010 $251,572.87 9/2/2010 $249,739.24 Infrastructure and Miscellaneous Projects • 2010 Crackfill and Sealcoat — Pavement markings have been installed. Bass Lake Road Water main — The pavement along Bass Lake Road has been removed and water main installed from Winnetka to the west property line of St. Therese. Also, spot sanitary sewer replacement completed. • Winnetka Avenue Infrastructure Project — Sidewalk sub base has been prepped for concrete. 49 Avenue Ball Field Improvements - The project continues to be a bit complicated on the irrigation portion. Rather than install a booster pump now, staff is recommending that the irrigation company modify the layout for the irrigation system in an attempt to eliminate components that cause additional loss of water pressure in the system. In addition, the cabinet which will house the controls will be over sized plus the source pipe will be extended as required to allow for a booster pump if needed in the future. The existing system has provided enough water pressure for appropriate irrigation in the past without a booster pump. • City of Crystal's Phase 11 - Below is a map of the area Crystal will be working on for their 2011 street project. Only four New Hope streets will be impacted: 58th Avenue (east of Pennsylvania to west of Rhode Island) and Pennsylvania (three lots in along the west side) and Rhode Island (two two lots on the east side) north of Bass Lake Road. • Page 4 September 10, 2010 Contract No: A102505 AGREEMENT FOR NEW HOPE ATHLETIC FIELD COMPLEX This Agreement is between the County of Hennepin, State of Minnesota ( "COUNTY "), A -2300 Government Center, Minneapolis, MN 55487, and the City of New Hope, 4401 Xylon Avenue North, New Hope, MN 55428 ( "LOCAL UNIT OF GOVERNMENT " herein "LGU ") Recitals Section 473.757, subd. 2 of Minnesota Statutes authorizes Hennepin County to make grants for youth activities and youth and amateur sports within Hennepin County with certain funds collected as part of the sales tax authorized in Section 473.757, subd. 10 of Minnesota Statutes. 2. Pursuant to Hennepin County Board Resolution 09- 0320R3, Hennepin County created the Hennepin Youth Sports Program. The Hennepin Youth Sports Program makes grants for youth sports and activities and amateur sports within Hennepin County. 3. In 2009, as part of the Hennepin Youth Sports Program, by Resolution No, 09 -0598, Hennepin County authorized an award of $48,945 to the LGU for the New Hope Athletic Field Complex (Project "). 4. The Parties entered into Agreement No. Al 00101, which expired on December 31, 2010. The Project has taken longer than expected to complete. The LGU anticipates the Project will be completed in the spring of 2011 and therefore the Parties agree to enter into this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows: The parties agree as follows: 1. TERM AND COST OF THE AGREEMENT The LGU agrees to complete the Project described in Section 2 by July 31, 2011. The LGU will invoice the COUNTY on or before July 1, 2011. This Agreement expires on July 31, 2011. The COUNTY agrees to contribute, an amount not to exceed $48,945 to the LGU for the Project. 2. USE OF FUNDS The LGU shall use all funds received under this Agreement for construction of the Project in accordance with the application submitted by the LGU to the Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission. The application for the Project dated November 2, 2009 is on file with Hennepin County and this application is incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. The LGU shall be solely responsible for securing all additional funds needed for completion of the Project. The LGU agrees that the Project will include a permanent plaque or sign, as agreed to by the LGU and COUNTY, identifying that the Project was made possible by funds from the Hennepin Youth Sports Program. 3. PAYMENT FOR SERVICES Payment shall be made directly to the LGU upon the presentation of a claim in the manner provided by law governing the COUNTY'S payment of claims and /or invoices. The LGU shall submit invoices for Project expenses with a letter which will be furnished by the COUNTY (see Attachment B). Payment shall be made within forty -five (45) days from receipt of the invoice. All funds shall be paid to LGU after COUNTY has agreed that the Project is complete, demonstrated by a Certificate of Occupancy. 4. PROFESSIONAL CREDENTIALS INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 5. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR LGU shall select the means, method, and manner of performing; the services. Nothing is intended or should be construed as creating or establishing the relationship of co- partners between the parties or as constituting LGU as the agent, representative, or employee of the COUNTY for any purpose. LGU is and shall remain an independent LGU for all services performed under this Agreement. LGU shall secure at its own expense all personnel required in performing services under this Agreement. Any personnel of LGU or other persons while engaged in the performance of any work or services required by LGU will have no contractual relationship with the COUNTY and will not be considered employees of the COUNTY. The COUNTY shall not be responsible for any claims that arise out of employment or alleged employment under the Minnesota Economic Security Law or the Workers' Compensation Act of the State of Minnesota on behalf of any personnel, including, without limitation, claims of discrimination against LGU, its officers, agents, LGUs, or employees. LGU shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the COUNTY, its officials, officers, agents, volunteers, and employees from all such claims irrespective of any determination of any pertinent tribunal, agency, board, commission, or court. Such personnel or other persons shall neither require nor be entitled to any compensation, rights, or benefits of any kind from the COUNTY, including, without limitation, tenure rights, medical and hospital care, sick and vacation leave, Workers' Compensation, Re- employment Compensation, disability, severance pay, and retirement benefits. 6. NON - DISCRIMINATION A. In accordance with the COUNTY's policies against discrimination, LGU agrees that it shall not exclude any person from full employment rights nor prohibit participation in or the benefits of, any program, service or activity on the grounds of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, public assistance status, or national origin. No person who is protected by applicable Federal or State laws against discrimination shall be subjected to discrimination. 7. INDEMNIFICATION LGU agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the COUNTY, its officials, officers, agents, volunteers and employees from any liability, claims, causes of action, judgments, damages, losses, costs, or expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission of LGU, a subcontractor hired by the LGU, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, and /or anyone for whose acts and/or omissions they may be liable in the performance of the services required by this Agreement, and against all loss by reason of the failure of LGU to perform any obligation under this Agreement. 8. DATA PRACTICES LGU, its officers, agents, owners, partners, employees, volunteers and subLGUs shall abide by the provisions of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13 (MGDPA), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and implementing regulations, if applicable, and all other applicable state and federal laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to data privacy or confidentiality. If LGU creates, collects, receives, stores, uses, maintains or disseminates data because it performs functions of the COUNTY pursuant to this Agreement, then LGU must comply with the requirements of the MGDPA as if it were a government entity, and may be held liable under the MGDPA for noncompliance. LGU agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the COUNTY, its officials, officers, agents, employees, and volunteers from any claims resulting from LGU's officers', agents', owners', partners', employees', volunteers', assignees' or subLGUs' unlawful disclosure and /or use of such protected data, or other noncompliance with the requirements of this section. LGU agrees to promptly notify the COUNTY if it becomes aware of any potential claims, or facts giving rise to such claims, under the MGDPA. The terms of this section shall survive the cancellation or termination of this Agreement. 9. RECORDS — AVAILABILITY /ACCESS Subject to the requirements of Minnesota Statutes Section 16C.05, Subd. 5, LGU agrees that the COUNTY, the State Auditor, the Legislative Auditor or any of their authorized representatives, at any time during normal business hours, and as often as they may reasonably deem necessary, shall have access to and the right to examine, audit, excerpt, 3 and transcribe any books, documents, papers, records, etc., which are pertinent to the accounting practices and procedures of LGU and involve transactions relating to this Agreement. LGU shall maintain these materials and allow access during the period of this Agreement and for six (6) years after its termination or cancellation. 10. SUCCESSORS, SUBCONTRACTING AND ASSIGNMENTS A. LGU binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the COUNTY for all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the contract documents. B. LGU shall not assign, transfer or pledge this Agreement and /or the services to be performed, whether in whole or in part, nor assign any monies due or to become due to it without the prior written consent of the COUNTY. A consent to assign shall be subject to such conditions and provisions as the COUNTY may deem necessary, accomplished by execution of a form prepared by the COUNTY and signed by LGU, the assignee and the COUNTY. Permission to assign, however, shall under no circumstances relieve LGU of its liabilities and obligations under the Agreement. C. LGU shall not subcontract this Agreement and/or the services to be performed, whether in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the COUNTY. Permission to subcontract, however, shall under no circumstances relieve LGU of its liabilities and obligations under the Agreement. Further, LGU shall be fully responsible for the acts, omissions, and failure of its subLGUs in the performance of the specified contractual services, and of person(s) directly or indirectly employed by subLGUs. Contracts between LGU and each subLGU shall require that the subLGU's services be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions specified. LGU shall make contracts between LGU and subLGUs available upon request. 11. MERGER AND MODIFICATION A. It is understood and agreed that the entire Agreement between the parties is contained herein and that this Agreement supersedes all oral agreements and negotiations between the parties relating to the subject matter. All items that are referenced or that are attached are incorporated and made a part of this Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. B. Any alterations, variations, modifications, or waivers of provisions of this Agreement shall only be valid when they have been reduced to writing as an amendment to this Agreement signed by the parties. E 12. DEFAULT AND CANCELLATION A. If LGU fails to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement or so fails to administer the work as to endanger the performance of the Agreement, it shall be in default. Unless LGU's default is excused by the COUNTY, the COUNTY may upon written notice immediately cancel this Agreement in its entirety. Additionally, failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement shall be just cause for the COUNTY to delay payment until LGU's compliance. In the event of a decision to withhold payment, the COUNTY shall furnish prior written notice to LGU. B. The above remedies shall be in addition to any other right or remedy available to the COUNTY under this Agreement, law, statute, rule, and /or equity. C. The COUNTY's failure to insist upon strict performance of any provision or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not be deemed a relinquishment or waiver of the same, unless consented to in writing. Such consent shall not constitute a general waiver or relinquishment throughout the entire term of the Agreement. D. This Agreement may be canceled with or without cause by either party upon thirty (30) day written notice. G. Provisions that by their nature are intended to survive the term, cancellation or termination of this Agreement include but are not limited to: INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR; INDEMNIFICATION; DATA PRACTICES; RECORDS - AVAILABILITY /ACCESS; DEFAULT AND CANCELLATION; PROMOTIONAL LITERATURE; and MINNESOTA LAW GOVERNS. 13. CONTRACT PROCESSING AND ADMINISTRATION The Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission ( "MASC ") will serve as staff liaison in the grant process administration. Responsibilities will include but not be limited to: forwarding all required grant processing documents to LGU; and forwarding appropriate documents to COUNTY for processing and/or execution (i.e., grant contract and invoice requests). MASC will serve as contact for grant administration and/or processing inquiries. Kimberly Spates, or successor (County Contract Administrator), shall manage this Agreement on behalf of the COUNTY and serve as contract liaison between the COUNTY and LGU. 61 14. COMPLIANCE AND NON - DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION A. LGU shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, rules and ordinances currently in force or later enacted. B. If the source or partial source of funds for payment of services under this Agreement is federal, state or other grant monies, LGU shall comply with all applicable conditions of the specific referenced or attached grant. C. LGU certifies that it is not prohibited from doing business with either the federal government or the State of Minnesota as a result of debarment or suspension proceedings. 15. NOTICES Any notice or demand which must be given or made by a party under this Agreement or any statute or ordinance shall be in writing, and shall be sent registered or certified mail. Notices to the COUNTY shall be sent to the County Administrator with a copy to the originating Department at the address given in the opening paragraph of the Agreement. Notice to LGU shall be sent to the address stated in the opening paragraph of the Agreement. 16. PROMOTIONAL LITERATURE LGU agrees that the terms "Hennepin County" or any derivative shall not be utilized in any promotional literature, advertisements of any type or form or client lists without the express prior written consent of the COUNTY. 17. MINNESOTA LAWS GOVERN The Laws of the State of Minnesota shall govern all questions and interpretations concerning the validity and construction of this Agreement and the legal relations between the parties and their performance. The appropriate venue and jurisdiction for any litigation will be those courts located within the County of Hennepin, State of Minnesota. Litigation, however, in the federal courts involving the parties will be in the appropriate federal court within the State of Minnesota. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will not be affected. THIS PORTION OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK on LGU AUTHORIZATION organized under: *LGU: City of New Hope B y: Its: Mayor A And: Its: City Manager Statutory _ Pl anB Option A Option B Charter *LGU shall submit applicable documentation (articles, bylaws, resolutions or ordinances) that confirms the signatory's delegation of authority. This documentation shall be submitted at the time LGU returns the Agreement to the COUNTY. Documentation is not required for a sole proprietorship. COUN'T'Y BOARD AUTHORIZATION Reviewed by the County Attorney's Office Date: COUNTY OF HENNEPIN STATE OF MINNESOTA Chair of Its County ATTEST: tq � De ty /Cler of County oard Date: 1 _ t a r And: (° Assistant /Deputy /Count dministrator Date: 7 CONTRACT [IF THE P. ORGANIZED UNDER THE STATUTORY STANDARD FORM OR UNDER OPTIONAL PLAN A, THE MAYOR AND CLERK MUST SIGN AND THE i''i • TE SEAL MUST BE AFFIXED; UNDER OPTIONAL MAYOR 1 MANAGER MUST SIGN; UNDER CHARTER, INQUIRE OF i IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN. A NOTARY i REQUIRED, HOWEVER, CERTIFIED COPY OF COUNCIL RESOLUTION i RIZING CONTRA MUST BE 1 COUNCIL V IN Request for Action Originating Department Approved for Agenda Agenda Section Consent Parks and Recreation April 11, 2011 Item No. By: Shari French, P &R Director I By: Kirk McDonald, City Manager 1 6.7 Resolution authorizing the purchase and appropriation of funds in the amount of $1,928.27 for a drinking fountain for Lighted Field from Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. (improvement project #862) Requested Action Staff recommends that the City Council approve the low quote of $1928.27 for a drinking fountain for Lighted Field submitted by Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. Background The plans for Lighted Field improvements included a new drinking fountain. The drinking fountain model quoted is recommended by the maintenance staff as a reliable fountain for this application. The breakdown of the quotes is as follows: • $1,928.27 from Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. • $2,194.60 from SPS Company, Inc. Funding: is available in the Parks Infrastructure Fund which is levy funded each year. The fund was established in 2001 by council action. Attachment: quotes received. Motion by Second b ( ' To: I: \ RFA \ P &R\ PARKS \ R- drinking fountains quotes 2011.docx City of New Hope Resolution No. 2011- 59 Resolution authorizing the purchase and appropriation of funds in the amount of $1,928.27 For a drinking fountain for Lighted Field from Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. (Improvement project #862) WHEREAS, the city of New Hope prepares a five year Capital Improvement Program (CIP) as a guiding document for equipment acquisition and improvement projects to assist with the preparation of each annual operating budget; and WHEREAS, the CIP is not formally adopted as a budget document, nor does it authorize the acquisition of the individual equipment and /or projects listed therein; and WHEREAS, the funds for this park portion of this work have been provided within the Park Infrastructure Fund. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Minnesota that the appropriation of $1,928.27 from the Park Infrastructure Fund for payment to Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. is authorized. Adopted by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Hennepin County, Minnesota, this 11th day of April, 2011. Mayor Attest:.�Z� City Clerk I: \ RPA \ P&R \ PARKS \ R- drinking fountains quotes 2011. docx FERGUSON ENTERPRISES #1657 EER�G a 10205 10TH AVENUE NORTH Deliver To: JOHN %INC." i s PLYMOUTH, MN 55441 From: Carl Klett Comments: JOHN, I AM EXPECTIING THIS WILL SHIP 2 -3 WEEKS ARO. PLEASE CALL WITH ANY QUESTIONS 12:00:45 APR 05 2011 FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, INC, FERGUSON ENTERPRISES #1657 Price Quotation Page # 1 Phone; 763- 797 -7000 Fax :763 -797 -7012 Bid No.......: 8397627 Tax: 130.77 Bid Date....: 04/05/11 Cust Phone 763 531 - 5100 Quoted By.: CEK 7 TerMS. ....... : NET 10TH PROX CUStoMe% CIT`! OF NEW HOPE Ship To: CITY OF NEW HOPE 4401 XYLON AVENUE NORTH 4401 XYLON AVENUE NORTH NEW HOPE, MN 55428 NEW HOPE, MN 55428 Cust PO #...: .Job NaMe: CITY OF NEW HOPE Item Description Quantity Net Price UM Total H3377 LF ADA PED DRINK FTN W/ SSST BOWL 1 1747.500 EA 1747.50 PLUS FREIGHT FFREIGHT FRT CHARGE FEE 1 50.000 EA 50.00 Net Total: 1797.50 Tax: 130.77 Total: 1928.27 Quoted prices are based upon receipt of the total quantity for immediate shipment (48 hours). SHIPMENTS BEYOND 48 HOURS SHALL BE AT THE PRICE IN EFFECT AT TIME OF SHIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Seiler not responsible for delays, lack of product or increase of pricing due to causes beyond our control, andjor based upon Local, State and Federal laws governing type of products that can be sold or put into commerce. This quote Is offered contingent upon the buyer's acceptance of Seller's terms and conditions, which are incorporated by reference and found either following this document, or on the w eb at http: / /wolseleyna.com /terms conditionsSale.hfml. Govt Buyers: All items are open market unless noted otherwise. APR -05 -2011 11:11AM FA :Ri9htFaw ID: NEW HOPE PUBLIC WORK: PAGE:OO1 R =93% E MER TO: 6362 STATE HIGHWAY 7 SAINT LOUIS PARK, IV 55416 95—S29-1377 Pax 952-928-7211 Mark Junge BID 10TH N . ET 30TH 105/05/11 No For projects requiring adherence to the Recovery Act (ARRA), Buy America Rule or the Buy American Act, SPS Companies, Irc. is not responsible for detemining product compliance. Before accepting this quotation/order. please confirm with the authority having jurisdiction that the items list6d meet the necessary requirements. lea 1510231 HAWS 3377 1864.000 1864.00 DRINKING FOUNTAIN REPLACES 004A STD GREEN PEDESTAL ALLOW 2-3 WEEKS *** Above Item Not Returnable lea 1510237 HAWS PAINTED LEGS 245.600 245.60 FOR 3377 BLACK COLOR *** Above Item Not Returnable lea 139S158 FREIGHT - DIRECT 85.000 85.00 J AXES NOT INCLUDED Prices unless otherwise noted shall be valid for 30 S&H CHGS 0.00 days from the quotation date�and be ond that are APR-05-2011 11:04AM FAX:SPS Companies Inc ID:MEW HOPE PUBLIC WORK PAGE:002 R=93x ` _` a E a E c O 0 3 0 0 H E . o LL LL O O Kv 0 ro EO a. 7- Ex. N. O o y o 'a .9 o E 0 'i E E E E E E E E o o 2 E E E E E E E E E o o . . . 0 . . . . . . . - 4 15 E 0 a v a a E2 E o , t. log o 28 'Ltl - -5 o -d o E E E 0 C) > :3 LC < (D E a E c O 0 3 0 0 H E . o COUNCIL Request for Action Originating Department Approved for Agenda Agenda Section Consent Parks and Recreation September 26, 2011 Item No. By: Susan Rader, P &R Director By: Kirk McDonald, City Manager 6.7 Resolution approving final pay request to Urban Companies for New Hope Athletic Field project (improvement project no. 862) in the amount of $5,308.50 Requested Action Staff recommends that the City Council approve a resolution to accept the field improvements for New Hope Athletic Field (project #862) and authorize final payment to Urban Companies in the amount of $5,308.50. This final payment brings the improvement project cost for Urban Companies to $75,770. As noted in the engineer's letter, this is $4,900 less than the quote originally provided by the company. All necessary paperwork has been received from the contractor including an IC -134. Staff recommends release of the final check. The final documentation will be submitted for the Hennepin County Youth Sports Grant that was awarded late in 2009. Background New Hope Athletic Field is located at 49 and Flag avenues north. The football /softball field was built in 1974 and was in need of upgrading. The project involved replacement of the field irrigation system, infield grading and drainage improvements, bituminous trail improvements and replacement of the drinking fountain. Funding The amount of $48,945 will be received from the Hennepin County Youth Sports grant. The remainder of the funds will come from the Park Infrastructure Fund which is levy funded each year. Attachment(s) Attached is a copy of the contractor's invoice in the amount of $5,308.50 and a letter from the city engineer. Motion b (' Second by d,Q,•�., To: �. I: \RFA \P &R \ PARKS \R -862 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements finaling out.doc City of New Hope Resolution No. 2011 - 133 Resolution approving final pay request to Urban Companies for New Hope Athletic Field project (improvement project no. 862) In the amount of $5,308.50 WHEREAS, the city has entered into a contract with Urban Companies for the field improvements for the New Hope Athletic Field; and, WHEREAS, staff is recommending that the Council adopt a resolution to accept the completion of the improvement project #862 and approve final payment to Urban Companies, in the amount of $5,308.50; and, WHEREAS, staff has reported that all work has been satisfactorily completed and recommends that final payment be made to Urban Companies. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Hennepin County, Minnesota: 1. That the City Council accepts the field improvement project at New Hope Athletic Field, improvement project #862 from Urban Companies. 2. That the city manager is hereby directed to authorize the final payment of $5,308.50 to Urban Companies. Adopted by the City Council of the city of New Hope, Hennepin County, Minnesota this 26th day of September 2011. Mayor 14� Attest: U o �e_ City Clerk I:\ RFA\ P&R\ PARKS\ R-862 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements finaling out.doc September 13, 2011 Stantec Consulting Services Inc. 2335 Highway 36 West St. Paul MN 55113 Tel: (651) 636 -4600 Fax: (651) 636 -1311 Susan Rader City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope, MN 55428 Re: Athletic Field Improvements — Final Payment Client Project No.: 862 Bonestroo File No.: 000034 - 10223 -0 Dear Susan, All work under the Athletic Field Improvements Project contract has been completed and accepted. The contractor, Urban Companies, has requested final payment in the amount of $5,308.50. The original contract was for $80,670.00. The requested final payment brings the total construction costs to $75,770.00 or $4,900.00 (6 %) less than the original contract amount. The savings was due to an under -run of estimated quantities versus final; the project objectives were met. We recommend approval of the final payment to Urban Companies in the amount of $5,308.50 for the Athletic Field Improvements Project. A copy of Payment No. 3 and Final is attached. The IC -134 documents are also attached. Sincerely, STANTEC CONSULTING SERVICES INC. // 'I Mark A. Hanson, PE (651) 604 -4838 Enclosure: Payment No. 3 and Final owner: City of New Hope, 4401 Xylon Ave. N., New Hope, MN 55428 Date: August 19, 2011 =or Period: 12/14/2010 to 8/19/2011 Request No 3 AND FINAL .ontractor: Urban Companies, 3781 Labore Rd., Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PAYMENT ATHLETIC FIELD IMPROVEMENTS BONESTROO FILE N0, 000034 - 10223 -0 CITY PROJECT NO. 862 SUMMARY 1 Original Contract Amount 2 Change Order - Addition 3 Change Order - Deduction 4 Revised Contract Amount 5 Value Completed to Date 6 Material on Hand 7 Amount Earned 8 Less Retainage 0% 9 Subtotal 10 Less Amount Paid Previously 11 Liquidated damages - 12 AMOUNT DUE THIS REQUEST FOR PAYMENT NO. Recommended for Approval by: BONESTROO Approved by Contractor: URBAN COMPANIES —z rl $ 80,670.00 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ 80,670.00 $ 75,770.00 $ 0.00 $ 75,770.00 $ 0.00 $ 75,770.00 $ 70,461.50 $ 0.00 3 AND FINAL $ 5,308.50 Approved by Owner: CITY OF NEWY HOPE Specified Contract Completion Date: Date: ° 000034102230REQ3F INAL.Asm TOTAL BASE BID: $70,591.00 TOTAL ALTERNATE NO. 1 - DRINKING FOUNTAIN $5,179.00 TOTAL WORK COMPLETED TO DATE $75,770.00 000034102230 REQ3FINAL.xlsm Contract Unit Current Quantity Amount No. Item Unit uanti Q ty Price Quantity to Date to Date BASE BID: 1 MOBILIZATION LS 1 2500.00 1 $2,500.00 2 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 500.00 $0.00 3 REMOVE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM LS 1 1000.00 1 $1,000.00 4 REMOVE MANHOLE EA 1 500.00 1 $500.00 5 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SY 330 3.00 330 $990.00 6 CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPE EA 2 450.00 2 $900.00 7 CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE EA 1 500.00 1 $500.00 8 IRRIGATION SYSTEM AND CONTROLS LS 1 21000.00 1.03 $21,630.00 9 IRRIGATION BLOWOUT LS 1 1000.00 1 $1,000.00 10 IRRIGATION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SERVICE LS 1 1500.00 1 $1,500.00 11 4" DIP WATER MAIN, CLASS 52 LF 450 28.00 450 $12,600.00 12 4" GATE VALVE AND BOX EA 3 850.00 2 $1,700.00 13 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS LB 580 2.50 422 $1,055.00 14 4" PERFORATED PVC DRAIN TILE, SCHEDULE SDR 26 LF 600 10.00 600 $6,000.00 15 RED BALL DIAMOND ROCK CY 190 50.00 113 $5,650.00 16 COMMON EXCAVATION CY 90 15.00 90 $1,350.00 17 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE MIXTURE TN 60 100.00 56 $5,600.00 18 AGGREGATE BASE, CLASS 5 TN 110 18.00 112 $2,016.00 19 INLET PROTECTION EA 2 150.00 2 $300.00 20 SELECT TOPSOIL BORROW (LV) CY 40 15.00 40 $600.00 21 SEEDING, INCL SEED (MNDOT 270), AND FERTILIZER LS 1 3200.00 0.5 1 $3,200.00 TOTAL BASE BID: $70,591.00 ALTERNATE NO. 1 - DRINKING FOUNTAIN 22 REMOVE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN LS 1 400.00 1 $400.00 23 CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPE EA 1 400.00 1 $400.00 24 DRINKING FOUNTAIN SERVICE LS 1 1600.00 1.69 $2,704.00 25 2" PVC STORM SEWER, SDR 26 LF 30 25.00 23 $575.00 26 6" CONCRETE PAD EA 1 500.00 1 $500.00 27 CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE EA 1 600.00 1 $600.00 28 1" CURB STOP AND BOX EA 1 500.00 $0.00 TOTAL ALTERNATE NO. 1 - DRINKING FOUNTAIN $5,179.00 TOTAL BASE BID: $70,591.00 TOTAL ALTERNATE NO. 1 - DRINKING FOUNTAIN $5,179.00 TOTAL WORK COMPLETED TO DATE $75,770.00 000034102230 REQ3FINAL.xlsm PROJECT PAYMENT STATUS OWNER CITY OF NEW HOPE CITY PROJECT NO. 862 BONESTROO FILE NO. 000034 - 10223 -0 CONTRACTOR URBAN COMPANIES TFT ZO No. Date Description Amount Total Change Orders No. From To Payment Retaina a Completed 1 11/01/2010 1108/10 61,556.20 3,239.80 64,796.00 2 11/09/2010 12/13/10 8 3,708.50 74,170.00 3 AND FINAL 12/14/2010 08/19/11 5,308.50 75 770.00 Material on Hand Total Payment to Date $75,770.00 Original Contract $80 Retaina a Pay No. 3 AND FINAL Chan e Orders Total Amount Earned $75,770.00 Revised Contract $80 000034102230REQ3FINAL.xlsm https://www.n r " M, $i` Contractor's Withholding Affidavit Confirmation GREGORY J URBAN ID 7739497 Please keep this information for your records. Submit a copy of this page. to the- project owner to receive your final payment.. Confirmation number Project owner Project number Project begin date Project end date Project location Subcontractors 403019 Wed Sep 14 20:11:05 CDT 2011 CITY OF NEW HOPE 1 August 2010 August 2011 NEW HOPE ST PAUL UTILITIES 394079 PREMIER TURF 399341 1 of 1 9/14/2011 8:11 PM https: /, ww.mndor. state .mn.us /wc/'ac6on /confirmationprint ,MI NNF.S(YI RFN'FNI IF Contractor's Withholding Affidavit Confirmation ST PAUL UTILITIES & EXCAVATING INC ID 6812390 Please keep this information for your records. Submit a copy of this page to the business that hired you to receive your final payment. Confirmation number Project owner Project number Project begin date Project end date Project location Subcontractors 394079 Thu Aug 04 13:42:50 CDT 2011 CITY OF NEW HOPE 10125 September 2010 October 2010 NEW HOPE ATHLETIC FIELDS No subcontractors listed. l,1! 9 1 of I 8!4!2011 1:42 Pb2 Chad Davison From: greg urban [urbancompanies@yahoo.coml Sent: Friday, September 16, 2011 10:53 PM To: Chad Davison Subject: subcontractors is 134's Attachments: image001.gif; img598.jpg please see below and attached Greg Urban Urban Companies 3781 Labore Rd St Paul MN 551 Phone: 651-248-9830 Fax: 651-426-3554 ----- Forwarded Message - - - -- From: Jay Stadler <iqy,§ &ratta�loneco�manie�s.com> To: " <urbancomP Sent: Tuesday, August 30, 2011 3:06 PM Subject: Emailing: confirmation Print Ni1NNFA)TA• 1 FNUf; Confirmation PREMIER TURF & IRRIGATION LLC ID 8631243 Please keep this 4iformation for your records, Submit a copy (if this page to the business that hired you to receive your final payment. 399341 Tiu�e Aug 30 15:05:13 CDT 2011 CITY OF NEVV HOPE 3410223 ALIgUSt 201 August 201 NEW HOPE No subcontractors listed. October 19, 2011 Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission Attn: Linda Lynch 1700 -105 Avenue NE Blaine, MN 55449 Dear Ms. Lynch: Please accept this letter as our formal request to receive the Hennepin County Youth Sports Program grant funds in the amount of $48,945 for the New Hope Athletic Field Complex. This letter also serves as official notification our acknowledgement and adherence of the language and provisions of the executed grant agreement A102505. Per your request and attached for your review are copies of paid invoices totaling $108,104.78. These paid invoices exceed our project's grant award. In addition, to demonstrate the project has been completed and documented as such, a copy of the Affidavit of Project Completion is enclosed for your records. I trust the documentation provided is sufficient for your purposes. Please feel free to contact Susan Rader at 763.531.5152 if you need additional information or have any questions. Again, thank you for the grant. It was greatly appreciated! Sincerely, Kirk McDonald, City Manager 4401 Xylon Avenue North ® New Hope, Minnesota 55428 -4898 ® www. ci.new- hope.mn.us City Hall: 763- 531 -5100 ® Police (non - emergency): 763 -531 -5170 + Public Works: 763- 592 -6777 ® TDD: 763- 531 -5109 City Hall Fax: 763- 531 -5136 ® Police Fax: 763- 531 -5174 ® Public Works Fax: 763- 592 -6776 Attachment B Affidavit of Project Completion This document is to be completed for projects receiving Hennepin Youth Sports Program Grants where a Certificate of Occupancy, per Minnesota Rules 1300.0220, is not required to be issued. I hereby certify that: 1. The facility /structure listed below is not subject to the conditions of Minnesota Rules 1300.0220 2. This document shall serve in lieu of a Certificate of Occupancy. 3. The construction of the facility is completed as outlined in contract A102505 with Hennepin County 4. The facility is safe to be occupied by the public. Facility Address: PIN (if applicable): Legal Description: Zoning District: Owner Name: Address: City State Zip: Phone: Comments: 881049 th Avenue North, New Hope, MN 55428 see attached see attached R -1 City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope, MN 55428 763.531.5100 Name of Grant Recipient: City of New Hope Kirk McDonald Name of o 'zed Of (P( print) 1 Signature Cily Manager Title Date This document is to be included with the grant invoice processing documents and mailed to: Lynda Lynch Minnesota Amateur Sports Commission 1700105 Ih Avenue NE Blaine, MN 55449 PIN LEGAL - METES & BOUNDS ZONE W 263 5/10 FT OF E 838 07- 118 -21 -24 -0004 51/100 FT OF S 1/4 OF NW 1/4 R -1 W 263 5/10 FT OF E 1102 07- 118 -21 -24 -0003 01/100 FT OF S 1/4 OF NW 1/4 R -1 1 1/4 DIS 1102 01 /100 FT W 07- 118 -21 -23 -0001 FROM SE COR THOF TH CONT R -1 0� City of New Hope - Lighted Athletic Field Date Description Amount Name 11/12/09 Engineering Service $228.00 Bonestroo Rosene Anderlik 12/31/09 2128.50 3/24/10 846.50 4/14/10 1846.50 5/19/10 5082.13 6/16/10 3688.00 7/21/10 871.32 9/1/10 2288.50 10/15/10 1637.14 11/17/10 3869.18 12/29/10 1117.14 12/31/10 1022.50 6/22/11 1449.93 7/13/11 1968.82 8/24/11 553.94 9/28/11 173.93 10/12/11 334.50 6/30/10 Legal Service 59.13 Jensen Sondrall & Persellin 8/18/10 198.00 4/28/10 Legal Notice Publication 71.50 Sun Newspapers 8/11/10 Other Contractual 190.00 Bullseye Private Utility Locat 11/3/10 371.75 Marshall Contrete Products 11/17/10 61556.20 Urban Companies 11/17/10 370.00 Braun Intertec Corporation 12/15/10 30.00 12/22/10 8905.30 Urban Companies 5/18/11 1937.87 Ferguson Enterprises Inc 9/28/11 5308.50 Urban Companies TOTAL $108,104.78 i •' 4401 Xylon Avenue North e New Hope, Minnesota 55428 -4898 ® www. ci.new- hope.mn.us City Hall: 763- 531 -5100 ® Police (non - emergency): 763 - 531 -5170 ® Public Works: 763- 592 -6777 ® TDD: 763- 531 -5109 City Hall Fax: 763 -531 -5136 o Police Fax: 763- 531 -5174 ® Public Works Fax: 763- 592 -6776 Project 000034- 09000 -0 City of New Hope General Invoice 172593 Public Works Fueling Station Improvement Drafted quote package for Public Works fuel tank upgrades and met with City to review project, reviewed and discussed requirements for cathodic protection work and design guidelines for concrete at fueling station. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 10.50 114.00 1,197.00 Engineer 12.50 91.00 1,137.50 . %o -2,030 Total Labor 23.00 2,334.50 Mileage 11.00 Total Direct Project Expenses 11.00 Total this Task $2,345.50 Lighted Field Imps - Henn Co Grant App r Prepared for and attended meeting with staff to review Hennepin County youth sports grant,' U opportunity. Hours Rate Amount -� Project Manager 2.00 114.00 228.00 Total Labor 2.00 228.00 Total this Task $22$.00 Total this Phase $3,847.50 Direct Project Expenses Printing Total Direct Project Expenses 31.783 31.78 Total this Phase $31.78 Billings to Date Fee Hourly Expenses Totals Current Prior Total 50.00 600.00 650.00 4,878.50 61,365.00 66,243.50 152.78 5,720.24 5,873.02 5,081.28 67,685.24 72,766.52 Total this Invoice $5,081.28 Page 4 Project 000034- 09000 -0 City of New Hope General Invoice 173778 $5,067.60' Total this Task Public Works Fueling Station Improvement Discussed quote questions for Public Works fuel tank upgrades with contractor, reviewed fuel tank options with City staff, prepared contracts and forwarded to contractor; coordinate, prepare for and attend preconstruction meeting; inspect concrete removals, fuel tank cathodic protection and spill containment upgrades, discuss tank type and requirements for MPCA compliance; reviewed specifications and subgrade with staff, inspected concrete installation. Total this Task $4,239.00 c Lighted Field` Imps - Henn Co Grant App { Prepared cost estimate, prepare Hennepin County Youth Sports grant application, review grading and irrigation needs, updated figures for grant application, prepare application; meet with City staff to review work at Bailfield Park; prepare for and attend meeting to discuss County grant application for 49th Avenue ball field improvements. 65,26 - J45 - 70 30 Project Manager Engineer Mileage Total Labor Total Direct Project Expenses Hours Rate Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 15.50 114.00 1,767.00 Engineer 19.00 91.00 1,729.00 Field Supervisor 6.50 105.00 682.50 Total Labor 41.00 4,178.50 Mileage 60.50 Total Direct Project Expenses 60.50 Total this Task $4,239.00 c Lighted Field` Imps - Henn Co Grant App { Prepared cost estimate, prepare Hennepin County Youth Sports grant application, review grading and irrigation needs, updated figures for grant application, prepare application; meet with City staff to review work at Bailfield Park; prepare for and attend meeting to discuss County grant application for 49th Avenue ball field improvements. 65,26 - J45 - 70 30 Project Manager Engineer Mileage Total Labor Total Direct Project Expenses Hours Rate Amount 10.00 114.00 1,140.00 10.50 91.00 955.50 20.50 2,095.50 33.00 33.00 $2,128.50 $12,927.10 E Total this Task Total this Phase Direct Project Expenses OQ30- W30 Mileage 44.00 Telephone 41.85 Total Direct Project Expenses 85.85 Total this Phase $85.85 Page 5 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651 - 636 -4600 Fax 651 - 636.1311 www.bonestroo.com March 1, 2010 Invoice No: 176503 Invoice Amt: $846.50 S= City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Client Project # (862 Professional Services from January 1, 2010 to February 13, 2010 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Pre - project Concept Development Prepare private utility locate forms and figures, draft and update plans and specifications recommendation letter, prepare and update PowerPoint presentation for Council to authorize plans and specifications, review grant contract agreement between City and County. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 5.25 114.00 598.50 Engineer 2.00 91.00 182.00 Total Labor 7.25 780.50 Total this Phase $780.50 Subsurface Utility Engineering Feld Locate Requests Project Technician Total Labor Billings to Date Current Prior Hourly 846.50 0.00 Totals 846.50 0.00 Hours Rate Amount 1.00 66.00 66.00 1.00 66.00 Total this Task $66.00 Total this Phase $66.00 Total this Invoice $846.50 Total 846.50 846.50 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636 -4600 fax 651.636 -1311 www.bonesuoo.com March 22, 2010 Invoice No: 177092 Invoice Amt: $1,846.50 Lr= City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Client Project # i 862' 6„ Professional Services from February 14, 2010 to March 13, 2010 Project 000034- 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Plans & Specs /Assist Bid Draft plans and specifications, coordinate preparation of plans and bid form. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 1.00 114.00 114.00 Engineer 19.25 90.00 1,732.50 Total Labor 20.25 1,846.50 Total this Phase Total this Invoice Billings to Date Current Prior Total Hourly 1,846.50 846.50 2,693,00 Totals 1,846.50 846.50 2,693.00 $1,846.50 $1,846.50 All invoices are due and payable within 30 days. Interest will be charged at an annual rate of 18% on all amounts not paid within 30 days. Please remit all invoice payments to our lockbox: Boneslxoo PO Box 1521, Dept #1156 Minneapolis, MN 55480 -1521 All other correspondence should continue to be sent to your local Sonestroo office. April 23, 2010 Invoice No: 178021 Invoice Amt: $5,082.13 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636 -4600 Fax 651 -636 -1311 www.bonestroo.com City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Client Project # 862 i 7 03 Professional Services from March 14, 2010 to April 10, 2010 Project 000034- 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Plans & Specs /Assist Bid Meet with City at site to discuss project scope and layout of irrigation controls, review existing irrigation, review plans and cost estimate bid items, draft plan approval recommendation letter, prepare presentation for plan approval for City Council meeting. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 15.75 114.00 1,795.50 Engineer 33.25 90.00 2,992.50 Engineer 3.00 91.00 273.00 Total Labor 52.00 5,061.00 Total this Phase $5,061.00 Direct Project Expenses Mileage Telephone Total Direct Project Expenses 20.00 1.13 21.13 Total this Phase $21.13 $5,082.13 ✓ Current P Prior T Plans & Specs /Assist Bid Conduct preliminary constructability review, prepare revisions per final constructability review comments, prepare ad for bid, contact potential bidders, answer contractor questions, draft and coordinate addendum to address removal requirements per City input, prepare for and attend bid opening, coordinate preparation of bid tab and client recommendation letter. Hours Rate 2335 Highway 36 W Project Manager 1.00 142.00 St. Paul, MN 55113 Project Manager 15.00 114.00 Tel 651- 636.4600 Engineer 10.25 90.00 Fax 651- 636 -1311 Field Supervisor 2.00 125.00 www.bonestoo.com May 25, 2010 Invoice No: 178819 643.50 Total Labor Invoice Amt: $3,688.00 3,668.00 onestro City of New Hope Client Project # 862 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Professional Services from April 11, 2010 to May 15, 2010 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Plans & Specs /Assist Bid Conduct preliminary constructability review, prepare revisions per final constructability review comments, prepare ad for bid, contact potential bidders, answer contractor questions, draft and coordinate addendum to address removal requirements per City input, prepare for and attend bid opening, coordinate preparation of bid tab and client recommendation letter. Direct Project Expenses Mileage Total Direct Project Expenses Current Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 1.00 142.00 142.00 Project Manager 15.00 114.00 1,710.00 Engineer 10.25 90.00 922.50 Field Supervisor 2.00 125.00 250.00 Project Technician 9.75 66.00 643.50 Total Labor 38.00 3,668.00 Direct Project Expenses Mileage Total Direct Project Expenses Current Prior Hourly 3,668.00 7,754.00 Expenses 20.00 21.13 Totals 3,688.00 7,775.13 Total 11,422.00 41.13 11,463.13 Total this Phase $3,668.00 20.00 20.00 Total this Phase $20.00 $3,688.00' June 30, 2010 City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428-4898 Invoice No: 179879 Invoice Amt: $871.32 Client Project # 862 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651-636-4600 Fax 651-636-1311 www.bonestroo.com M=1 In Professional Services from May 16, 2010 to June 19, 2010 Project 000034-10223-0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Plans & Specs/Assist Bid Prepare bid tab, process contract documents. Project Manager Project Technician Total Labor Hours Rate Amount .50 114.00 57.00 2.25 66.00 148.50 2.75 205.50 Total this Phase $205.50 Contract Administration Prepare presentation recommending award of project for City Council, coordinate preparation of contracts, discuss next steps with contractor. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 2.00 114.00 228.00 Total Labor 2.00 228.00 Total this Phase $228.00 Direct Project Expenses Delivery 25.98 Printing 407.20 Telephone 4. 64 Total Direct Project Expenses 437.82 Total this Phase $437.82 Total this Invoice $871.321" 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636.4604 Fax 651 -636 -1311 wwwboneftomm August 20, 2010 City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Invoice No: 181351 Invoice Amt: $2,288.50 Client Project # 862 Bonestroo Professional Services from July 18, 2010 to August 14, 2010 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Contract Administration Coordinate preconstruction meeting, prepare sign in sheet and agenda for meeting, discuss irrigation with contractor, prepare for and attend on site meeting with contractor and staff to determine revisions to irrigation system. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 8.75 114.00 997.50 Total Labor 8.75 997.50 Total this Phase $997.50 Inspection Attend preconstruction meeting, draft project bulletin; discuss meter sizing and backflow preventers needed for project, existing irrigation system equipment and layout with City staff and contractor; discuss contract status with contractor and City staff, coordinate change order pricing for booster pumps. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 3.50 114.00 399.00 Engineer 9.50 91.00 864.50 Total Labor 13.00 1,263.50 Total this Phase $1,263.50 Direct Project Expenses Mileage 27.50 Total Direct Project Expenses 27.50 Total this Phase $27.50 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Invoice 181351 Total this Invoice $2,288:50 Billings to Date Current Hourly 2,261.00 Expenses 27.50 Totals 2,288.50 Prior Total 11,855.50 14,116.50 478.95 506.45 12,334.45 14,622.95 All invoices are due and payable within 30 days. Interest will be charged at an annual rate of 18% on all amounts not paid within 30 days. Please remit all invoice payments to our lockbox: Bonestroo PO Box 1521, Dept. #1156 Minneapolis, MN 55480 -1521 All other correspondence should continue to be sent to your local Bonestroo office Page 2 2335 Highway 36 W St Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 6364600 Fax 651. 636 -1311 wwwbonestmoxom September 23, 2010 Invoice No. 182268 Invoice Amt; $1,637.14 S-= City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Client Project # 862 Professional Services from August 15, 2010 to September 11, 2010 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Plans & Specs /Assist Bid Prepare bid tab, process contract documents. Hours Rate Amount Project Technician .25 66.00 16.50 Total Labor .25 16.50 Total this Phase $16.50 Contract Administration Discuss addition of booster pump versus moving forward without pump, contract administration. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 8.75 114.00 997.50 Total Labor 8.75 997.50 Total this Phase $997.50 Inspection Inspect drain the installation, meet with irrigation contractor to review plans, prepare Change Order #1. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 1.00 114.00 114.00 Engineer 5.00 91.00 455.00 Total Labor 6.00 569.00 Total this Phase $569.00 Direct Project Expenses Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Invoice 182268 Mileage 47.50 Telephone 6.64 Total Direct Project Expenses 54.14 Total this Phase $54.14 Total this Invoice $1,637.14 ✓' Billings to Date Current Prior Total Hourly 1,583.00 14,116.50 15,699.50 Expenses 54.14 506.45 560.59 Totals 1,637.14 14,622.95 16,260.09 All invoices are due and payable within 30 days. Interest will be charged at an annual rate of 18% on all amounts not paid within 30 days. Please remit all invoice payments to our lockbox: Bonestroo PO Box 1521, Dept #1156 Minneapolis, MN 55480 -1521 All other correspondence should continue to be sent to your local Bonestroo office. Page 2 2335 Highway 36 W SL Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651 - 636.4600 Fax 651 -636 -1311 www.bDnestroo.com October 29, 2010 Invoice No: 183361 Invoice Amt: $3,869.18 City of New Hope Client Project # 862 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Professional Services from September 12, 2010 to October 16, 2010 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Inspection Inspect bituminous removals, drain tile installation and connection to storm structure, discuss water main installation with contractor, observe water main installation and water service connection, water irrigation service pressure testing, drinking fountain service line, water main pressure testing and topsoil borrow testing. Coordinate bituminous pavement inspection. Inspect erosion control and drainage conditions, subgrade preparation and grading, outfield seeding, bituminous paving, irrigation cabinet installation, testing of irrigation system. Project coordination. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 8.25 114.00 940.50 Engineer 30.50 91.00 2,775.50 Total Labor 38.75 3,716.00 Total this Phase $3,716.00 Direct Project Expenses Mileage Telephone Total Direct Project Expenses 140.00 13.18 153.18 Total this Phase Total this Invoice Billings to Date Current Prior Hourly 3,716.00 15,699.50 Expenses 153.18 560.59 Totals 3,869.18 16,260.09 Total 19,415.50 713.77 20,129.27 $153.18 $3,869.18✓' November 23, 2010 Invoice No: 183979 Invoice Amt: $1,117.14 2335 Highway 36 W St Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636 -4600 Fax 651.636 -1311 www.bonestroo.com City of New Hope Client Project # 862 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Professional Services from October 17, 2010 to November 13, 2010 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field; Improvements Inspection General site inspection, coordinate punch list items, inspect irrigation system blowout, project coordination, review quantities, prepare partial payment application #1. Project Manager Engineer Project Technician Total Labor Hours Rate Amount 2.00 114.00 228.00 9.00 91.00 819.00 .50 66.00 33.00 11.50 1,080.00 Total this Phase $1,080.00 Direct Project Expenses Mileage Telephone Total Direct Project Expenses 27.50 9.64 37.14 Total this Phase $37.14 $1,117.14 Current Prior Total Hourly 1,080.00 19,415.50 20,495.50 Expenses 37.14 713.77 750.91 Totals 1,117.14 20,129.27 21,246.41 2335 Highway 36 W St Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651-636-4600 Fax 651-636-1311 www.bonestroo.com January 25, 2011 Invoice No: 185516 Invoice Amt: $1,022.50 L- 11 = 1 City of New Hope Client Project # 862 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428-4898 Professional Services from November 14, 2010 to December 31, 2010 . 50 g Project 000034-10223-0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Inspection Discuss remaining work and payment with contractor, prepare punch list, inspect irrigation valve installation, discuss quantities with contractor, prepare and review payment request #2. Engineer Project Technician Total Labor Hours Rate Amount 10.50 91.00 955.50 .75 66.00 49.50 11.25 1,005.00 Total this Phase $1,005.00 Direct Project Expenses Mileage Total Direct Project Expenses 17.50 17.50 Total this Phase 307rM' Current Prior Hourly 1,005.00 20,495.50 Expenses 17.50 750.91 Totals 1,022.50 21,246.41 Total 21,500-50 768.41 22,268.91 $17.50 $1,022.50 Vol" May 27, 2011 Invoice No: Invoice Amt: 188757 $1,449.93" 2335 Highway 36 W SC, Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636-0640 Fax 651 - 636.1311 www.bonesu mm ;� City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Client Project # 862 Professional Services from April 10, 2011 to May 14, 2011 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Contract Administration Discuss requirements to file for extension on grant, contract preparation. Project Manager Project Technician Total Labor Hours Rate Amount 1.50 114.00 171.00 1.50 66.00 99.00 3.00 270.00 Total this Phase $270.00 Inspection Meet with contractor to review punch list items and discuss irrigation service, discuss erosion control blanket removal with City staff, conduct site inspection and documentation of drain tile issue, meet with contractor and City staff to discuss drain tile issue. Hours Project Manager .50 Engineer 10.50 Total Labor 11.00 Rate Amount 114.00 57.00 103.00 1,081.50 1,138.50 Total this Phase $1,138.50 Direct Project Expenses Mileage 28.05 Telephone 13.38 Total Direct Project Expenses 41.43 Total this Phase $41.43 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Invoice 188757 Total this Invoice $1,449 93V Billings to Date Current Prior Total Hourly 1,408.50 21,500.50 22,909.00 Expenses 41.43 768.41 809.84 Totals 1,449.93 22,268.91 23,718.84 All invoices are due and payable within 30 days. Interest will be charged at an annual rate of 18% on all amounts not paid within 30 days. Please remit all invoice payments to our lockbox: Bonestroo Po Box 1521, Dept. #1156 Minneapolis, MN 55480 -1521 All other correspondence should continue to be sent to your local Sonestroo office. Page 2 June 27, 2011 Invoice No: 189526 Invoice Amt: $1,968.82 2335 Highway 36 W St Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651.636.4600 fax 651 -636 -1311 www.bmesbto o m City of New Hope Client Project # 862 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Professional Services from May 15, 2011 to June 11, 2011 Project 000034- 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Contract Administration Draft letter and send to County to request a grant fund extension due to project delays to correct deficient work. Hours Rate Amount Project Manager 1.00 114.00 114.00 Total Labor 1.00 114.00 Total this Phase $114.00 Inspection Discuss drain tile issue with contractor and City staff, respond to MPCA letter regarding their site inspection, conduct site inspection with City staff to review drain the and test system function, discuss electrical wire damage and leaking irrigation box with contractor, correspondence with City regarding electrical issue and contractor regarding remaining work and punch list items, coordinate locates for Qwest, review documentation with City staff. Project Manager Engineer Environmental Scientist Total Labor Hours Rate Amount 6.50 114.00 741.00 9.00 103.00 927.00 1.25 103.00 128.75 16.75 1,796.75 Total this Phase $1,796.75 Direct Project Expenses Delivery 6.17 Mileage 45.90 Telephone 6.00 Total Direct Project Expenses 58.07 Project 000034 - 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Invoice 189526 Total this Phase $58.07 Total this Invoice $1,968.82' Billings to Date Current Prior Total Hourly 1,910.75 22,909.00 24,819.75 Expenses 58.07 809.84 867.91 Totals 1,968.82 23,718.84 25,687.66 All invoices are due and payable within 30 days. Interest will be charged at an annual rate of 18% on all amounts not paid within 30 days. Please remit all invoice payments to our lockbox: Bonestroo PO Box 1521, Dept. #1156 Minneapolis, MN 55480 -1521 All other correspondence should continue to be sent to your local Bonestroo office. Page 2 July 29, 2011 City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428-4898 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651-636-4600 Fax 651 - 636 -1311 Invoice No: 190509 www.bonestroo.com Invoice Amt: $553-94 " uL Bonestroo Client Project # 862 Professional Services from June 12, 2011 to July 16, 2011 Project 000034-10223-0 New Hope Athletic Field Improvements Inspection Conduct site inspection, review punch list, prepare inspection notices, discuss punch list items with contractor, inspect irrigation work. Project Manager Engineer Total Labor Direct Project Expenses Mileage Telephone Total Direct Project Expenses Billings to Date Current Prior Hourly 526.00 24,819.75 Expenses 27.94 867.91 Totals 553.94 25,687.66 Hours Rate Amount 1.00 114.00 114.00 4.00 103.00 412.00 5.00 526.00 Total this Phase $526.00 18.98 8.96 27.94 Total this Phase $27-94 Total this Invoice $553.94 V' Total 25,345.75 895.85 26,241.60 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636 -4600 Fax 651 - 636 -1311 www.bDnestroo.com August 30, 2011 Invoice No: 191272 Invoice Amt: $173.93 F=4 City of New Hope 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Client Project # 862 Professional Services from July 17, 2011 to August 13, 2011 Project 34- 10223-0 New hope Athletic Field Improvements Inspection Inspect punch list items including irrigation cabinet. Hours Rate Amount Engineer 1.50 103.00 154.50 Total Labor 1.50 15450 Total this Phase $154.50 Direct Project Expenses Mileage Total Direct Project Expenses 19.43 19.43 Total this Phase r Current Prior Hourly 154.50 25,345.75 Expenses 19.43 895.85 Totals 173.93 26,241.60 Total 25,500.25 915.28 26,415.53 $19.43 $173.93 s 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN 55113 Tel 651- 636 -4600 fax 651 - 636 -1311 September 22, 2011 Invoice No: 192496 www.bonestroo.com Invoice Amt: $334.50 onestro City of New Hope Client Project # 862 4401 Xylon Avenue N New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Professional Services from August 14, 2011 to September 2, 2011 P111- Project 000034- 10223 -0 New Hope Athletic Meld Improvements Inspection Prepare final payment request, discuss project closeout with City. Project Manager Engineer Project Technician Total Labor Hours Rate Amount 1.00 114.00 114.00 1.50 103.00 154.50 1.00 66.00 66.00 3.50 334.50 Total this Phase r Current Hourly 334.50 Expenses 0.00 Totals 334.50 Prior Total 25,500.25 25,834.75 915.28 915.28 26,415.53 26,750.03 All invoices are due and payable within 30 days. Interest will be charged at an annual rate of 18% on all amounts not paid within 30 days. Please remit all invoice payments to our lockbox: Bonestroo PO Box 1521, Dept. 91156 Minneapolis, MR 55488 -1521 $334.50 #334.50 '� All other correspondence should continue to be sent to your local Bonestroo office. 7ENSEN SONDRALL & PERSELLIN, P.A. Attorneys At Law Edinburgh Executive Office Plaza 8525 Edinbrook Crossing, Suite 201 Brooklyn Park, Minnesota 55443 -1968 Telephone (763)424 -8811- Telefax (763)493 -5193 TIN: 41-1905155 ; City of New Hope Attn: City Manager 4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope MN 55428 R ll6LIC WORKS Legal SaMdas thru 06111/Z01Q Page: 1 June 18, 2010 Account No: 99- 10000G Statement No: 141 Acxount No: 89- 10030G. Statement No: 128 reviewed advertisement for bids for proj.681 Bass Lake Road Waiter main pro). reviswcd contracts, perL and payment bonds and insurance cort ficats for 2010 Crack repair and Seal Coat Project No. 864 ;with Allied Blacktop. Lit to testy Clerk regarding approving oonfracts and auth, start of work- e-mail to City Clerk re approval of contracts - 2010 Crack and Seal. Coat pro W. reviewed correspondence from City Engineer regartl ng contracts for Athletic Field Contracts - pmj.852. phone call wEth C Wimbinski of Cidl.lnk re; lease of North Water Tower and phone call with City Manager re: monthly tease payments. Total Current Fee Services 0 0 7 ' � �� 74 $ t�'2a� Total Current Work �a v/ — 7Dl%D / , I j Balance Due 5c� t — 545t — % yt7 , C j ® (967 - 7641 .DTI t 1 1 v7i � a 23s,60 5236.50 JENSEN SONDRALL & PERSELLIN, P.A. Attorneys At Law Edinburgh Executive Office Plaza 8525 Edinbrook Crossing, Suite 201 Brooklyn Park, Minnesota 55443 -1968 Telephone (763)424 -8811- Telefax (763)493 -5193 TIN: 41- 1905155 City of New Hope Attn: City Manager 4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope MN 55428 Page: 1 August O6, 2010 Account No: 99- OOOOOG Statement No: 123 Account No: 99- 1003OG =� Statement No: 130 PUBLIC WORKS tsoai Services thtu 081062010 phone call with Sue Webber regarding Impact of the Minnetonka variance one defining undue hardship. raviawed contracts, bonds and insurance far Athletic Field Improvement pr*j. 862. a -meii to G, Johnson regarding contraCts for Athletic Field Improvements no. 862. reviewed e-mail and a -mall to City Clerk regarding Granite Ike letter on TMS Construction. reviewed Granite Re letter regarding TMS bonding claim on Retaining Wail project and a -mall and phone cell to G. Johnson regarding claim and response to claim. ravlewed e-mail from J, Ouisberg regarding contract and bond documents for Athiette Field project 862. phone call with Greg Urban regarding corrscWm to contracts for Athletic Field Improvement 862. meeting with G. Urban regarding correcting and signing contract and bonds for Athletic Field improvement prof, 862 and letter to Gity Clerk renardina approval of the contracts. Total Currant Fee Services Total Current Work Balance Due DIj ,r 1, � /, , 396.00 r - $396.00 16 6 36 SUN NEWSPAPERS 10917 VALLEY VIEW RD EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344 (952) 392 -6890 Fax(952) 941 -3588 Advertising Invoice and Statement DUE U PO N RECEIPT I % fxx �� 4 � ' � i ' III • P2 - CITY OF NEW HOPE ATTN: CITY CLERK 4401 XYLON AVE N NEW HOPE MN 55428 Amount Paid: Comments: "in the Community. With the Community. wor the 4ommumty if you would like to pay your account by credit card, please call 952 - 392 -6890. Please Return Upper Portion With Pa on iW'`°€ 4/22/10 983868 BIDS ATHLETIC FIELD IM 1X .A5.0M 1 LEG 04/22 5.00 71.50 71.50 71.50 INET P2 /P0 f• 3 + ) A 2 nr,n 3 i L jr r r , 1o, THERE IS A $20 CHARGE FOR RETURNED CHECKS. REPORT ERRORS WITHIN 5 DAYS TO INSURE CONSIDERATION. UNPAID BALANCES OVER 30 DAYS OLD INCUR A 1.5% FINANCE CHARGE PER MONTH. . Due upon receipt Statement o f AC COUnx -Aging of Past Due Amounts = A0, N/A N/A 71.50: SUN NEWSPAPERS (952)392.6890 " UNAPPLIED AMOUNTS ARE r 1 B ullseye Privat Locatin DEDICATED TO PROTECTING YOUR COMMERCIAL OR RESIDENTIAL "PRIVATE" UTILITIES 470 105TH AVENUE NW COON RAPIDS MN 55448 Phone 763- 754 -8014 Cell 763-238-5749 Fax 763 - 226 -2449 DATE: INVOICE # 3a BILL TO: ? C f �,'c FOR: Utility Locating DESCRIPTION HOURS RATE AMOUNT Utility Locating Hourly Charge 1 st hour within 20 miles f' 110.00 Additional Hourly Charge l 80.00 c{�� TOTAL DUE UPON JOB COM PLETION DISCLAIMER TOTAL NO UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATE IS 100% ACCURAT�t� _3 r AD i Bullseye Private Utility Locating, LLC does not guarantee that all utilities have ee n marked. r , Bullseye Private Utility Locating, LLC will mark on a best effort basis and will no be responsible for any loss due to damage caused by customer or third party digger striking or severing unmarked or incorrectly marked utilities. Customer or third party digger takes responsibility for hand digging to verify utility location. Customer Signature �' Date A 6 Make checks payab4toseye Private Utility Locating, LLC COMPILE & CORRECT Returned check fee $30.00. a CH RGBn?q O In the event of non - payment, customer assumes all collection costs includingir�asonable a ��Upemsw 4UdX } Ate THANK YOU FOR YOUR BUSINESr,at d authorization 0 SOLD TO: CITY OF NEW HOPE 4401 XYLON AVENUE N NEW HOPE, MN 55428 NEW005 232659 PO#: BERNIE Page: 1 SHIP TO: 8810 49TH AVE N NEW HOPE 10/13/2010 DISCOUNT BY 10TH, NET EOM Ticket Number 001-177636 10/13/2010 4000 P.S.I. PRO WR A 1.50 CY 126.75 190.13 6% AIR ENTRAINMENT 1.50 Cy 0.00 0.00 1.00% CALCIUM CHLORI 1.50 CY 3.20 4.80 ENVIRON DISPOSAL FEE 1.00 LD 25.00 25.00 MINIMUM LOAD 1.00 LD 135.00 135.00 QUANTITY TOTAL 1.50 JOB TAX 24.40 JOB TOTAL 379.33 3-7 1, -7 IF PAYMENT IS MADE BY 11/10/2010, DISCOUNT FOR INVOICE IS C7._5� fA RECEIVED OCT 2 6 2010 PURCHASE DESCRIBED C COMP E & CoRlieo oMpLETE & CORRECT w Head o6 - 7q FO TAXABLE AMOUNT EXEMPT AMOUNT SALES TAX INVOICE TOTAL 354. 9 ' 00 0 4.40 379.33 - 0 PLEASE REMIT TO Braun Intertec Corporation NW 7644 • P.O. Box 1450 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55485 -7644 (952) 995 -2000 • Fax (952) 995 -2020 Tax LD, #41- 1684205 Jason Quisberg Bonestroo, Inc. 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN. 55113 -3898 Invoice Date: 12/1/2010 Invoice # : 328266 Project # : SP -10 -09239 Client # : B01069 Client Ref : 49th Avenue Ball Fields Topsoil Construction Materials Testing 49th Avenue Ball Fields New Hope, MN For Professional Services rendered through 11/26/2010 Construction Materials Testing Amount Due This Invoice Amount Previously Billed REW 30.00 PA Please pay from this Invoice. VISA Terms: Due on receipt, 1 1/2% per month after 30 days, 18 % annual percentage rate. we accept i ... ° 'I ( 1I NG N+GII EI:# INQ A1t1I3 NYIR NI NT, L C>I.CI�`IUI S IN(I ,1 5 19ENTERPRISES,IN 10205 10TH AVENUE NORTH PLYMOUTH, MN 55441 Please contact with Questions: 763 -797 -7000 00003994 01 AB 0.368 01 TR 021 FRIDCRO1 000000 CITY OF NEW HOPE 4401 XYLON AVENUE NORTH NEW HOPE, MN 55428 PLEASE REFER TO INVOICE NUMBER WHEN MAKING PAYMENT AND REMIT TO: FERGUSON ENTERPRISES #1657 P 0 BOX 802817 CHICAGO, IL 60680 -2817 111 11 � MINEEM IA V e v y ERMS: p p ast due amounts are subjectto a service charge NET I OTH PROX ORIGINAL INVOICE IffI I accounts are due and p per the invoiced terms. All a at the m p lus rr aximum rate allowed by state law PROVISIONS: SEE ,n4n M 11+; +inn S 1..Atnn .4 4n i{ Snn., —A 6.nink+Lnn..w .—CAD n... An t, .minnw n♦knwuiwn nnnnianA whmrn Bonestroo Owner: City of New Hope, 4401 Xylon Ave. N., New Hope, MN 55428 Date: December 13, 2010 For Period: 11/9/2010 to 12/13/2010 Request N1 2 �.ontractor: Urban Companies, 3781 Labore Rd., Vadnals Heights, MN 55110 CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PAYMENT ATHLETIC FIELD IMPROVEMENTS 80NESTR00 FILE NO. 000034 - 10223 -0 CITY PROJECT NO. 862 SUMMARY 1 Original Contract Amount 2 Change Order - Addition 3 Change Order - Deduction 4 Revised Contract Amount 5 Value Completed to Date 6 Material on Hand 7 Amount Earned 8 Less Retainage 5% 9 Subtotal 10 Less Amount Paid Previously 11 Liquidated damages - 12 AMOUNT DUE THIS REQUEST FOR PAYMENT NO. Recommended for Approval by: BONESTROO Approved by Contractor: URBAN COMPANIES Specified Contract Completion Date: $ 80,670.00 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ _ 80,670.00 $ -- -- 74,170.00 $ 0.00 $ 74,170.00 $ 3,708.50 $ 70,461.50 $ 61,556.20 $ 0.00 $ 8.905.30 �U Approved by Owner: CITY EW HOPE c \ y Date: \ I S / 6 000034102230RE0 <Jsni r Owner: City of New Hope, 4401 Xylon Avenue N, New Hope, MN 55428 -4898 Date: November 8, 2010 For Period: 11/1/2010 to 11/8/2010 Request No 1 "'ontractor• Urban Companies, 3781 Labore Road, Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PAYMENT ATHLETIC FIELD IMPROVEMENTS SONESTR00 FILE NO. 000034 - 10223 -0 CITY PROJECT NO. 862 SUMMARY 1 Original Contract Amount 2 Change Order - Addition 3 Change Order - Deduction 4 Revised Contract Amount 5 Value Completed to Date 6 Material on Hand 7 Amount Earned 8 Less Retainage 5% 9 Subtotal 10 Less Amount Paid Previously 11 Liquidated damages - 12 AMOUNT DUE THIS REQUEST FOR PAYMENT NO. Recommended for Approval by: BONESTROO Approved by Contractor: URBAN COMPANIES Specified Contract Completion Date: $ 0.00 $ 0.00 1 Approved by Owner: CITY OF NEW HOPE $ 80,670.00 $ 80,670.00 $ 64,796.00 $ 0.00 $ 64,796.00 $ 3,239.80 $ 61,556.20 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ 61,556.20 Date: 0000341022308E01 ASM PLEASE REMIT TO Braun Intertec Corporation ' NW 7644 • P,O. Box 1450 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55485 -7644 (952) 995 -2000 • Fax (952)995 -2020 Tax I.D. #41- 1684205 Jason Quisberg Bonestroo, Inc. 2335 Highway 36 W St. Paul, MN. 55113 -3898 49th Avenue Ball Fields Topsoil Invoice Date: 11/4/2010 Invoice #: 327095 Project # : SP -10 -09239 Client # : B01069 Client Ref : Construction Materials Testing 49th Avenue Ball Fields New Hope, rMN For Professional Services rendered through 10/2912010 Construction Materials Testing Amount Due This Invoice 370.00 370.00 Amount Previously Billed M 2 Please pay from this invoice. VW SA Due on receipt, 1 1/2% per month after 30 days, 18% annual percentage rate. We accept FORM NO. B112-01 (1/08 , "i2 J! ll ► N1 1«NG1NEEli'll Gi4I�II N I ONMEIV�'�tiI. =:S0 tlT'IC��1S -S�t�� 4 �95�� , ti, Apo oir Bonestroo Dwner: City of New Hope, 4401 Xylon Ave. N., New Hope, MN 55428 Date: August 19, 2011 =or Period: 12/14/2010 to 8/19/2011 Request No 3 AND FINAL - ontractor: Urban Companies, 3781 Labore Rd., Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 SUMMARY 1 Original Contract Amount 2 Change Order - Addition 3 Change Order - Deduction 4 Revised Contract Amount 5 Value Completed to Date 6 Material on Hand 7 Amount Earned 8 Less Retainage 0% 9 Subtotal 10 Less Amount Paid Previously 11 Liquidated damages - 12 AMOUNT DUE THIS REQUEST FOR PAYMENT NO. $ 80,670.00 $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ 80,670.00 $ 75,770.00 $ 0.00 $ 75,770.00 $ 0.00 $ 75,770.00 $ 70,461.50 $ 0.00 3 AND FINAL $ 5,308.50 Recommended for Approval by: SONESTROO Approved by Contractor: URBAN COMPANIES Specified Contract Completion Date: Approved by Owner: CITY OF NrE� Date 521-t . 74 5b 000034102230 RE03FINALAsm